)im,0.(jr^r 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 ■'x 
 
 mm. 
 
 INTRODUCTORY 
 
FT 
 
 ijS6 7 
 
 CORNELL 
 
 UNIVERSITY 
 
 LIBRARY 
 
 FROM 
 
 G.L.BtUT 
 
 ^^""^T 
 
Date Due 
 
 ™AKk,2 1» * 
 
 Gf'^mS 
 
 SETTT SseT?' 
 
 4j,C . F, 
 
 1 9 58 KR 
 
 ^7^^ 
 
 ^irfifl^ijiu^i^^c; 
 
 ^cr 
 
 V^r'd 
 
 -^ift— s-a fisco 
 
 ^iiiF^B^^ 
 
 4:^Yi-'i^gmr''^' 
 
 ifflr=^ 
 
 i§ 6rrF 
 
 
 sg^g^^ 
 
 M^ 
 
Cornell University 
 Library 
 
 The original of tliis book is in 
 tine Cornell University Library. 
 
 There are no known copyright restrictions in 
 the United States on the use of the text. 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924026836019 
 
"No better books, introductory to Hebrew, exist." — Pro*. 
 T. K. Chetnb, Oxford University. 
 
 HEBREW AND SEMITIC TEXT-BOOKS, 
 
 By W. R. HARPER, Ph.D., 
 
 I'rofesaor of Semitic Languages in Yale College ; Principal of 
 
 Schools of the American Institute of Hebrew, 
 
 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW. 
 Net $8.00. 
 
 INTEOmJCTOET 
 
 HEBRE-W METHOD AND MANUAL. 
 
 Net S3.0O. 
 
 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW SVNTAX. 
 
 Net $2.00. 
 
 HEBREW VOCABULARIES. 
 
 Net $1.00. 
 
 INTBODUCTOKT 
 
 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK METHOD. 
 
 By harper and WEIDNER. 
 
 Net $3.50. 
 
INTRODUCTORY 
 
 Hebrew Method and Manual 
 
 WILLIAM R. HARPER, Ph. D. 
 
 puomsssoB or skmitio lanquaqes in yale university; pbincipjvIi os 
 
 THE SCHOOLS or THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OE HEBRETT 
 
 ELEVENTH EDITION. 
 
 NEW YORK 
 CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS 
 
 1894. 
 
 T 
 
COPYEIQHT 1886 BY 
 
 The American Publication Societt or Hebrew 
 Chicago 
 
TO THOSE 
 WHO MAY DESIRE TO LEARN OR TO TEACH 
 
 HEBREW 
 
 BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD 
 
 THIS VOLUME 
 
 IS RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED 
 
INTRODUCTORY METHOD. 
 
PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION. 
 
 The student of a language must acquire three things: (1) a 
 working vocabulary of the language, (2) a knowledge of the gram- 
 matical principles of the language, (3) an ability to use this vocab- 
 ulary and to apply these principles, so as to gain the best results, 
 whether for a literary or an exegetical purpose. 
 
 While all agree as to the end desired, the method of attaining 
 this end is a question in dispute. According to one view, the 
 student is first to learn the principles as they are laid down in the 
 grammars, and then apply them to selected words, or short senten- 
 ces. And after a short preliminary training of this sort, he is 
 plunged headlong into a text without notes of any kind, and 
 expected to make progress, and to enjoy the study. His vocabu- 
 lary is to be learned by looking up the words in the Lexicon, until 
 they become familiar. Different phases of this method are in use 
 among teachers of Hebrew; but all follow practically the same 
 order, (1) study of grammar, (2) application of grammar. 
 
 It is the purpose of this volume to furnish a text-book, which 
 shall assist in acquiring the Hebrew language by a different meth- 
 od. The method employed may be called an inductive one. The 
 order of work which it advocates is, first, to gain an accurate and 
 thorough knowledge of some of the "facts" of the language ; sec- 
 ondly, to learn from these facts the principles which they illustrate, 
 and by which they are regulated ; thirdly, to apply these principles 
 in the further progress of the work. A few words of explanation 
 are needed at this point : — 
 
 (1) The method is an inductive, not the inductive method ; and 
 while, upon the whole, it is rigidly employed throughout the 
 course, a slight departure is made at times, in order to make more 
 complete the treatment of a subject, for some detail of which an 
 example has not occurred. 
 
 (2) The term " facts," as used, includes data from whatever 
 source gathered ; not merely the grammatical forms found in the 
 
S Preface. 
 
 passages studied, but also the paradigms which contain these and 
 other forms systematically arranged. *^ 
 
 (3) It is not to be supposed that a long time must elapse before 
 the beginner is ready to take hold of principles. On the contrary, 
 he is taught important principles, and that, too, inductively, dur- 
 ing the first hour's work. The three processes are all the while 
 going on together. He is increasing the store of " facts " at his 
 command, and, at the same time, learning from the facts thus 
 acquired new principles, and applying these principles to the new 
 forms continually coming to his notice. Great care must be exer- 
 cised, however, that the correct order be followed. Let him at- 
 tempt to learn no principle of which he has not had several illus- 
 trations. Let him be required to apply no principle the application 
 of which he has not already learned from familiar cases. 
 
 (4) The memorizing of the "facts" of a language, before a 
 knowledge of the principles has been acquired is, indeed, a piece 
 of drudgery; yet not so great as is the memorizing of grammar 
 without a knowledge of the "facts." Nor will it long remain 
 drudgery ; for very soon, the student will begin to see analogies, to 
 compare this word with that, and, in short, to make his own 
 grammar. From this time, there will be developed such an inter- 
 est in the work, that all thought of drudgery will pass away. 
 
 The question is frequently asked. How is the first lesson given ? 
 A brief statement must suffice : — 
 
 The first word of Genesis 1. 1 is written on the board, and the 
 English equivalent of each consonant and vowel-sound indicated 
 to the student. The word, as a whole, is then pronounced, and its 
 meaning given. The student is called upon to pronounce it, and 
 to give its meaning. The second word is taken up and treated in 
 the same manner. Then the two words are pronounced together, 
 and their meaning given. After this, each remaining word is 
 considered ; and with each new word a review of all the preceding 
 words is made. When he has learned thus to pronounce the entire 
 verse, and to give a Hebrew word wlien its English equivalent is 
 named, the student is shown the " Notes " on pages 13, 14 of the 
 " Method," where, for his private study, he will find, for sub- 
 stance, the aid already given orally. His attention is also directed 
 to the "Observations," with most of which he has been made 
 familiar by the previous work. He is now informed that at the 
 following recitation he will be expected (1) to pronounce the 
 
Pkeface. 9 
 
 verse without hesitation from the pointed Hebrew (Manual, p. 7) ; 
 (2) to pronounce it, and write it on the board, from the English 
 translation {Manual, p. 18); (3) to pronounce it, and write it on 
 the board from the unpointed text {Ma7mal, p. 29) ; (4) to write 
 the transliteration of it, as given in the " Notes " or in the Manual, 
 p. 39. The absolute mastery of the verse is, therefore, the 
 first thing. There will remain to be taken up, (1) the "Notes," 
 for all of which the student is held responsible; (2) the " Obser- 
 vations," which he is expected to recall, at the suggestion of the 
 word on which the observation is based; (3) the " Word-Lesson," 
 which, at first, includes few words not contained in the verse or 
 verses of the Lesson, and which is to be learned in such a manner 
 that when the English word is pronounced, the Hebrew equiv- 
 alent will be given; (4) the " Exercises," which are to be written 
 on paper beforehand, copied on the board in the class-room, 
 criticised by instructor and class, and corrected by each student on 
 his paper. 
 
 The "Topics for Study" are intended to furnish a resume of 
 the more important points touched upon in the Lesson. By 
 their use, a rapid and helpful review of the hour's work is accom- 
 plished. 
 
 In subsequent " Lessons," a " Grammar-Lesson " is assigned. 
 In every case, however, the instructor should read and explain 
 each reference to the class before asking them to prepare it. 
 
 The " Lessons " cover chapters I- VIII. of Genesis, and include 
 a formal study of almost every important portion of the grammar, 
 except the Accents, the Euphony of Vowels, the Euphony of Con- 
 sonants, the Verb with Sufiixes, the Irregular Nouns, and the 
 Inflection of Feminine Nouns, to all of which, however, numer- 
 ous allusions and references are made in the "Notes." 
 
 All the help possible is given the student in the first fifteen 
 "Lessons." But from this point he is led gradually to rely more 
 and more upon himself. The " Lessons " will be found to contain 
 more, perhaps, than some classes can prepare for a single recita- 
 tion, although this will depend largely upon the character of the 
 class and the number of recitations during a week. It was deemed 
 best, however, to make them thus, since it is an easy matter for 
 the instructor to indicate that a certain portion of the exercises 
 may be omitted. The author himself will feel inclined to require 
 everything in the "Lessons." 
 
10 Peeface. 
 
 Special attention is invited to the " Eeview-Lessons," in the 
 study of each of which two or more recitations may profitably be 
 spent. 
 
 The " Method " is understood to include also the " Manttal," 
 although the latter, for a sufficient reason, is paged separately, and 
 given a title-page and preface of its own. 
 
 For the material contained in these Lessons, and for its 
 arrangement, the author is indebted to no one. The book, as it 
 now appears, presents the results of five years' experience, during 
 which it has been his privilege to teach not less than five hundred 
 men their first lesson in Hebrew. 
 
 Many valuable hints have been received from Mr. Frederic J. 
 Gurney, by whom great assistance has been received in the work 
 of the Correspondence School of Hebrew. He has also kindly 
 helped in the preparation of manuscript for the printer, and in 
 revising the proof-sheets. For similar service the author is in- 
 debted to Mr. C. E. Crandall, and to Kev. John "W. Payne. To the 
 latter credit is also due for his painstaking care in the typograph- 
 ical work of the book. 
 
 With a faith in the Inductive Method, which grows stronger 
 every year, and with the hope that the time may soon come when 
 many others shall have an equally strong faith in it, the author 
 commits the "Method " to its friends. 
 
 W. B. H. 
 
 Morgan- Pakk, September 1, 1885. 
 
 NOTE TO FOURTH EDITION. 
 
 Several corrections have been made, but no changes of any 
 consequence. The author cannot but feel gratified that the 
 " Method " has so well stood the practical test of the class- 
 room. For suggestions and criticisms, to be used in the prepa- 
 ration of future editions, he will be under obligations. 
 New Haven, Conn., July 1st, 1887. 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 Page 
 
 Lesson I Genesis I. 1 13-15 
 
 Lesson II Genesis I. 2a IB- 19 
 
 Lesson III Genesis I. 2&, 3 19-23 
 
 Lesson IV Genesis I. 4 22-25 
 
 Lesson V Genesis I. 5 26-29 
 
 Lesson VI Genesis I. 6 29- 32 
 
 Lesson VII Genesis I. 7, 8 32-35 
 
 Lesson VIII Genesis I. 9,10 35-39 
 
 Lesson IX Genesis I. 11-13 39-43 
 
 Lesson X Genesis I. 14, 15 43-45 
 
 Lesson XI Genesis I. 16-19 46- 49 
 
 Lesson XII Genesis I. 20, 21 49-53 
 
 Lesson XIII Genesis I. 22-25 53- 57 
 
 Lesson XIV Genesis I. 26-28 57- 61 
 
 Lesson XV Genesis I. 29-31 61-64 
 
 Lesson XVI Review 64-67 
 
 Lesson XVII - Genesis II. 1-3 67- 71 
 
 Lesson XVIII Genesis II. 4-6 71-75 
 
 Lesson XIX Genesis IT. 7-9 76- 79 
 
 Lesson XX Genesis IL 10-14 80- 84 
 
 Lesson XXI Genesis IL 15-18 84-88 
 
 Lesson XXII Genesis II. 19-21 88- 92 
 
 Lesson XXIII Genesis IL 23, 23 92-95 
 
 Lesson XXIV Genesis IL 24, 25 96-99 
 
 Lesson XXV Eeview 99-102 
 
 Lesson XXVI Genesis III. 1-3 102-105 
 
 Lesson XXVII Genesis IIL 4-6 106-109 
 
 Lesson XXVIII Genesis in. 7-10 110-113 
 
 Lesson XXIX Genesis IIL 11-14 113-117 
 
 Lesson XXX Genesis IIL 15-17 117-131 
 
 Lesson XXXI Genesis IIL 18-21 131-124 
 
12 Tablis of Co:^tents. 
 
 lesson XXXII Genesis III. 22-24 124-127 
 
 Lesson XXXIII Genesis IV. 1-4 128-130 
 
 Lesson XXXIV Genesis IV. 5-8 130-132 
 
 Lesson XXXV Genesis IV. 9-13 132-134 
 
 Lesson XXXVI Genesis IV. 13-17 134-137 
 
 Lesson XXXVII Genesis IV. 18-23 137-130 
 
 Lesson XXXVIII Genesis IV. 23-26 140-143 
 
 Lesson XXXIX Reyievv 143-144 
 
 Lesson XL Genesis V. 1-16 144-147 
 
 Lesson XLI Genesis V. 17-3.: 147-160 
 
 Lesson XLH Genesis VL 1-8 150-153 
 
 Lesson XLIII Genesis VI. 9-15 153-155 
 
 Lesson XLIV Genesis VL 16-22 1B3-1.58 
 
 Lesson XLV Genesis VIL 1-8 158-160 
 
 Lesson XLVI Genesis VIL 9-16 160-163 
 
 Lesson XLVII Genesis VII. 17-34 163-164 
 
 Lesson XLVIII Genesis VIIL 1-7 16i-167 
 
 Lesson XHX Genesis VIIL 8-14 167, 168 
 
 Lesson L Genesis VIIL 15-23 169,170 
 
LESSON l.-GENESIS I. I.i 
 
 [To the stuclemt:—liet It be understood from the outset that nothing: short 
 of complete mastery, and that, of everything in the Lesson, wlU accomplish 
 the end in view. Not a needless word or statement has been inserted. Let it 
 be a matter of principle to do just what Is assigned,— no more, no less.] 
 
 /. Notes. 
 
 1. n^tJ'N"!^ — b're'-sith (two syllables) — In-beginning: 
 
 a. Six letters:—^ (b); "1 (r); H, called 'aleph,^ not pronounced, but 
 represented by ' ; tJ* (s,= sA); ' (y),liere silent after—; H (tb, as 
 in thin). 
 
 h. Three vowel-sounds: — — (') under 3, pron. like e in below, see 
 ? 5. 6. a;3 -rr (g), like ey in the;/; ♦ (i), like i in machine. 
 
 2. K"13— ba-ra' (two syllables)— (he) created: 
 
 TT 
 
 a. Three letters: — ^ (b); 1 (r); K (') called 'aleph,^ see above. 
 
 b. Two vowel-sounds: — Both. — (a), like a in father. 
 
 3. D'ri'7,!!<— "13-him (two syllables)— (?ocZ {literally Gods): 
 
 a. Five letters:— H ('); 'j (1); ,1 (h); ' (y), silent after — ; D (m). 
 h. Three vowel-sounds: — — (*), like e in met, quickly uttered, ? 5. 
 6. c; — (6), like o in note; ♦ (i), see 1. &.* 
 
 c. The accent^, with — marks this word as the middle of the verse. 
 
 4. riK — 'eth — not translated, but represented in translation by )(. 
 
 5. U't^Wil — has-sa-ma-yim (four syllables) — the-heavens : 
 
 a. Five letters: — fl (h); JJ' (§, = sA), but ty (with a dot in its bosom) 
 is s doubled; X3 (m) (written so at beginning or in middle of a 
 word); ♦ (y), not silent as before but like y in year; Q (m), written 
 so at end of a word, ? 3. 2. 
 
 b. Four vowel-sounds: — -^ (a), like a in fiat, ? 5. 1; — , see 2. b ; 
 -^ (a); -^ (i), like i in pin, i 5. 2. 
 
 1 The text of Gen. l:lAvill be found on page 7 of the "Hebrew Manual," 
 2d ed. ; the transliteration, on page 39; the translation, on page 18. 
 
 2 This word is pronounced as if spelled Ah-Ief , the ah having the sound of 
 a ia father. 
 
 s References preceded by % are to the " Elements of Hebrew," 6th ed. 
 i References without § are to preceding Notes in these Lessons. 
 
14 Lesson 1. 
 
 c. The sign —under f2 is used arbitrarily in these Lessons to indi- 
 cate the syllable which is to receive the accent when, as in this 
 word, it is the penult. 
 
 6. nN")— W'eth (one syllable)— «»<?-)(, see 4 : 
 
 a. Three letters:—'] (w), like w in water; H {'); H (tt)- 
 h. Two vowel-sounds: — — ("), see 1. b; — (e), see 1. 6. 
 
 7. J t*1Kn— ha-'a-reg (three sy\lahles)—the-earth: 
 
 a. Four letters:— J^ (h); {<('); ^ (r); |* (g), like is in grefe, 2 2. 7. ^ 
 6. Three vowel-sounds: — — (a); — (a); — (e), like e in met. 
 c. The accent —, under Ki marks this word as the end of the verse; 
 the 5 is equivalent to a period. 
 
 2. Observations. 
 
 1. The letters in this verse are :— (1) H, (2) 3, (3) ,1, (4) 1, (5) ♦, 
 
 (6) b, (7) D, (8) D, (9) 1^, (10) n, (11) tr', (12) ty", (13) n. 
 
 2. The vowel-sounds :-(l)— , (2) ^, (3) ^, (4) — , (5) — , (6) -^, 
 (7) V, (8) -TT, (9) - 
 
 3. To be carefully distinguished in pronunciation are : — 
 
 (1) - n - n - (S), -- (e) ; (2) - (a), - (a); (3) -- (i), V (i)- 
 
 4. Above the line, a dot is 6 (as in nofe); below the line, it is i 
 
 5. The Hebrew is written from right to left. [(as in pin). 
 
 6. The plural ending of masc. nouns is □♦ (im), as in D*rf7j{ 
 
 (lit., Gods); cf. the English cherub-im, and seraph-im. 
 
 7. riN Ceth), not translatable, is a sign placed before the object 
 of a verb, when that object is both direct and definite. 
 
 8. The preposition in {^) and the conjunction and (")) are never 
 written separately, being always prefixed to the following word. 
 
 9. When it is desired to pronounce a letter twice in succession, 
 the letter is written but once, and a dot inserted (see tif) in its bosom. 
 
 10. The letter of the Definite Article {the) is H (h). 
 
 11. Most words are accented on the ultima ; those which are 
 accented on the penult, have, in this book, the sign -j-. 
 
 12. Every syllable begins with a consonant. 
 
Lesson 1. 15 
 
 3. Word-Lesson. 
 
 (1) D'i1'7N God (5) 5 in (9) '^^fy- he-ruled 
 
 (2) '^'!2k^ he-said (6) iCi^^ he-created {10) jy^iO heginning 
 
 - T TT 
 
 (3) r'lNrt the-earth (T)?!,-,*! </«« (11) Q^pti^ heavens 
 
 (4) riK )( (8) ' ") ««£? (12) '^t^y^he-hept 
 
 : ^ T 
 
 4. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) And-heginning; (2) And- 
 heavens; (3) He-created )[ the-earth and-){, the-heavens; (4) God kept 
 {Hebrew order : kept God) )( the-heavens; (5) God (is)^ in-heaven{s); 
 (6) (roti jTtZetZ (Hebrew order : »niZecZ God); (7) In-heginning God 
 said; (8) TAe {T\)-heginning ; (9) <7ie (|l)- (xoti/ (10) And-the-earth. 
 
 2. To be translated into English:— (1) D'pK'ni; (2)1^^ 
 
 (5)"DVi'7?<n noN." 
 
 3. To be" written in English letters:— (1) IDB', (2) "ION, (3) 
 ■^^'D, (4) 3, (5) •), (6) D?pf'n, (7) N"13, (8) mi, (9) D»rl'7^?, 
 
 (lo)nNri- 
 
 4. To be written in Hebrew letters :— (1) la, (2) ia§, (3) Ml, (4) be, 
 
 (5) ra, (6) yim, (7) im, (8) 1«, (9) ?, (10) le. 
 
 5. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) The sounds represented by the letter e a's variously printed. 
 
 (2) The plural ending ; the preposition in; the conjunction and. 
 
 (3) The sign HK I tbe method employed to indicate the doubling of 
 a letter. 
 
 (4) The article ; the usual plaCe of the accent ; the difference be- 
 tween X3 and Q. 
 
 1 A verb In the past tense 3a person singular masculine. 
 
 a Parentheses ( ) enclose words which are not to be rendered into Hebrew. 
 
16 Lesson 2. 
 
 LESSON II -GENESIS I. 2a. 
 
 1. Notes. 
 
 8. rnNil") — w'ha-'a-reg— aMtZ-<^e-ear<A; see 7, preceding Lesson. 
 
 9. nn'n — ha-ytha {two syllables) — (she) was: 
 
 T : It _ . ^ 
 
 a. 1st syllable, |7 (ha), ends in a vowel-sound, I 26. 1. i ; v-^'^- 
 h. 2d syllable, liri* (y'tha); the final H is silent, as always at the 
 end of a word ; the "r is a 'vowtA-sound, but not a vowel, and 
 goes with what follows. .- _ ) 
 
 c. The sign — with ~ indicates a secondary accent, I 18. "»'^* - '"- ^^',\ ^ 
 
 10. inn— tho-hu (two syllables)— (a)-cZe«otoioM ; 
 
 a. 1st syl., n (th), — (o, not 6), ends in a vowel-sound, I 26. 1. 
 
 h. 2d syl., n (h), 1 (u), like oo in tool, ends in a vowel-sound, ? 26. 1. 
 
 11. IHDI— wa-bho-hu (three syllables)— a«(^-(a)-wa«<e.- 
 a. 2 is not 6 O), but hh, pronounced like v in vote. 
 
 h. Each syllable ends in a vowel-sound (a, o, u), ? 26. 1. 
 
 12. Tltyrf)— w'ho-sekh (two sy]\a.h]es)—and-darkness: 
 
 a. 1 (w);n(h),aharshA-sound,? 2. 3 ; LJ>'(I,=«A); *](kh),likeA:in ioo^. 
 6. — {') ; the — over tif serves also for the vowel o ; — (e). 
 
 c. w'ho, ending in a vowel-sound, is an open syllable ; Sekh, ending 
 in a consonant, is a closed syllable, ? 26. 1, 2. 
 
 d. The "T in T] must be written, but has no sound. 
 
 13. ♦J|)-'7j^— -al+p'ne (two syllables)— Mpoji+/aces-o/; 
 
 a. ^ ('), not pronounced, called 'a-y5fn, I 2. 2 ; '^ {I); 3 (p) ; J (n). 
 
 b. The » after — (e) is silent, as was that after — (J), see 1. b. 
 
 c. The sign - is the Hebrew hyphen, represented by +. '•'. '-' 
 
 d. These two words, upon and faces-of, are pronounced as if one. 
 
 14. Dinri— th^hom (one syllable)— aSj/M.- 
 
 a. A syllable beginning with two consonants, but between them is 
 
 the short e-sound described in ? 5. 6. a. 
 I. The syllable ends in a consonant,— it is closed, I 26. 2. 
 
 c. As ♦ is silent after — or — , so 1 is silent under — (6). 
 
 d. — , see 3. c, preceding Lesson. 
 
Lesson 2'. 17 
 
 2. Letters and Vowels Promiscuously Arranged. 
 
 1 
 
 n 
 
 3 
 
 n 
 
 n 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 3 
 
 :i 
 
 j< 
 
 » 
 
 r 
 
 "1 
 
 r 
 
 Q 
 
 B' 
 
 n 
 
 •) 
 
 3 
 
 *? 
 
 fl 
 
 D 
 
 n 
 
 1 
 
 Snggestion. — Study this table until every sign has been mastered. 
 It contains sixteen out of the twenty-two letters, and eleven out of 
 the fifteen vowel-signs in Hebrew. 
 
 5. Observations. 
 
 13. New letters: (1) 3, '(2) R, (3) *], (4) )J, (5) fl, (6) J. 
 
 14. New vowels : (1) 1, (2) ♦_, (3) 1 ; but ♦^ and 1 (e and 6) are 
 pronounced ,iust like -^ and — (e and o), the former having what is 
 termed a fuller writing. 
 
 15. Ti called §'wa, is a vowel-so««cZ, but is only a AaZ/-vowel. 
 
 16. While the conjunction and 0) is usually written with S'wa 
 (thus : ■)), it is once written in this lesson 1 (wa). 
 
 17. Syllables ending in a vowel-sound are called open; ending in 
 a consonant, they are called closed. 
 
 18. Observe the difference between 3 (b) and 2 (bh) ; H (h) and 
 n (h) ; N (') and ;^ (') ; 1 (w) and 1 (u). 
 
 19. Observe that ♦ is silent after — or — ; \ under — or with a 
 dot in it (1) ; H, at the end of a word. 
 
 20. The Hebrew verbal inflection distinguishes gender. 
 
 21. While most Hebrew words are accented on the ultima, sec 
 Obs. 11,/oMr words in this Lesson, out of seven, have the accent on 
 the penult, as shown by the position of the sign —. 
 
 22. The Hebrew says :/aces-o/a62/ss, not /ac»?so/-a62/ss; that is, 
 the first of two words in the genitive relation suffers change, not, as 
 in Latin or Greek, the second. 
 
18 Lesson 2. 
 
 4. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 Learn in the " Elements of Hebrew " the following sections : — 
 
 1. I 2. 1—3, 6, 8, The pronunciation of X, H, y, Hi tJ', \ 
 
 2. I 3. 1, Order of writing ; extended letters. 
 
 3. ? 9. 1, and ? 5. 6. a, §'wa, its representation and pronunciation. 
 
 4. ? 26. 1, 2, Open and Closed Syllables. 
 
 5. I 49. 1, The ordinary writing of the conjunction 
 
 and 0). 
 
 5. Word-Lesson. 
 
 (13) !),i3 waste (16) IVifT] darlmess (19) D'JS /aces 
 
 (14) n^rr Ae-wos (17) "^^ i«poii (20) irijn desolation 
 
 (15) rrri'ip si^e-«oas (18) ♦Jfl /aces-o/ (21) Dlnri a&2/M 
 
 Note.— The word for waste, when it stands by itself, is IH^ (bo- 
 hil), not !)|i3 (bho-hu) ; so we say irtf) (to-hu) desolation, not IJl'Jl 
 (tho-hu), and DlHfl not DlHri' 
 
 6. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew:— (1) In-beginning was (f.) tJie- 
 earih; (2) Darkness was upon+the-earth; (3) Desolation (irtfl, not 
 irtri) was (m.) upon+faces-of tJie-heavens; (4) i^aces; (5) Faces-of 
 abyss; (6) (roci rMZe<Z m-(= OYeT)-darhiess; (7) God-of (♦il'^K) <^e- 
 Tieavens; (8) G*od: teas in-beginning; (9) Ee-created )( ihe-earth and- 
 )( tJie-Jieavens; (10) The-earth was (f.). 
 
 2. To be translated into English :— 
 
 :Dinri ♦J$-'?i? rr'ri ^t^'tif Tj^'n? n^rf nri*;^ (2) 
 
 3. To be written in English letters:— (1) Q'JQ, (2) ,1'n, (3) ♦pI'^K, 
 
 (4) rrn^n, (s) Dinn> (s) oinn, (7) irin, m irin.^g) irl^i! (lo) 
 
 ' ■ I ' • . J J J 
 
Lesson 3. 19 
 
 4. To be written in Hebrew letters:— (1) ha, (2) hu, (3) ha, (4) ho, 
 (5) hi, (6) to, (7) ba, (8) nim, (9) '^1, (10) §ekh, (11) pa, (12) ga. 
 
 6, Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) Two ways of writing and. (2) The circumstances under 
 which ♦ and "1 are silent. (3) New letters and vowel-sounds. (4) 
 Open and closed syllables. (5) The sign — ; its representation and 
 pronunciation. (6) Extended letters. (7) Words in the genitive 
 relation. 
 
 LESSON lll.-CENESIS I. 2b, 3. 
 7. Notes. 
 
 15. niTl — w°ru{a)h (one syllable) — and-spirit-of : 
 
 a. Three consonants:—^ (w), ") (r), pf (t) tlie harsh A-sound. 
 
 b. The conjunction and (")) written with §°wa, § 49. 1 ; !) = u, as oo 
 in fool; the ^ (a) to be pronounced before the tl, and not after it. 
 
 c. This word is treated as having but one syllable, the " and a not 
 counting as full vowels. 
 
 16. riflrTni!?~™''>"a-li^-pheth (three syWahhs}— brooding : 
 
 a. f] is phA=f), while fl is 23/ cf. '2 hh {=v) and ^ 6, ? 12. 1. N. 
 
 b. *115 open syllable, tl open, JllD closed, ? 26. 2. 
 
 c. )3 indicates that the form is a participle ; H. tlat it is feminine. 
 
 17. I D'Sn — ^h3,m-ma-yim (three syllables) — the-waters: 
 
 a. )3 = m, J2 = wi^i-' a point in a letter preceded by a full vowel in- 
 dicates doubling, and is called Daghes-forte, ? 13. 1, cf. jy (5. a). 
 
 b. The ♦ here precedes ~ and begins the syllable, and so is sounded 
 (as y in year). 
 
 c. The "article the is Hi with — under it and DagheS-forte in the 
 following consonant; cf. D^Oti'Il (5). ? *5' 1- 
 
 d. The accent — indicates the end of the verse ; • always follows 
 this accent. 
 
20 
 
 Lesson 3. 
 
 18. "1QK*1— way-y6'-iiiei^(three syllahles)— and-[he)-said, H 26. 
 1, 2, 3; 13. i": , 
 
 a. The root of tHs form is 1DK {'a-mar) he-said, I 65. 1, 2. 
 
 h. The prefixed ♦ indicates the future, IDN' = he-will-say. 
 
 c. The conjunction [■)) connects this sentence with the preceding, 
 and also makes the future {he-will-say) = a past [and-he-said). 
 This seeming anomaly will be explained later; it is sufficient 
 here to learn that ^QK = he-said; "IDK' = he-will-say; ^ON*! 
 
 - T V J V J 
 
 = and-he-said. 
 
 19. -'n>— y'hH — shall-le (or let-he), U 10. 1; 26. 1; 17. 1 : 
 
 a. The first ♦ indicates the future as in "IDK'- K 27. 1. 
 
 -J 
 
 b. The — being only a half-YOwel, this word has but one syllable, 
 
 c. The root of this form is J^^'>|^ he-was; of. tirVil (9) she-was. 
 
 20. "liN— 'Sr-Zi^Ai, ?? 5. 5; 26. 2 : 
 
 a. H has no sound, but is represented by ' , § 2. 1. 
 
 6. 1, with a point over it, unites with the point, as in Dlnri (14). 
 
 21. "'(I'l— wa-y'MH — and-{tliere)-was, ? 17. 1: 
 
 a. The conjunction here, as in ^lON'^l (18), not merely connects, but 
 converts the future [shall he) into a past [was). 
 
 b. The conjunction in "1QN'''5 was -I, but here it is 1, the Daghea- 
 forte having been rejected. 
 
 c. The sign (j) with -^ indicates a secondary accent, cf. 9. c, 2 18. 1. 
 
 2. Words Arranged Promiscuously for Examination.^ 
 
 nn>n 
 
 ♦n'5 
 
 Dirtn 
 
 -1 
 
 D'ri'^K 
 
 D'J3 
 
 -J 
 
 TT 
 
 irin 
 
 nn 
 
 
 D'^n 
 
 'n* 
 
 nK 
 
 ri^n 
 
 pNH) 
 
 n*^N"i5 
 
 
 1 Examine, pronounce aloud, translate, and master these words. 
 
Lesson 3. 21 
 
 3. Observations. 
 
 23. The sign of the feminine gender is the letter H- 
 
 24. 3 =p, but fl = ph (=/); 5 = &, but 3 = hh (= 1)). 
 
 25. A syllable closing with Daghes-forte is called sharpened. 
 All sharpened syllables are, of course, closed syllables. 
 
 26. The prefix ♦ marks the/itiure (3 masc. sing.). 
 
 27. "j connects, but -I, a stronger form, connects and converts. 
 
 28. Boots have three letters (see "ION he said, K*13 ^« created), 
 
 - T TT 
 
 all other letters are prefixes or suffixes. 
 
 29. The gutturals }>{, H, 11, J^, "1, causing many seeming irregu- 
 larities in the forms of words, deserve special attention. [vowel. 
 
 30. Daghes-forte^ is in every case immediately preceded by a 
 
 31. The vowel of open syllables is long, of closed, short ; of 
 accented syllables it may be either long or short. 
 
 32. The letter of the article is fl ; its vowel is regularly ^^; it 
 usually has D. f .^ in the first letter of the word to which it is pre- 
 fixed. But note H, in pKil. 
 
 4-. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 Learn in the " Elements of Hebrew " the following sections : — 
 
 1. Under ? 4. 1, The gutturals K, H, fl, ^, and 1, cf. Obs. 29. 
 
 2. 2 13. 1, Daghes-forte, cf. Obs. 30. 
 
 3. ?28. 1,2, Quantity of vowels in syllables, cf. Obs. 31. 
 
 4. § 47. 1, The writing of the preposition '2 [in). 
 
 5. Word-Lesson. 
 
 (22) ")'1X %^< (25) "ION'! and-he-said (28) nflrTlD hrooding 
 
 (23) a^'^N »«■««' (26) 'rr»1anc?-(there)-wa«(29) UK"! ^e-«aw 
 
 (24) D*)3 waters (27) ♦,'7» Ze«-(there)-6e (30) (1*1") spirit 
 
 1 The a In this word is pronounced as a in father; the e like ey in tftey. The 
 main accent is on the syllable ghes. 
 a D. f . = Daghes-forte. 
 
22 Lesson 4. 
 
 Notes.— (1) "IIK means light or light-of; t^»K, man or tnan-of; 
 nn. spiVii or spirit-of; (2) The word for wafers is D^Oi but at the 
 end of the verse, where the voice rests upon the word, it is written 
 
 6. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) Darkness (was)i upon+ 
 the-waters, and-upon-\-[th.e)-faces-ofthe-earth; (2) In-beginning [the) 
 spirit-of God (was) brooding wpon-\-the-waters; (3) God saw )( the- 
 Jicavens, and-][ the-waters; (4) {Th.e)-man-of God, {fheyiight-of the- 
 heavens; (5) And-he-said, he-said, he-will-say; he-was, she-was, let- 
 (there)-&e, a«c?-(there)-Mjas; (6) he-saw, he-created, he-was. 
 
 2. To be translated into English :— (1) D^JSH ; (2) ^1X3 ; (3) 
 
 pxrr ; (4) tj'>Nrr ; (5) D^ri'^Nri ; (6) tr^Ni ; \'J) rrn"! ; (s) o^p ; 
 (9) D^an ; (10) -lixn ; (11) -iiNn"!. 
 
 3. To be written in English letters :— (1) HK"], (2) {J^'N, (3) ♦.T, 
 
 (4) D^p, (5) np, (6) mil, (7) -)iK, (8) 'np.. 
 
 4. To be written in Hebrew letters :— (1) sith, (2) ru, (3) ne, (4) 
 yim, (5) 'is, (6) m^ra, (7) m'ra, (8) §al, (9) mar, (10) ham. 
 
 7. Topics for Study, 
 
 (1) Prep. 3. (2) Gutturals. (3) Quantity of vowels in syllables. 
 (4) Daghes-forte. (5) Sign of the feminine. (6) Sign of the participle. 
 (7) Writing of the article. (8) Sign of the future. (9) Koot. (10) "1 
 and •!. (11) Sharpened syllable. 
 
 LESSON IV.-CENESIS I. 4. 
 
 7. NOTES. 
 
 22. K")*1 — ^way-yar' (two syllables) — andr-Cheysaw, of. 18. c, 21. a : 
 a. The conjunction •!, forming, with \ a sharpened syllable, 226. 3. 
 6. The letter ♦ indicates the future, Nl* = he-ioill-see, cf . 18. 6. 
 
 1 Words in parentheses are not to be rendered In Hebrew. 
 
Lesson 4. 23 
 
 c. S-wa under "1 silent, ? 11.; N here without force, ? 43. 1. K. 1. 
 
 23. IlKrr-DN-'eth+ha-'or (three By\\Mes)-){+tJie-Ught: 
 
 a. In V. 1 J^}<t is an accented closed syl.; here wji-accented, because 
 joined by MSqqeph to following word, ? 17. 1; hence — (e) be- 
 comes — (e), § 36. 1. a. 
 
 h. Article here is H, as in j^tjil; but cf . -n in DIOIZ^rT, U'l^'H' 
 
 c. 1st syl., unaccented closed ; 2d, unac. open ; 3d, accented closed, 
 ? 28. 1, 2. 
 
 d. The is 6, not o, same sound, but different value, § 7. 4. 
 
 24. !31t3"0— ki+tobh (two syllables)— i^a^+g-ooc? : 
 
 a. Three^consonants : 3 (k), cf. 3 (kh) ; tD (t), cf. fl ; 3 (bh). 
 6. Two unchangeable vowels : ♦_ (i), 1 (6), ? 30. 7. Notes 1, 2. 
 c, On the use of letters to indicate vowel-sounds, 2 6. 2, 3. 
 
 25. /"^^-^ — way-yabh-del — and-[]ie)-caused-to-divide, I 28. 1, 2 : 
 a. 1 (d) a new letter ; without the dot (^), it is dh (= th in <Ae). 
 
 6. 1st and 2d syl's unaccented closed (short vowel); 3d, accented 
 
 closed {long vowel). 
 c. §'wS, under ^ is silent, and is called a syllable-divider, ? 11. 1. 
 
 26. pa— b^n— Setoeew, ?§ 3. 2; 5. 3; 6. 3; 12. 1: 
 
 a. The letter n at the end of a word is written 7, not J, 
 6. Both e (♦ } and e ( ) are pronouncedas ey in they. 
 
 c. The vowel here is unchangeable (e), not changeable (e). 
 
 d. There is a dot in 2i as there was in ^ of ri*Ii'K'15» 
 
 27. yy^—vMien—and-between, U 12. 1; 49. 2 : 
 
 a. Before the labial ^, the word for and is written V 
 6. Note that between is Sen, but and-between is ■u-i^en. 
 
 28. ^tJ'nn~"ha-ho-Sekh— <7je-<?arfc«e««; (cf. 12. a, 6, c) : 
 a. The article in this case is H ; no* • 17) nor |7, 
 
 6. Three syllables, first and second ending in a vowel, third, in a 
 
 consonant, 
 c. Note that ,1 appears to be an unaccented open syllable with a 
 
 short vowel. 
 
24 
 
 Lesson 4. 
 
 2. The Occurrence of Aspirates in Genesis I. 1—^4. 
 
 n'mi2 
 
 3 (6, not 6^) follows nothing ; H (<A) follows i. 
 
 nS3 
 
 3 (6, not bh) follows fl of the preceding word. 
 
 riN 
 
 n (i^, not t) follows the vowel-sound e. 
 
 nn'n 
 
 n {th, not <) follows the vowel-sound —. 
 
 inai iHn 
 
 ri {<A) follows a of preceding word ; 2 (6/0 follows a. 
 
 ♦Jr"?^ 
 
 Q [p] follows the consonant "7. 
 
 Dinn 
 
 n (<A) follows the vowel-sound e of preceding word. 
 
 nsmo 
 
 5 iph (=/) notp) follows e ; Jl (<^) follows e. 
 
 ::'^£-'i) 
 
 3 (it, not M) follows ^ ; D (6A) follows 6. 
 
 '7'11"l 
 
 3 (6/^) follows a ; "1 ((Z, not cZ/j) follows the consonant 2. 
 
 r5 
 
 3 (&) follows the preceding consonant Q. 
 
 n^n p:ii 
 
 3 (6A (= «)) follows the vowel-sound 1 ; t] {7ch) fol. e. 
 
 5. Observations. 
 
 33. Six letters, called aspirates, have two sounds : 3 5, ^ 6A (=«) ; 
 S^ g, ^ gh; "1 (^, 1 dh; 3 /c, 3 hh; Qp,^ ph; fl i, fl «^. 
 
 34. Their original sound was the hard one, 6, (7, d, k, p, t; it was 
 indicated by a point called Daghes-lene. 
 
 35. These letters receive this point whenever they do not imme- 
 diately follow a Towelvsound, i. e., a vowel or vocal S'wl 
 
 36. This lesson has two new letters : £0 (t), pronounced like Jl; 
 and "1 [d). 
 
 4. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 Learn in the "Elements of Hebrew," the following sections: 
 
 1. ? 12. 1, and Note, Aspirates and Daghes-lene. 
 
 2. § 17. 1, 2, Maqqeph ; long vowel shortened. 
 
 3. ? 45. 1, The usual form of the Article. 
 
 4. Under ? 4. 1, The labials : ^, \ 0, £). 
 
 1 This letter is Introduced here, in order to complete the list. 
 
Lesson 4. 25 
 
 5. Word-Lesson. 
 
 (31) ^^^ between (M) H-)';)_and-he-saw {SI) fjri^ he-too7e 
 
 (32) '^and (35) ^2 that (38) |njAe-^at)e 
 
 (33) '?'iy) and-he-caused- (36) IIJO good (39) DtJ' I'^me 
 
 to-divide 
 
 Note.— The root of '?'15*1 is ^~\'2 divide; the root of KTlis 
 nN"1 «cc; DtJ' = either tiame, or name-of. 
 
 T T •• 
 
 6, Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew:— (1) And-saw God )( the-heav- 
 ens (md-){, the-earth and-]{ the-waters; (2) The-light the-good (= the 
 good light); (3) trootZ light (in Heb., Zi^^^ g'oocZ) was upon the-earth; 
 (4) In-beginning (was) darkness; God created light; and-he-caused- 
 to-divide between light and-between darkness; (5) God gave )(-\-the- 
 light; (&) He-gave the-light the-good [=ihegoodi\i^t); [1) Name, 
 the-name, (the) name-of God; (8) Between the-heavens and-between 
 the-earth; (9) He-took (a) good name (Heb. order, jiame good). 
 
 2. To be translated into English :— (1) '2'\'^T\ IIKH; (2) D'lS'll 
 
 aicsH; (3) -iiNrr) tjty'nii; (4) ^iicsrr D'.i'^Ki'i; (5) d^hSkh db''3; 
 
 3. To be written in English letters:— (1) HD'?. (2) Uti/, (3) fflj, 
 
 (4) riijsri, (5) Dt?''5. (6) "^i?!"), (7) p5, (8) pai. 
 
 4. To be written in Hebrew letters :— (1) ben, (2) del, (3) ben, (4) 
 del, (5) tobh, (6) ho, (7) thohu, (8) 'or, (9) bohii, (10) bhen, (11) dhel, 
 (12) khi. 
 
 7. Topics for Study, 
 
 (1) Three ways of writing and. (2) Three ways of writing the. (3) 
 Maqqeph. (4) Gutturals. (5) Labials. (6) Daghes-Iene. (7) Aspirates. 
 (8) Sign of feminine, of participle. (9) Open, closed, and sharpened 
 syllables. (10) ■pifference between o and 6, e and L (11) • \ (12) 
 Plural ending. 
 
26 Lesson 5. 
 
 LESSON V.-GENESIS I. 5. 
 7. Notes. 
 
 29. N'ip'l— way-yiq-ra'— ^ji(Z-(he)-caZZecZ, ? 2C. 1, 2, 3 : 
 a. On '\ see 18. c; on ♦ see 18. 6; way, a sharpened syl. 
 
 5. p (q), a new consonant pronounced like 3 (k), not qu; ? 2. 4. 
 c. The — under p is silent, — a syllable-divider, 2 11. 1. 
 
 d- K'lD' he-will-call; K"1D lie-called, cf. N"13 he-created. 
 
 t|: • t)t tt 
 
 30. Tin"?— la'or— i!o-<Ae-Zi^A<, ? 28. 1, 2 : 
 
 a. 7 the preposition to, with — , the vowel of article, ? 47. 4. 
 
 6. 1 is 6, not ; it is from a+w, ^lljj = "ll^, ? 30. 7. 
 
 c. Light = "llK ; the-light = ^IJ^PT I to-the-light = (not ^llNn*?) 
 "llN*?! n of the article being dropped out, ? 45. R. 3. 
 
 31. tiy—yom— day; 6 (= a+w), not o; for pV I 30. 7; the 
 combination of a-\-w always gives 6. 
 
 32. TltJ'n/"!— w'la-ho-sekh— ajitZ-to-«7w-c?ar7i;«e«s : 
 
 a. Four words : (1) ") and, (2) ^ to, (3) ("l fAe, (4) ^ptl darkness. 
 
 b. n of article elided and its vowel (a) given to "7, ? 45. R. 3. 
 
 c. First syl. (w'la) is unaccented open, but with a short vowel, con- 
 trary to § 28. 1. The fact is D. f. is understood in n, which, be- 
 ing a guttural, cannot receive it, ? 14. 3. N. 1. 
 
 33. iO'D—qsi-ra,'— he-called, I 55. 1. 2 : 
 
 tIjt 
 
 a. This is the simple stem or root of the verb. 
 h. K, as always at the end of a word, is quiescent, 2 43. 1, a. 
 c. This word would regularly be accented on the ultima. It is 
 {{"in here because of the ace. syl. *? immediately following. 
 
 34. Th''^-\3^-y'\2.— night, ? 24. 2, and N. 1 : 
 
 a. n is not a cons., but used merely to represent the prec. — , ? 6. 1. 
 h. 1 and its S'wS belong to the second syl.; the — is initial, 2 10. 1. 
 c. Both — 's are foree-long (a), not naturally long (a). 
 
 35. i'1jj^"'f7?|1— wa-y'hi+"^-rebh— ara£Z-(there)-was+ewram(7 ; 
 
 a. The first syl. (wa) is unac. and ends with a vowel, but it is not a 
 long vowel ; hence it is not an open, but a half -open syl.; there 
 
Lesson 5. 27 
 
 should be a D. f. in ♦, but it has been lost, 2 26. 4 and N.; ? 28. 4; 
 2 14. 2. 
 
 b. The vertical line with — is called M^thegh ; it is a secondary 
 accent written upon the second syl. before the principal accent, 
 ? 18. 1. 
 
 c. The — under y is tone-long 6} not shorte, ? 31. 2. b. 
 
 d. The unaccented closed syl. rebh has a short vowel. 
 
 36. Ip^"'?!*!— wa-y°hi+bho-qer — and-{theTe)-was-jrmoming: 
 
 a. On the half -open syl. and on M^thegh see 35. a, b. 
 
 b. On the connective MSqqeph represented by +, ? 17. 1. 
 
 c. The -^ is (tone-long), not 8 (naturally long), i 31. 4. 6. 
 
 37. "TllK— '^-liadh— OTie.- 
 
 a. The — is tone-long 6, (cf. 35. c), not short e, § 83. 6. 
 6. The T is rfA, like iA in the, not d, which would be % 
 
 2. Table of Words Containing Lonq Vowels. 
 
 1. Words with tone-long a: X")3, tb'h, N")p, N"lp', etc. 
 
 TT T :rtT t|t t)j • 
 
 2. Words with tone-long e : JlKi '7'15'' 
 
 3. Words with naturally long e : p5' *^fl' 
 
 4. Words with tone-long o : in3, 1jJ3, rj^'fl, irffl. 
 
 5. Words with naturally long 8 : ^'IK, ^'113, Q'V- 
 
 6. Words with tone-long 6 : 3"T^ ('l-rebh), "inX Ce-hadh). 
 
 B. The of npK*5 and oif DTf??? is 6, not o, although not 
 written V 
 
 3. Observations. 
 
 37. Tone-long vowels are vowels which are long because of their 
 proximity to the tone ; i. e., being originally short, they have be- 
 come long through the influence of the accent. 
 
 1 This vowel is a difficult one to understand; keep this instance in mind; 
 a fuller explanation will be given later. It Is pronounced like e in men, i. e., 
 a tnfle longer than e in met. 
 
28 Lesson 5. 
 
 38. Naturally long vowels are vowels which are long, generally, 
 because of the contraction of two distinct elements, e. g., a+w or 
 a-\-u = o, a-\-i or a-\-y = &. 
 
 39. Tone-long vowels are, generally, indicated only by the vowel- 
 sign. 
 
 40. Naturally long vowels are generally, but not always, indi- 
 cated by a vowel-sign and also by a vowel-letter, e. g., o is — , but 6 
 is ") ; e is -^, but e is ♦ 
 
 41. Tone-long vowels, if the tone changes, are liable to change ; 
 but naturally long vowels are unchangeable. 
 
 42. The tone-long 6, which always comes from S, is especially 
 worthy of note. 
 
 4. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. ? 8j The names of the vowels. 
 
 2. R 45. R 3; 47. 4, The article after a preposition. 
 
 3. 2 55. 1, 2, The root of a verb. 
 
 4. § 58. 1, 2. a and N. 1, The simple verb-stem ; its name. 
 
 5. ? 30. (opening words), also 1 The naturally long vowels,— (1) their 
 Notes 1 and 2 under I 30. i origin, (2) their writing, (3) their 
 7, J character. 
 
 n !t9i I ■ J \ 1 ] The tone-long vowels,— (1) their ori- 
 
 6. i 31. (opening words), also . 
 
 Note 1 under 4, ^'''' ^^' ^^^'' "''"'^"'' ^^^ ^^^'' ^"*- 
 
 J ing, (4) their character. 
 
 5. Word-Lesson. 
 
 (40) IHK one (43) K'lp*! and-he-ealled (46) y)]^ evening 
 
 (41) "Ipb morning (44) ^B'* ^e-sa«, (^weZ« (47) '^'p voice 
 
 (42) DVc?ay (45) Th-h night m iTV lie-called 
 
 T :-<" TIT 
 
 Note.— The word for night is il'?'':), but in the middle of the 
 
 T :-i- 
 
 verse it is written and pronounced Pl'?^'?- 
 
Lesson 6. 29 
 
 6. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) To-{t}ie)-begmmng-o/ the- 
 day God called morning; to-(jihe)-beginnmg-of the-night God called 
 evening; (2) In-day one Go d c reate d )( the-light; (3) God created ){ 
 the-light and-he-called to-the-light day; (4) The good day (Heb., the- 
 day the-good); (5) {Th.e)-name-of the-light (is) day, and-[th.e]-namc- 
 of the-darhness (is) night; (6) Heavens, the-heavens, to-the-heavens, 
 in-the-heavens; (7) Earth, the-earth, in-the-earth, to-the-earth, and-to- 
 the-earth; (8) (The]-voice-of God; (9) Bay and^ight; (10) The- 
 waters, in-the-waters. 
 
 2. To be translated into English :— (1) '?'1j55; (2) TIN*?; (3) 
 tr^K"?; (4) pN^; (5) D'pB''?; (6) tiVy, (7) TIN'?'); (8) OVVr ^3 
 
 rr'7''?rr rai; '(9)'D'oty3 D»rf7i< ntj''*. 
 
 T :j- - I ■' -J- T - • v: - T 
 
 3. To be written in English letters :— (1) "^'Ip, (2) ^^tV'', (3) DV, 
 (4) im, (5) 3"|j;, (6) TIN, (7) ]% (8) K-Jp. 
 
 4. To be written in Hebrew letters: — (1) lam, (2) lam, (3) ISm, (4) 
 16hi, (5) lom, (6) lem, (7) lem, (8) yiq, (9) ben, (10) rebh, (11) yla. 
 
 7. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) Root. (2) Simple verb-stem. (3) Names of vowel-signs. 
 (4) Article after a preposition. (5) Naturally long vowels. (6) Tone- 
 long vowels. (7) The vowel 6. (8) Gutturals and labials. (9) Daghe§- 
 lene. (10) Half -open syllable. 
 
 LESSON VI.-CENESIS I. 6. 
 
 7. Notes. 
 
 38. "laN'l— way-yo'-mer— aMc?-(he)-sai(^ (see N. 18) : 
 
 a. Syllables : (1) sharpened, (2) open, (3) closed. 
 
 b. Vowels : (1) Pathah, (2) Holem, (3) S'ghol. 
 
 c. a, though a letter, has here no consonantal force ; hence it has 
 no §"wS, under it ; it is quiescent, ? 11. 2. R. 
 
 39. Q''tf7ii—'lo-h.im— God (see N. 3) : 
 
30 Lesson 6. 
 
 a. Only two syllables : (1) open, (2) closed. 
 
 6. Vowels : (1) Holem, (2) Hirgq ; Happh-S'ghol {— ), though a 
 Yoyrel-sound, is only a half-YOvrel. 
 
 c. While -r is simple S'-wi, — is a compound S'wa, 2 9. 1, 2. 
 
 d. A word has only as many syllables as it has full vowels, ? 27. 1. 
 
 40. ^^py-m-qiia.y-eJ^^^' of. fvn spirit (15) : 
 
 a. Syl's : (1) open, (2) closed ; vowels : (1) Qameg, (2) Hireq. 
 
 h. The -^ under ^ is not treated as a vowel; it is called Pathah- 
 furtive, because in pronunciation it steals in before its conso- 
 nant, cf. nn = ru(a)h, not ru-ha. Though pronounced, it is mere- 
 ly a transition-sound, inserted for euphony, §? 27. 1; 42. 2. d. 
 
 41. TliDB— b'thekh— ira-miWsi-o/, ?? 12. 1; 11. 2. a: 
 a. 3 has Daghes-lene, but ri has none. 
 
 h. The only full vowel is i (= 6), which is unchangeable, 
 c. This word means in-midst-of, not in-midst. 
 
 42. D'JDH — ham-ma-yim — tJie-waters, ?? 13. 1; 26. 3; 45. 1: 
 a. The -^ in last syl. (unac. closed) must be i, not i, ? 28. 2. 
 
 6. Here -tt (1) indicates that the second syl. is accented, and also 
 (2) marks the end of the clause, § 24. 2. 
 
 43. '(1*1 — wi-hi — and-let-itlierej-be : 
 
 a. Let-{there)-be = ♦H*; and = \; but ^tT^) becomes ^il% since (1) 
 when two §°was stand together at the beginning of a word, -:- is 
 inserted ; and (2) -r-'lXj under 1 fol. by ♦ (iy) = i, I 49. N. 1; of. 
 the very different ♦Jl'l = and-[t)iete)-was (21). 
 
 h. On the insertion of -^ see ? 87. 1. 
 
 44. 7''15P — mabh-dil — [a)-causing-to-divide, or dividing : 
 
 a. A participle (shown by JO) from same root as "^l^*! (25). 
 
 b. Vowels : (1) Pathah, (2) Hireq ; but — is a syllable-divider. 
 
 c. 3 (preceded by -^) without, "1 (preoed. by i) with Daghes-lene. 
 
 45. Dtp"? D*D~""^^"y™ la-ma-yim — waters to-waters : 
 
 a. Vowel under J3 in first word, S; in second, a; because the 
 second word is the last in the verse, and so the voice rests upon 
 
Lesson 6. 31 
 
 it and lengthens the vowel. Such a word is said to be in pause, 
 
 i 38. 2. 
 h. The prepositions sometimes take a tone-long a, instead of t, 
 
 when they are directly before the accented syllable, § 47. 5. 
 c- D*P7 = to-waters;' not to-the-waters, which would be D*S7 i 
 
 the stroke over |3 marks the absence of DagheS-forte,2 16. 2. 
 
 2. Words without Points or Vowel-Signs. Gen. I. 1—6. 
 
 Nip, 'Jfl 
 
 •^.'^ 
 
 -)0K» 
 
 n 
 
 :j 
 
 niN 
 
 n'sr^^n 
 
 n'?^'? 
 
 b-^y 
 
 nn'ii 
 
 irr3 
 
 nnx 
 
 rp'i 
 
 •7^:32 
 
 Dv, ^T 
 
 "1 
 
 P 
 
 D'n'?N 
 
 WJ2^ 
 
 wn 
 
 Nip' 
 
 'l^'n 
 
 npn 
 
 pN 
 
 ^nn 
 
 my, "^r 
 
 Kl' 
 
 niCD 
 
 xna 
 
 nx 
 
 3. Observations. 
 
 43. This verse has twenty-two syllables ,i of which twelve are 
 closed, ten open ; of the closed, two are sharpened. 
 
 44. This verse has twenty-six vowel-sounds: twenty-two full 
 vowels, three S'was (two simple, one compound), one VafM^^-furtive. 
 
 45. This verse h&s forty-four letters, of which nine are silent ; of 
 these nine, seven are ♦, one 1 and one X- 
 
 46. This verse has two silent ^'w^s— syllable-dividers. 
 
 47. The accent -tt ('Athnah) is written only in the middle of a 
 verse. 
 
 48. The accent — (Silluq) is written only at the end of a verse. 
 
 4. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. ? 6. 1, 2, 3, and Notes 1—4, The Vowel-letters. 
 
 2. ? 14. 3, and Notes 1, 2, Omission of D. f. from gutturals. 
 3 g 9. 1 2 Simple and Compound §'wl 
 
 4. § 11. 1, 2. a, and Remark, The Syllable-divider, 
 
 1 Let the student count the syllables and thus verify this statement. 
 
32 Lesson 7. 
 
 5. Word-Lesson. 
 
 (49) '^n^O dividing (50) D'O waters (51) J/'HT expanse 
 
 6. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) Between the-waters and- 
 hetween the-waters; (2) Between the-waters to-the-waters; (3) Between 
 wafers to-waters; (4) Waters, waters (in pause), to-the-waters (in 
 pause), to-waters (in pause) ; (5) ie<-(there)-6e, ajic^-Zei-(there)-&e, 
 an(;Z-(there)-wa.9; (6) Expanse and-spirit; (7) Expanse, the-expanse, 
 to-the-expanse. 
 
 2. To be translated into English :—(l) Dl"? '^1K; (2) tl^'PT 
 n'?''?3; (3) niNn nitO; (4) pNH ♦J3-'7I? D^DH; (5) 'ITI liN '.T 
 
 ■^n^D ♦nn j;>pn; .(6) j;'p^i' D'a'?, b'^'% 
 
 3. To be written in English letters:— (1) 'nt^H, (2) y^^, (3) ^'^y, 
 
 (4) r]in5- (5) b^'i^D, (6) j;»pn. 
 
 4. To be written in Hebrew letters:— (1) 'al, (2) ma-yim, (3) wi-hl, 
 (4) dal, (5) del, (6) dgl, (7) liadh, (8) dil. 
 
 7. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) Vowel-sounds rep. by ♦ . (2) Vowel-sounds rep. by V (3) D. f . 
 rejected from gutturals. (4) D. f. implied. (5) Compound S'wa. (6) 
 Syllable-divider. (7) Simple verb-stem. (8) Gutturals and labials. 
 (9) Daghes-lene. (10) Half-open and sharpened syllables. (12) Natur- 
 ally long and tone-long vowels. (13) Maqqeph. (14) Quantity of 
 vowels in syllables. 
 
 LESSON VII.-GENESIS I. 7,8. 
 
 7. Notes. 
 
 46. ti^^'')—w^y-ya.-'a.s—and-{'he)-niade : 
 
 a. ti' (s) is to be distinguished from Hf (S), ? 2. 6. 
 
 b. The O is the same as in IDU^^) (18), K^p'! (21), K"^*! (22). 
 
 c. The root is HtJ'J^ he-made; the future is iljj'JJ)!', of which a 
 shortened form is used with .V 
 
Lesson 7. 33 
 
 47. j^'P'iri — lia-ra-qi(a)' — tJie-expanse : 
 
 a. The — isPathah-furtive, cf. ni (ru(a)h); see 40. 6. 
 
 b. The article is . H, hence the-expanse should be )^*p1ll ; but 1 
 rejects D. f., and the prec. (short) -^ now standing in an open 
 syllable becomes (long) — , U 14. 3; 36. 2. h; 28. 1. 
 
 c. The secondary accent is written on the second syllable before 
 the tone, ? 18. 1. 
 
 d. The accent -i- above p and ^ marks the end of a- section ; it is 
 used only when the verse has three sections, ? 24. 3. 
 
 48. "Ity'N— '"Ser (one syllable)— w/itcA, §§ 9. 2 ; 27. 1: 
 
 a. The -=r is the compound §'wa of the A-class (cf. — , of the l-class): 
 it is pronounced like a in Iiat, but much more hurriedly. It is 
 only a AaZ/-vowel, and does not form a syllable. 
 
 h. The Kelative pron. does not vary for gender or number, ? 63. 1. 
 
 49. nUnp— mit-ta-hath— /j-om-MKcZer (for Dliri |Q). § 48. 1: 
 a. The final letter (m) of |p is assimilated, ? 39. 1. 
 
 6. A letter thus assimilated is represented by D. f ., 2 39. N. 
 
 c. The point in f) is D. f., because it follows a vowel, 2 13. 1. 
 
 d. In this case the point is also Daghes-lene, since the sound doubled 
 is t, not th, i 13. 2. N. 1. 
 
 50. y pi*?— la-ra-qi(a)'— to-<Ae-ea!pan.se, ? 45. K. 3 : 
 
 a. J^'p^l expanse; J/'p")!! the-expanse; 2l^p~f2. to-ihe-expanse ; 
 V'p'l'^'l and-to-the-expanse. 
 
 «^ |- T|T : 
 
 51. '7^t2 — me-'al—from-upon: 
 
 a. 7)3 [from) assimilates its final consonant, see 49. a; but 
 h. yi refuses D. f ., and — is heightened to — , I 48. 2. 
 
 52. p"'n*1— wa-y°hi+khen— ancZ-(it)-was+«o.- 
 
 a. — with -=- is M^thegh, second syl. before tone, ? 18. 1. 
 6. — with — is Silluq, marking end of verse, I 24. 1. N. 
 
 53. D^Otl'— Sa-ma-yim— 7ieaum«, cf. D^Q!2' of v. 1: 
 
 a. There is — under Q, instead of — , because in pause, ? 38. 2 ; 
 the 'Athnah (— ) is, next to Silluq (—), the strongest accent. 
 
34 Lesson 7. 
 
 54. 'JtJ' — se-ni — second: -^ tone-long, e, not e. 
 
 2. Forms for Special Study. 
 
 nil (2)1 niN'7{5) p{7) niNis) j^'p>;i(V) 
 j;»pn(6) T]B''n'?(5) nnnpi?) ni£3(4) i?*j7.'i'^ (7) 
 
 5, Observations. 
 
 49. Pathah-/Mrti«e, a mere transition-sound, does not form a syl. 
 
 50. The n of the article is elided after the preposition *? (also 3). 
 
 51. The prep, from is min, but the n is often assimilated and 
 represented by D. f.; if tlie following letter refuses D. f., the i is 
 heightened to e. 
 
 52. The naturally long 6, generally i in Hebrew, does not change. 
 
 53. Where averse has two sections, the end of the^}-«« is marked 
 by -f, the end of the second by — . If the verse has three sections, 
 the end of the third is marked by S'gholta {-^). In the use of the 
 accents, we commence at the end of the verse, not at the beginning. 
 
 4. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. § 45. 2, 3, The article before strong and weak gutt'ls. 
 
 2. 2 122. 1, 2. c, 3—5, Affixes for gender and number. 
 
 3. ? 123. (opening), 1, 2, The absolute and construct states. 
 
 4. 2 24. 1 — 3, The three most important accents. 
 
 5. Word-Lesson. 
 
 (52) iJ^ii who, which (55) ?3so (58) n'?B' 7te-sen< 
 
 (53) ^^>^_and-he-made (56) ^from (59) >^ti^ second 
 
 (54) QUea {^ HJi^i? he-made {60) [^nt) under 
 
 1 These numerals refer to the verse containing the word cited. 
 
Lesson 8. 35 
 
 6. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew.— [1) In-the-waters which God 
 made; (2) God (is) in-the-heavens arid-upon ihe-earth; (3) The-waters 
 (are) m-the-sea; (4) The-earth (is) beneath {m}ie\>.,from-under to) 
 ihe-sea; (5) (A) second day;^ (6) The-day the-second^ (=the second 
 day); (7) God sent )( the light and-){ the-darkness; (8) From-\-ihe- 
 Jieavens to-the-earth; (9) Between the-sea and-hetween the-earth; (10) 
 And-(it)-w'as-\-so. 
 
 2. To be translated into English :-(l) pX"? ^7)1^ i (2) rVti^iH!^; 
 
 (3) D*51; (4) D*5 ItJ^'N D!On; (S) ♦JK^n -iinh; (6)pNn-|b 
 
 D'otfS; (7) 3-)^3i npanAs) pKn-'?;; D'.an-ni!« n'?V; o) 
 
 3. TobewritteninEnglishletters:— (l)n'?{!', (2) f5, (3) p, (4) 
 
 D', (5) rrB';^, (6) pa, (7) ♦j^, (8) 'jb'', o) "^j/d. 
 
 4. To be written in Hebrew letters :— (1) ken, (2) ben, (3) '6r, (4) 
 bo-hil, (5) mat, (6) 'a, (7) 'al, (8) 'as, (9) me, (10) ben. 
 
 7. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) The three important accents. (2) The article before guttur- 
 als. (3) The prepositions (*? and 3) before the article. (4) The 
 preposition /rom. (5) Assimilation. (6) The position of the attrib- 
 utive adjective. (7) The vowels e and e. (8) The vowels o and 3. 
 (9) Secondary accent. (10) Pathah-/itrfwe. (11) Labials. (12)D.f. 
 in an aspirate. (13) Gutturals and D. f. (14) Silluq and M^thqgh. 
 (15) Maqqeph. 
 
 LESSON VIII.-GENESIS I. 9, 10. 
 
 7. NOTES. 
 55. 11|5' — yiq-qa-wu — Let-(or, shall)-he-collected : 
 a. The ♦ indicates ila.e future; 1 is the ^ZwmZ-ending of verbs. 
 
 iThe adjective, when attributive, follows its noun; and, If the noun Is 
 definite, the adjective receives the article. 
 
36 Lesson 8. 
 
 h. The D. f. in p is for an assimilated J, which is the characteristic 
 of a passive verb-stem ; the a under p is euphonic. 
 
 56. D'Orr — ham-ma-yim — the-waters, see 17: 
 
 a. J3 has ^^, not ^r as in v. 2, since it is not in pause, 
 h. The article, written regularly with a and D. f., ? 45. 1. 
 
 57. "'7X — 'SIH — unto, with which compare "p to. 
 
 58. DlpO — msrqtm— place : 
 
 a. Tone-long a, but naturally long 6, the former changeable, the 
 
 latter unchangeable. 
 h. The root is Dip ; ^ is a prefix often used in noun-formation. 
 
 59. nNim— Wthe-ra-'^— a?icZ-{she)-«^a?Z-6e-seere : 
 
 ■; T I" : 
 
 a. Five letters, of which the root can have but three, ? 55. 1 ; 1 = 
 and; H {= she) is a prefix of ihe future, like ♦, which = he. 
 
 h. ilii')!n should be tlN^ri (with the same D. f. and a which are 
 in y\pi (55) above), for it is passive; but "), a guttural, refuses 
 D. f., and i under jl is heightened to e, as in "^j/O (51), ? 48. 2. 
 
 c. Cf. closely the following forms : — ■ 
 
 3 masc. sg. Hip' HKI* he-will-le etc. 
 
 vIt- V Tl" 
 
 3 fem. sg. mpn ilKin she-will-be etc. 
 
 •■■It ■ V T|- 
 
 3 masc. pi. lip' JlJ^"!* thev-will-he etc. 
 
 It • T|" 
 
 d. This is the fourth case of — = 6 (not e), cf. nflrf^O (16), y^^ 
 (35), nriN (37); keep these in mind. 
 
 T V 
 
 60. n^3*n— bay-yab-ba-sa— i^-cZry (land) : 
 
 a. "Four syllables,— two sharpened, two open^ 2 26. 1. 3. 
 
 b. Point in ^ is D. f ., yet also Daghes-lene, § 13. 2, and N. 1. 
 
 c. The final pI stands for the prec. a, just as ♦ stands for i, or ) for 
 6 ; cf. D'l1'7i< and Dl'- 
 
 61. ii:i/^'f7-ia.y--yah-ha.-ia.—to-the-dry (land), ? 45. K. 3. 
 
 62. |*'1K— '^-reg— eartA,— with article, ^"INn, ? 45* R. 2- 
 a. another case of — = 6 (59. cZ), like DH^ (35l. 
 
 63. n.'ipp'?'!— A-l'miq-we— amcZ-io-coZZecfo'om-o/.- 
 
Lesson 8. 
 
 37 
 
 a. And is here written \ H9. 2 ; to is written, as usually, ^. 
 
 b. The root is Hip, whence the passive future 3rd plural ))p* (55). 
 
 c. The f2 is the pref. used in noun-formation, cf. DipD (58. b). 
 
 d. This noun (= collection-of) is in the construct state, 2 123. 2. 
 64. D'Q^— yam-mim— «eas ; 
 
 a. The sing, is D*, from which the plural differs in that a D. f. ap- 
 pears in Q, and the changeable a is shortened to a. 
 
 ^- D'Xp* (= yam-mim) would be an impossible form, ? 28. 2, 3 ; 
 just as, on the other hand, DlpD (= mS-q6m) would be impos- 
 sible, ? 28. 1. 
 
 2. Hebrew-English Word-Review.*^ 
 
 n'LS'N-1^2 
 
 '^nao'*^ 
 
 »n«i 
 
 1P?'' 
 
 -IIN^ 
 
 nn« 
 
 Q»Q33 
 
 D1«2 
 
 J<"1312 
 
 nnN=' 
 
 ^•pT 
 
 X3, •», |0'* 
 
 D'D«3 
 
 rr, -ni* 
 
 %^ 
 
 Wf^t'^ 
 
 mpa^5 
 
 trir«* 
 
 nn»r?i* 
 
 DM'?N* 
 
 ♦ •l^-46 
 
 D1M^« 
 
 1ip«« 
 
 1,1, V"* 
 
 n??' 
 
 iriri« 
 
 namD^^ 
 
 N"lp«6 
 
 nj2^ni« 
 
 ns^'N" 
 
 Dinn^s 
 
 *?>» 
 
 Nn«7 
 
 ii6" 
 
 -nx, nx^ 
 
 r]in*» 
 
 nir^ 
 
 ■^29, ,528 
 
 ")DN"« 
 
 38 
 
 nnn^" 
 
 »J340 
 
 15'° 
 
 b^y^^ 
 
 irti" 
 
 nj^'n^i^^ 
 
 ^?•^p" 
 
 T ;j- 
 
 upyy 
 
 p^io 
 
 3. English-Hebrew Word-Review. 
 
 ^^dbyss 
 
 ^^created, he 
 
 ^"faces-of 
 
 ^^night 
 
 i3«Ae 
 
 ^^and 
 
 ^^darkness 
 
 ^^from 
 
 ^one 
 
 29«0 
 
 2i&e, ?e« 
 
 ^day 
 
 *God 
 
 ^^place 
 
 sOwwcfer 
 
 * Every word is accented on the ultima, unless the sign j indicates that it is 
 accented on the penult. 
 
 + Omitting the prepositions and the relative pronoun (in all eleven words), 
 those that remain in this list, together with their related grammatical forms, 
 occur in the Bible about 27000 times. This would make about one hundred and 
 thirty pages, or about one tenth of the entire Old Testament. 
 
38 
 
 Lesson 8. 
 
 ^%eginYdng 
 
 ^''desolation 
 
 ^''good 
 
 ^^say, he will ^unto 
 
 ^%etween 
 
 ^Hivide, he wil¥%eavens 
 
 ^^seas ^hipon 
 
 ^''brooding 
 
 ^^dividing 
 
 Hn 
 
 ^^second ^which 
 
 ^^call, he will 
 
 ^"dry (land) 
 
 night 
 
 ^see, he will ^^was, she 
 
 *^called, he 
 
 'dearth 
 
 i^midst-of 
 
 ^^seen, let he ^waste 
 
 ^^collected, let 
 
 ^^evening 
 
 ^^morning 
 
 zOgQ ^waters 
 
 he 
 
 ^expanse 
 
 ^make, he 
 
 ^^spirit-of ^(sign of ob- 
 
 ^^collection-of 
 
 
 will 
 
 ^^that ject) 
 
 (61) -^ii unto 
 
 (62) nt^^y dry (land) 
 
 T T~ 
 
 (63) Q^Q^seas 
 
 Word-Lesson. 
 
 (65) nipP collection 
 
 (66) nipP collection-of 
 
 (67) Q'iT)r2 place 
 
 (64) llp^ they-shall-he-collected (68) HKIJl she-shall-be-seen 
 
 5. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. 2 18. 1, M^thegh, on second syllable before tone. 
 
 2. ? 27. 1, 2, 3, Syllabication. 
 
 Eeriew.— §? 5 j 65 9; 11. 2. a and Kern.; 12. 1; 13. 1; 14. 3 and 
 N. 1, 2; 17. 1, 2; 24. 1—3; 26. 1—3; 28. 1, 2; 30. (opening 
 words), 7, N. 1, 2 ; 31. (opening words), 4, N. 1; 45. 1 and Rem. 3, 
 2,3; 47. 1,4,5; 49.1,2; 55.1.2; 58. 1, 2. a and N. 1; 122.1, 
 2; c, 3-5 ; 123. 1, 2. 
 
 Note.— The stem seen in }<"13, }<")p, bt2^D, etc., is the simple 
 
 T T t|t - r 
 
 active verb-stem, called Qal, ? 58. N. 1 ; the stem seen in Up' 
 and nK'iri'l is the ordinary passwe-stem, called Mph'al (cf . ? 61. 
 1 with i 75. R. 2). 
 
 6. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew:— (1) In-the-place which (is) 
 between Tieavenia) and-hetween earth; (2) God will-he-seen upon-\- 
 the-earth; (3) Tlie-waters will-he-seen in-the-sea; (4) The-earth (f.) 
 
Lesson 9. 39 
 
 ■wilhbe-seen ieneath (= from-imder to) the-heavens; (5) The-waters 
 shall-he-colleeted unto-\-place one; (6) In-the-waters and-in-the-seas; 
 (7) The-collection; (8) (The) collection-of the-waters; (9) God created 
 )( tlie-dry (land) and-){ the-seas. 
 
 2. To be translated into English :— (1) pKH^'^j; D^Sil lljil' ; 
 
 (2) Dips'?!; (3) TlN'71; (4) D'Pl'?1; (5)'Dlp051; (6)Dlp01; 
 
 (7) tr>Nn hiO^j (8) D!pB''n wn' ; o) •?]?, 'rjfp, "^j;!?!. 
 
 3. To\e corrected :-(!)' D'lpOrr, (2) \>y\, (3) l^'K, (4) Drjhi^, 
 
 (5) "^-i?!!, (6) nnrio, (7) d'O!, (s) d^ob''.' 
 
 4. To be written in English letters :— (1) T\^, (2) pN, (3) 
 
 HN-jp, (4) in^, (5) Q'iprpyi, (6) n),p». 
 
 7, Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) The sign of masc. sing, future, of fem. sing, future, of mase. 
 pi. fut. (2) The characteristic of the passive-stem. (3) A use of 
 Methggh. (4) Final H- (5) Use of D in formation of nouns. (6) 
 Various forms of 1 conjunctive. (7) Words with the vowel e. (8) 
 The words for sea and seas. (9) The position of the adjective when 
 attributive. (10) The plural affixes of nouns. (11) The feminine 
 affixes. 
 
 LESSON IX.-GENESIS I. M-13. 
 7, Note-Review. 
 
 (1)"1!DN»1 (18); (2) D»ri'?K (3); (3) pKH (7); (4)n^'j<^ (48); 
 (5) p-'n'l.(52); (6) D"1j;-»n'V(35); (7) ")pb-'fl';L(36); (8) QV (31). 
 
 2. Notes. 
 
 65. iit2f'^i']—taA}^-le'—^she)-shaU-cause-to-spr^ng-forth: 
 a. n, as in HJ^^fl (59)) = «^e. l^eing the feminine prefix. 
 6. The — under T is a syllable-divider and silent, ? 11. 1. 
 c. 1, B', and K are the three root-letters ; iWI, of. N^3, N*1p. 
 
 " ■* ' " T T T T t|t 
 
40 Lesson 9. 
 
 d. This stem is neither the simple nor the passive verb-stem, but a 
 caitsative stem. It always has "^ under the preformative, i. e., 
 under the letter which is prefixed to the root to designate person 
 or gender; cf . '?'15* (25), which has "=" under ♦, and means he-shall 
 cause-to-divide. 
 
 66. N5J''l — d6-se' — grass, cf. the preceding root ^}EJ'*^ (65. c): 
 
 V -IV T T 
 
 a. 1 (preceded by V) = d; but T (preceded by -^) = dh. 
 h. This word, like Vlii, 2"lj^., and others, has 6. 
 
 67. 22^^— 'e-sebh— ^r6; ^=bh = v; '^ = s, not S {sh). 
 
 68. i?'"l?0 — maz-ri(a)' — causing-to-seed, root ^f^f: 
 a. A new letter f z; Pathah-furtive under ^. 
 
 6. A participle, as shown by t2, cf. "^n^O (44), nflniP (16). 
 c. A causative form, as shown by ^- under the preformative. 
 
 69. i?"ir — z6-ra' — seed, — from the root J^lf : 
 a. This word, like p}|J, ^-Ij;, H^fJ, has ^7 
 
 70. rj;— "eg— «ree-o/; H.?)— P'ri— /r-m'^. 
 
 71. nfl ntJ'J^— '6-sdp T^'n— making fruit: 
 
 a. The 6, here written over the right arm of S5> («),is naturally long. 
 h. The ,*!_, like that in tliTjh is 6, not e. 
 
 c. The point in Q is D. f., because preceded by a full vowel (6); it 
 therefore joins the two words together, ? 15. 3. 
 
 d. ntJ'j^ accented on penult because closely followed by a mono- 
 syiiable, ? 21. 1. 
 
 c. n^if is a participle (although without 0) from ntJ'J^ he-made. 
 
 72. IJ'p'?— I'mi-n6— ?o-A;mcZ-to; 
 
 a. The prep, "p, the noun pp, and the suffix 1 (= M). 
 
 73. ■n-''lJ/"!r-zar-"6+bh6— seetZ-Aw+m-am .- 
 
 a. J^n? seecZ, but ij?")f his-seed, the — being silent. 
 6. 1 is a pronominal suffix meaning his or At'wi. 
 
 c. 13 is made up of 3 the prep, m, and "j the suffix Am. 
 
 d. It is SZ (bho) not 13, because of the prec. vowel-sound % 
 
Lesson 9. 41 
 
 e. 'i'2 "l^^l = wJiich in-Mm; this is the idiom for in which. 
 
 74. KVIfll — ■wat-t6-9e' — and-(ahe)-caused-to-go-forth : 
 
 a. Waw Conversive .*), and the feminine prefix f) (= she). 
 
 b. The 1 is a contraction of 1_ (aw); hence H'ii'^D is for NVIH' 
 which, like Utif^I^, has ^- under the pref. and is causative. 
 
 c. The root is KV*, which is for KVI, he-went-forth. 
 
 TT T T 
 
 75. 'in^'P'7 — I'mi-ne-hu — to-hind-his: 
 
 a. An uncontracted form, with same meaning as 1j*p7« 
 
 b. in is the full form of suflSx meaning his or him; -^ may, for 
 convenience, he called a connecting vowel. 
 
 76. ^ti^^'7^—MUi— third: cf . ♦^I^' second. 
 
 3. Forms for Special Study. 
 
 N^nDjin wh. fl = she and ^^ under p\ indie, a causative idea. 
 
 '7''l!30, " D indie, a part, and — under J3 " 
 'j'^y^ « ♦^Ae and sunder ♦ " " " 
 
 NVm " F) = she and 1 (=U) " 
 
 ^nf J2, " ^ indie, a part, and ^ under Q " 
 
 4. Observations. 
 
 54. There is in Hebrew (1) a simple verb-stem, (2) a passive 
 verb-stem, and also (3) a causative verb-stem. 
 
 55. The characteristic of the passive stem is the letter J, or a D. 
 
 f. in the first radical representing J assimilated. 
 
 56. The causative stem may be known by the -^ which always 
 occurs under its preformative (♦, fl or Q). 
 
 57. The name of the simple stem is Qal, of the passive stem, 
 Niph'al, of the causative stem, Hiph'il. 
 
 58. The letter ♦ prefixed to verbal forms means he, the letter fl 
 means she, while so prefixed indicates a participle. [is 1. 
 
 59. The full form of the pron. suf. 3 m. sg. is 1,1. the short form 
 
42 Lesson 9. 
 
 5, Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. § 1, The names of the Hebrew letters. 
 
 2. I 13. 2. and N. 1, Daghes-forte in aspirates. 
 
 3. i 57. 1—3, Inflection. 
 
 6. Word-Lesson. 
 
 (69) iip'l, grass (73) |»p foW, speaes (77) "t-SQ fruit 
 
 (70) yn|«ec(i (74) rjS? free i,1S) '>^i^^ third 
 
 (71) Nif^^-tt'mi- (75) atJ']^ ^er6 (79)NB'nn (seeN.65) 
 
 forth ■■■*■■ ■• =' 
 
 (72) ;;nfO scecim^ mtW^^maUng (80) NVI^ (seeN.73) 
 
 7, Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) To-the-tree making fruit 
 (there is) seed according-to-its-hind; (2) The-seed which-j-in-it (= in 
 which) (is) /rwii; (3) The-day which-\-in-it (is) light; (4) The-earth 
 shall-cause-to-go-forth )( the-grass and-){ the-seed and-){ the-herh 
 and-)[ the-tree; (5) The-day the-third (= the third day) ; (6) The- 
 fruit (is) in-the-seed, and-the-seed (is) in-the-earth. 
 
 2. To be translated into English :—(l) 13 D^Q ^^^^ D^iTT; (2) 
 
 i:ir[tt'rTnt:'Krr'7'^'?rT; (3)nlj'i-w;i; (4)»t?^»'7a;r7DV5; (5) 
 
 ■3. To be written^ in English letters :— (1) NB'iri, (2) X£J'1, (3) 
 
 n|), (4) p5, (5) i^j;, (6) n^'jr. 
 
 4. To be written in Hebrew letters :— (1) z6-ra', (2) d6-§e', (3) 
 ru(a)h, (4) khen, (5) '6-se, (6) t6-9e', (7) bho, (8) wa-y'M. 
 
 8. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) The characteristic of the Niph'al stem. (2) The character- 
 istic of the Hiph'il stem. (3) The origin and character of tone-long 
 and naturally long vowels. (4) The sign of the participle. (6) The 
 3 sg. masc. pron. suffix. (6) The origin of "j in NVID- (7) The 
 character of — in tlW}^. (8) The D. f. Conjunctive. (9) What in- 
 flection includes. (10) The names of the Hebrew letters. 
 
Lesson 10. 43 
 
 LESSON X.-CENESIS I. 14, 15. 
 
 /. Note-Review. 
 
 (1) 'riMlQ); (2) D!pB'rr{5); (3) pa (26); (4)DV{31); (5)n'?''? 
 (34) ; (6) p-»n»;)_ (52)/ ^ 
 
 77. mkp— m°'6-r6th— Zumireanes ; 
 
 a. Sing., "iWZ (like D'lpO p^ace) ; but when the plur. ending 6th 
 is added the tone moves one syllable, and the changeable a be- 
 comes T, ? 125. 1. a. 
 
 h. Both 6's are naturally long, tho' written defectively, ? 6. 4. N. 2. 
 
 c. "llK = light, but IINJJ = luminary; on this use of D, see 63. c. 
 
 78. j^*p'^^— bif-r'qi(a)'— Mi-ea;pa7i«e-o/.- 
 
 a. Abs. j^'p"! (40); const. J^'p"), — becoming — , ? 125. 3. a. 
 Z). Before n the prep. 3 takes -r- instead of — , ? 47. 2. 
 
 c. The syl. 3 (bi) is not a closed syl.; nor yet an open one, since it 
 has a short vowel. It may be called Jialf-open, i 2C. 4. 
 
 d. The g'wa under *1 is called medial, U 10. 2 ; 26. 4. N. 
 
 79. '?''l5ri'7 — l°habh-dil — to-cause-to-divide : 
 
 a. An infinitive ; the prefix H shows it to be causative (Hiph'il). 
 
 b. D. 1. in "1 because it does not immediately follow a vowel-sound. 
 
 80. Vni — Wha-ytl — and-they-shall-be : 
 
 «• i^''^ = he-was; r\r\''il = she-was; ^^J^ = they-were. 
 
 T T T : It t 
 
 6. But 1 connects this with what precedes, and likewise converts 
 the past tense into a future; cf . with this the form of the con- 
 junction (-l) which converted a, future into a past, see 18. 
 
 81. nha'T—yo-thtth.—for-sigms: 
 
 a. Sing. Sin' or ^li^t ; plur. {^nn, hy the addition of 6th, ? 122. 3. 
 h. Both vowels are naturally long (6), written defectively. 
 
 82. D'li^lD'?'! — u-l'm6-'''dhim — and-for-seasons: 
 
 a. The eonjunotion, before a consonant with §'wS, is written ), ?49. 2. 
 
M Lesson 10. 
 
 6. The 1 is 6, not o ; Methegh is written before comp. S'wa, 2 18. 3. 
 c. ^, being a guttural, takes a compound S'wS, ? 42. 3. 
 d The noun is in the plur. masc, as shown by im. 
 
 83. D'C*?! — u-l'ya-mim — and-for-days: 
 
 a. Another case of 1, instead of 1, before a consonant with §'wS, 
 see 82. a. 
 
 b. This is an irregular plural form from Q'j' day. 
 
 84. D'JSJ'I — w'sa-nim — and-years: 
 
 a. A masc. plur. ending with a noun (nJif) which has feminine sg. 
 ending, g 122. 4. N. 
 
 85. n^iNp7 — ^-in.'^o-rbth.—for-luminaries: 
 
 a. All that was said in 78. h, e, concerning bi, applies to li. 
 
 6. Here the first 6 is written fully, the second defectively, ? 6. 4. N. 2. 
 
 86. TKn? — I'ha-'ir — to-cause-to-shine; cf. Tjji} light: 
 
 • T : .... L 
 
 a. Another causative infinitive (cf. 7''15D)' 'with — under fl instead 
 of — because it is in an open syllable, I 28. 1. 
 
 3. Forms for Special Study. 
 
 T)Z 
 
 ri'diD 
 
 ♦n' 
 
 D'.iti'i 
 
 ri^ 
 
 nna 
 
 n")KD 
 
 r^i 
 
 ml 
 
 ■ T 
 
 ;?'P15 
 
 Dni?i9v"i 
 
 n 
 
 D»Ja' 
 
 nhiND'? 
 
 • T : 
 
 4. Observations. 
 
 60. There is a large class of nouns nearly all of which have — 
 (e) under the first letter and — (e) or ^ under the second. These 
 nouns are always accented upon the penult. 
 
 61. The/em. plur. ending is 6th, the masc, im. 
 
 62. The distinction between initial and medial §«wa is import- 
 ant, see ? 10. 1, 2. 
 
 63. And is usually written 1, but before labials and before con- 
 sonants with S'wa it is written ). 
 

 Lesson 10. 
 
 45 
 
 
 5. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 
 1. J 47. 1, 2, 4, 5, 
 
 2. 2 49. 1, 2, 
 
 3. ? 10. 1, 2, 
 
 4. ? 7. 1-4, 
 
 The Inseparable Prepositions. 
 The Waw Conjunctive. 
 Initial and Medial §'wa. 
 Classification of Vowel-sounds. 
 
 6. Word-Lesson. 
 
 
 (81) nil< si^n 
 
 (82) ffy moon 
 
 - -T 
 
 (83) TiXD luminary 
 
 (84) "i;i;iD s^asoa 
 
 7. Exercises. 
 
 (85) tl'OE' saft 
 
 (86) ni^ year 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew: — [1) The-sign, the-moon, the' 
 sun, the-year, the-season; (2) The-sun will-he-seen in-the-heavens; (3) 
 Signs and-luminaries and-seasons and-years; (4) The-sun shall-be 
 in-expanse-of the-heavens; (5) Far-seasons and-for-luminaries; (6) 
 To-divide hetween the-day and-between the-night; (7) Seas and-wa- 
 ters; (8) Days and-seas; (9) The-luminary, the-luminaries. 
 
 2. To be translated into English :— (1) pj^*? *7^t2 PhUQTl ; 
 
 (2) 'jsj^n niNan-, (s) p^n pi dw'K p V^d*i;^(4) 
 sj^'p^'rr-riN D'h'^k Nn3;"(5) rp^s' ^♦pna, j/'pSi; (6) 
 
 3. To be written in English letters :— (1) rVV, (2) TJ^D, (3) 
 ^m, (4) nJtt'', (5) Dn^.19. (6) '7*15!- 
 
 4.' To be written in Hebrew letters :— (1) ha-'ir, (2) '6-th6th, (3) 
 yom, (4) ya-mim, (5) bi-r'qi(a)". 
 
 8. TOPICS FOR Study. 
 
 (1) Change of — to — . (2) Prepositions 3 and *7 with i. (3) 
 Waw Conversive with the past tense, (4) Various forms of the 
 verb r?'n he-was. (5) 1 and ). (6) D*_ and Ml- (7) Difference 
 between "^"jn^n and "l^Kr?- (8) Nouns with e. (9) Initial and 
 Medial §'wa. (10) Classification of vowel-sounds according to for- 
 mation, quantity, nature, value. 
 
46 Lesson 11. 
 
 LESSON XL-GENESIS I. 16-19. 
 
 /. Note-Review. 
 
 (1) rhm (77); (2) D^ar? my, m DipD (58); (4) j^»p-|5 (78); 
 
 (5) n^KH^ (86); (6) rj^'rWl (28); (7) KT5 (22); (8) K^p'T (29). 
 
 ,87. tJ'y^ — way-ya-'as — and-{h.e)-made, see 46 : 
 a. Like ♦(!', a shortened form of ihe future, root Htj'V. 
 
 • : T ^ 
 
 6. Second syllable, being accented open, bas a short vowel. 
 
 88. ^ytif—l'ne—two-of; cf. ♦JS faces-of: 
 
 a. The construct state of the numeral D*Jti') of which Q' is the 
 
 dual ending, ?2 122. 5 ; 123. 5. "* ' 
 
 h. The word has but one syllable, — being only a half-vowel. 
 
 89. D''71iin— hag-g'dhS-lim— <Ae-fl'rea« (ones) : 
 
 a. The article written regularly with -^ and D. f., § 45. 1. 
 
 h. An adjective in the plur. (note the ending D'_) from "^inj. 
 
 c. The ^- is 6, though in the plural form written defectively. 
 
 d. The — , under J in the sing., becomes in the plural — , because it 
 is no longer before the tone-syllable, D*_ having been added; 
 
 cf. sg. m. '?nj, but sg. f. n'^nf pi. m. D»'?nj, pi. f. nfj'n^, 
 
 in which, by the addition of an afBix, the tone is changed. This 
 change of a full vowel to S-wS, is called volatilization, § 36. 3. h. 
 
 90. "^nJn "niNa*!— ham-ma-'6r hag-ga-dhol— t^-^Mmimrj/ the- 
 great (one) : 
 
 a. Both words have a tone-long a, and a naturally long 6, altho' in 
 
 the adjective the 6 is written defectively. 
 h. Both words have the article in its usual form. 
 
 91. n'7B'PJ3'7— l°mem-si5-leth— /o9--(Zomi«wra-o/.- 
 
 a. Two unaccented closed syllables, one accented open. 
 h. ^ is the prep.; 12, the formative prefix, cf. 58. 6; n> the fem. 
 ending ; the root being '^tJ'O. 
 
Lesson 11. 47 
 
 92. f Dpn— iaq-qa-ton — ihe-small; with tone-long o. 
 
 93. D'p3l3n — hak-ko-kha-bhim— <Ae-«tars ; 
 
 a. The — under 3 is M6thegh, ? 18. 1; under "2 it is SilMq. 
 h. Cf . 3^13 «<«»-, D'MIS stars, D*25l3n ihe-stars. 
 
 94. ?ri*1 — way-yft-ten — a«rf-(he)-fl'at;e ; 
 
 a. V[yi lie-will-give is the Qal Imperfect (future) from fJlJ he-gave. 
 WithWaw Conversive (cf. 18) it has the force of a Perfect (past). 
 
 6. The D. f. in fl is for the first radical J, which has been assim- 
 ilated ; cf. jnnrip for nrrr? fo. see 49, ? 39. 1. 
 
 95. DDK — '6-tham — )[-them,: the pronominal suffix Q with 
 
 T T 
 
 r\ii, another form of JIN and 'Hii, sign of def. obj., § 51. 2. 
 
 96. '^ti^'p'p')— w'lim-gol— aM(Z-<o-r«Ze .• 
 
 a. Conjunction *) ; prep, 'y with ^, ? 47. 2 ; the — under Q silent. 
 6. An infinitive from the root ^tJ'Di cf. 91 ; tone-long o. 
 
 97. n'?'y51 D1*3 — bay-yom u-bhal-la-y"la — in-the-day and-irirtJie- 
 night, U&'.4. K. 3; 47. 4; 49. 2. 
 
 98. 7''l5n7l — u-l°habh-dil — and-to-cause-to-divide : 
 
 a. 1, ? 49! 2'; "4, ? 32. 3. d; '^naH, see 79. 
 
 b. The root is '7^^ (pronounced ba-dhal). 
 
 -T 
 
 99. ^V^yy—r'hhi-'i— fourth ; at '>^'h\i; third. 
 
 8. Forms for Special Study. 
 
 □♦'^"Tjn tlhiiif2il~~the-luminaries the-great=the great luminaries, 
 "^njin llNQIl — the-luminary the-great = the great luminary. 
 
 T - T - 
 
 JJOpn "llN/Sn — the-luminary ihe-small = the small luminary. 
 
 4. Observations. 
 
 64. In the words cited above, the noun stands first, the adjective, 
 second. 
 
 65. The noun is masculine, ^ the adjective is masculine. 
 
 1 The noun 11'SD is masculine, although in the plural it has a feminine form. 
 
48 Lesson 11. 
 
 66. When the noun is sing., the adjective is sing.; when the noun 
 is plur., the adjective is plur. 
 
 67. The noun has the article, and so has the adjective. 
 
 68. The following is, therefore, the rule governing the position 
 and agreement of an attributive adjective : The adjective, when 
 attributive, follows its noun, and agrees with it in gender, number 
 and dejiniteness. 
 
 5. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. ? 57. Notes 1, 2, Tenses and Moods. 
 
 2. ? 58. 1, 2. a, and Notes 1, 4, The Simple Verb-stem, Qal. 
 
 3. ? 14. 1—3, Omission of Daghes-forte. 
 
 4. § 11. 2. a, b, §'wd under final consonants. 
 
 6. Word-Lesson. 
 
 (87) -yiii to shine (89) 3313 star [92) -i^yi fourth 
 
 m^'ilSi great (90) n'y^DD ruling (93) D'Ja> «wo 
 
 T T T : V -J- ; 
 
 (91) fbn small 
 
 7. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew:— (1) The great day; (2) In the 
 great day; (3) And in the great day; (4) The great stars; (5) TIw 
 small star; (6) The good God; (7) Re-gave, he-ruJed; (8) God gave 
 )( the-luminaries for-{the)-ruling-of tlie-day and-for-{the)-ruling-of 
 the-night; (9) The great luminary (is) the-sun; the small luminary, 
 the-moon; (10) The-sun and-the-moon (are) in-{t}ie)-expanse-of the- 
 heavens; (11) God will-give )( the-day. 
 
 2. To be translated into English:— (1) ^'M,'r\ "llKan-HK TW)^\ 
 
 (2) 3iE3n 33i3rr; (3) -im -\:^^m'^)^\'^i''bwr\ m^n \ {^vrx: 
 
 r?'7$3 D'33i;) ; (6) 'J^^'H niNOn ; (7) 'JtS^W fbf^D nlKSIl ; (8) 
 
 rhadi rhm p3 '7'i3:^i; (9) nan x^.-^ (lo) Vnj^^'N |^j;n 
 
Lesson 12. 49 
 
 3. To be written in English letters:— (1) ff)', (2) tl'I?', (3) 
 
 rb^rin, (4) a^is, (5) onx, (6) ;;'p-!3, (7) ^\i;'t±>, (S) nnKO, 
 
 4. To be written in Hebrew letters :— (1) yom, (2) y6m, (3) sekh, 
 (4) lekh, (5) 'att, (6) tSlt, (7) yest, (8) wa-y'hi, (9) ha-'or. 
 
 8, Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) Affixes of the feminine. (2) Affixes of the masculine plural 
 and dual, in absolute and construct. (3) Change of — to — . (4) 
 The construction of the attributive adjective. (5) M^thegh and 
 Silluq. (6) Assimilation of J. (7) The infinitive of the root ^^:t2. ' 
 
 — T 
 
 (8) The conjunction 1 before a labial. (9) The ordinals meaning 
 second, third, fourth. (10) Tenses and moods in Hebrew. (11) The 
 form of the simple verb-stem (Qal). (12) Omission of DagheS-forte. 
 (13) §'wS under final consonants. 
 
 LESSON XII -GENESIS 1. 20, 21. 
 
 7, Note-Review. 
 (1) D^prr (17) ; (2) Y1$T\ (7) ; (3) j^'p-J (40) ; (4) D''?-f^rr (89) ; 
 (5) 1^■^{ (48) ; (6) !)ry;p'? (75) ; (7) Nn»1 (22). 
 
 2. Notes. 
 
 100. 1if"lJi'*— yis-i"§u— (they) shall-swarm: 
 
 a. Qal Imperfect (or future^) 3 pers. plur. masc. from V^tif he- 
 swarmed; t^ljj" lie-will-swarm; ^'^W\ they-will-suiarm. 
 
 b. Two §"wS,s — first, a syllable-divider and silent, second, a half- 
 vowel and vocal, § 11. N. 1, 2. 
 
 c. The Imperfect tense represents an action as unfinished, incom- 
 plete, whether in past, present or future time. 
 
 1 The term Imperfect will hereafter be used instead of future, since It more 
 nearly describee the tense in question. 
 
50 Lesson 12. 
 
 101. r"ljy-^^-reg— swann, or, collectively, swarms: 
 
 a. Like '2~\^,, riN, Nt?'1.: IHt ; these nouns have but one essen- 
 tial vowel, viz., the first, since the second is inserted merely for 
 euphony. They are called Segholates. 
 
 h. The essential vowel in all these cases was originally -^, which 
 has been heightened under the tone to 6, ? 106. 1 and N. 2. 
 
 102. ty'flj— ne-pheg— somZ-o/; Another Segholate, of which the 
 primary form was t^flj ; cf. the primary form of J^^f, viz., ^f, 
 which appears before the suffix in ij^")f , see 73. 
 
 103. n*n— tay-ya"^*/* ■■ Feminine, as shown by M . 
 
 T - * T 
 
 104. t]!^;")— W'oph— aretZ/owL- 
 
 a. The Waw Conjunctive pointed regularly with SVi. 
 6. A case of naturally long 6 ; the final form of t| (Pe). 
 
 105. t]S1j;'-y'6-pheph— (he) slmll-fiy : 
 
 a. An Imperfect (or future) from the root iV\'^ to-fly, 
 h. Unchangeable 6 ; both fl's aspirated. 
 
 106. J<13*1 — way-yibh-ra' — and-(heycreated : 
 
 a. a'^y' he-will-create, but with • 1 the force of the tense is changed. 
 6. Compare (1) N")p and N1p*1 with (2) KIS and iny\ 
 
 tIt t|; •- TT T : ■- 
 
 107. DJ'iirir? — hat-tan-ni-nim— i^fi-sea-mons^era ; 
 
 a. Points in ^ and J) are D. f., because preceded by vowels. 
 
 h. The — under J is i written defectively, ? 6. 3. N. and 4. N. 2. 
 
 c. (1) Article • |1, (2) noun ^fl, (3) plural ending Q' 
 
 108. JJ'fiJ" 73 — kol+n^-phes — every-\-soul-of: 
 
 a. "'^3 is an unaccented closed syllable, for the word before Maq- 
 
 qeph always loses its accent, ? 17. 1, 2. 
 h. An unaccented closed syllable must have a short vowel, ? 28. 2 ; 
 
 but is ^r a short vowel ? It is. In this word we have for the first 
 
 time 6, or Qameg-hatuph, which is represented by the same sign 
 
 (— ) as long a, i 5. 5. 
 
 109. n*nrr~lia-hay-ya— ife-Zi/e .• The article with its D. f . im- 
 plied, ? 45. 2 ; Methegh, second syllable before tone, § 18. 1. 
 
Lesson 12. 51 
 
 110. r\\!!^^'^il—^s,-T6-m&sethr-t7ie-[one)-ereeping : 
 
 a. The article with D. f. rejected and — heightened to — i 45. 3. 
 6. A participle (although without Q) fern. (Jl) sg. from tJ'OI. 
 c. Observe that the — is 6, not o, although defectively written. 
 
 111. 1V")C5'~Sa-r''gu— (they) swarmed: 
 
 a. Jle-swarmedY^^, t7iey-swarmed))l^t^; of. J*"IB'*^e-tOT7Z-«warm, 
 11f"1tJ** ihey-will-swarm ; and so K^^ Tie-created, 1K*13 ihey- 
 
 : : ' TT :|T 
 
 created; X'lp he-called, IN'lp ihey-Mlled; THJ he-gave, !|Jj"U 
 
 Z). Qal Perf. 3 m. pi., as shown by the ending f). 
 
 112. Dn^'P? — l°mi-ne-hem — to-Mnds-their : 
 
 a. on is pron. suf . 3 m. pi., as used with plur. nouns, i^l.l.b and d. 
 
 b. -^ (= e) is a defective writing for ♦ , the plur. const, ending. 
 
 113. fl J3 — ka-naph — wing : 
 
 a. The first t- is a, because before the tone : the second is a because 
 under the tone, 2 31. 1. a. (1), c. 
 
 b. Const, sing, would be flJS ; dual would be D'fiJS- 
 
 8. Forms for Special Study. 
 
 Nnp- N-ip' 
 
 r^prnt? 
 
 D'an 
 
 TT T : • 
 
 rb^DD 
 
 •^:np 
 
 i5n^-ir|ti'! 
 
 
 V JV It 
 
 4, Observations. 
 
 69. The Imperfect Qal has as a preformative in the 3d masc. 
 the letter ♦, written with i. 
 
 70. In forming the plural of the Qal perf., the vowel of the seo- 
 ond radical becomes ~r. 
 
 71. Upon the addition of 1 in the Impf., as well as in the Perf.. 
 the vowel of the second radical beeomes — (half -vowel). 
 
52 Lesson 12. 
 
 72. The feminine ending H is often preceded by an unaccented 
 ~, inserted for euphony. 
 
 73. The article is • H ; while PT (also ll) takes the D. f . by impli- 
 cation, 1 (also y and H) entirely rejects it. 
 
 5. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. 2 50. 1, The regular forms of the Personal Pronoun. 
 
 2. ? 50. 2, 3, Pausal forms and Remarks (to be read only), 
 
 3. § 122. 2. b, The fern, ending p\ attached to a stem by means of—. 
 
 4. ? 122. 2. c, The fern, ending JH changed to ,1 . 
 
 T 
 
 6. WORD-LESSB^. 
 
 (94) n*n Zt/e (97) trflJ. somZ (100) jj>)0'n he-crept 
 
 (95) -"^S aZZ, every (98) fjlj;' to-^y (101) I^^J^' swarm 
 
 (96) f]J3 wins- (99) fjiy /owZ (102) pin sea-monster 
 
 7. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) The-waters swarmed ; (2) 
 The-waters shall-swarm; (3) God created )( the-earth, and-he-created 
 )( the-heavens; (4) J.nrf-saw (?oc£ ){ all+whieh he-Jiad-created, and- 
 {,\t]-was-]rgood; (5) Z" (am) God who created )( the-light; (6) 7%ou 
 (art) in-the-heavens and-I (am) upon-\-tlve-e(k-th; (7) We (are) great; 
 (8) TAoM (m.) (art) smaZ?; (9) now (f.) (art) g^d; (10) Fe (are) (the) 
 light-of the-earth. mSfS ^^^ 
 
 2. To be translated into English:— (1) {||in5^'*5JK ; (2) ty^ 
 n^'lf (3) D^Qti'D D*"?!^; (4) Di» niN"? IN'lfp^; (5) D'D^ !iN-jp» 
 D'O^; (6) cyflin-riN D'H'^K Xn^; (7) D'DJS fllj^*?'; (8) f^J5 
 
 f]ii^rr; (9) D:a5 iv"i^' ort^' 
 
 3. To be written in English Letters:— (1) pB'", (2) -'?3, (3) t|i;;, 
 
 (4) wi^i, (5) itr'ipj, (6) p;ifi. 
 
 4. To be written in Hebrew letters :— (1) kol, (2) k81+, (3) k'na- 
 pha-yim, (4) 'a-n6-khi, (5) 'att, (6) 'at-tem, (7) nah-nu. 
 
Lesson 13. 53 
 
 8. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) Force of the Imperfect. (2) Segholates. (3) The vowel 6, as 
 derived from ^. (4) The vowel o. (5) The various ways of writing 
 the article. (6) The plural (masc.) of verbal forms. (7) The dual- 
 ending. (8) The fem. ending fl. (9) The forms of the Personal 
 Pronoun. (10) The simple verb-stem. (11) The Passive. (12) The 
 Causative. 
 
 LESSON XIII.-GENESIS I. 22-25. 
 
 7, Note-Review. 
 
 (1) D^JSn (42) ; (2) npNn (18) ; (3) KVlni (74) ; (4) rf^H B^'ipi 
 (102, 103) -'(5) tri^_,^l (46) ;■ (6)' -'^D (108). 
 
 2. Notes. 
 
 114. Tl^i'l — wa-y'bha-rekh — and-iheyhlessed: 
 
 a. Root is f|i3, ♦ being sign of Impf., and 1 the conjunction. 
 h. D. f . of - 1 omitted from ♦, which has only a B'wa, 2 14. 2. 
 
 c. The final T] has, as always, a S"wa, ? 11. 2. a. 
 
 d. The syllable ) is 7ta?/-open, not open, ? 26. 4. 
 
 e. This stem is not at all like either (1) the simple verb-stem, as 
 seen in N'lp*. or (2) the passive-stem, as seen in llj^*, or (3) the 
 causative-stem, as seen in ^ly, "^H^Q' I* ^^ ^ "«"' ^^^^' '^'^^■' 
 the intensive. The form would regularly be ^"n^*, but "1 rejects 
 the D. f., and the preceding — becomes — , while, by a change of 
 tone, — is shortened to — ; cf. HK, but -T\^ (23).^ 
 
 /. The characteristic of the intensive-stem is Daghes-forte in the 
 second radical, not, as in llj^* (55), in the first. 
 
 115. "iD5*t"7~l^'"i'^0'^~"*''"*'*.'-/' generally translated saying: 
 a. Inf. const.'of IDK say is iO?^ ; cf. '^'t^ (96) from '?B''0. 
 h. Before '^|, the prep. ^ takes — , giving iOi^'j?, ^ 47. 3. 
 
 c. K being weak, — and — are allowed to contract, and give S. 
 
54 Lesson 13. 
 
 116. 115 — P'ru — he-ye-fpuitful : A Qal Imperative plural. 
 
 117. mil— u-r"bliA — and-multiply-ye : Qal Imperative plur. with 
 Waw Conjunctive, tere !) before a consonant with S'wa, 2 49. 2. 
 
 118. Mi'?D')—n-mU''A—and-M-2/e : 
 
 a. Waw Conjunctive before a labial is written 1, ? 49. 2. 
 
 b. S'wa is medial, the syllable p half-open, ?? 10. 2 ; 26. 4. N. 
 
 c. Qal Imperative plural of X/Q, 1 indicating the plural. 
 
 " T. 
 
 119. D'fl*5 — ^bay-yam-mim — in-the-seas : 
 
 a. □♦ sea, D*P* «ea«, D'P*rF the-seas, D'J3*5 in-the-seas. 
 
 h. Cf. Di' ^0^2/1 D*D* c^aj/s, D'^*n tlie-days, D'Q*3 in-the-days. 
 
 ■ T - T - ■ T- 
 
 120. flij^ni— Wha-"3ph— a»(£-«7ie-/oM7Z, ?2 49. 1 ; 45. 3. 
 
 121. 'yy — yi-rebh— Zei-(him)-mMZ*tpZ?/ .• 
 
 a. Qal Impf , shortened form, from same root as 13") (117). 
 
 I. "> is the pref. of the Impf.; 1 and '2, radicals ; third radical lost. 
 
 122. ♦tr'^pn— h-mi-si— ^/iA, ? 9. 2. 
 
 123. KV1f1~*0"5^' — Let-{her)-cause-to-go-forth : 
 
 a. ■) (6) is contracted from ")_ ; K^lfl is like KSS'lf) (65). , 
 l. Hiph'il Impf. 3 fern. sg. from the root ii)l^ he-went-forth. 
 
 TT 
 
 124. r]TD'7—^'^i-iiSih. — to-Jdnd-her: 
 
 a. "p to, fp kind, n_ Ji^r; cf. im^p"?, U^D*?. 
 
 6. The point in pt is neither D. f. nor D. 1.; it is inserted to show 
 that n has a consonantal force and is not silent, for ll at the end 
 of a word is always silent unless it has this point, called Mappiq, 
 ? 16. 1. 
 
 125. nPnS— b'he-ma— ca«?e ; 
 
 T ■• : 
 
 a. n, having no Mappiq, is silent ; the noun is fem., g 122. 2. c. 
 
 126. tJ'P")! — wa-rd-mes— and-creeper: 
 
 a. Waw Conj. before the tone-syl. receives — , ? 49. 4; cf . 1^131 (11). 
 
 b. tJ'O"! is a Segholate noun from the same root as iltJ'p'l QIO). 
 
 127. pX-iil^ni— w°lia-yth6+'^-rg§— ancZ-6eas<-o/+(the)-ear«/j.- 
 «• ilTT (absolute) = life or &easi; n*n is construct, ? 123. 2, 4. 
 
Lesson 13. 55 
 
 6. 1 is really an old nominative case-ending, now obsolete, ? 121. 1. a. 
 c- In'n is for in*ni tut -^ under ♦ has become — and D. f. in ♦ is 
 dropped. 
 
 128. n*tl — hay-yath — heast-of: with the same meaning as the 
 preceding arcliaic form ijl'll ; here D. f . remains. 
 
 129. nOnXn— ha-'°dha-ma— iAc-oroumcZ ; 
 
 T T -: It 
 
 a. The article before a weak guttural has ^r, 2 45. 3. 
 6. The vowel before a compound S'wi always has Mettegh, § 18. 3. 
 c. {<, a guttural, takes compound rather than simple ^'wS, 29. 2. 
 (i. n, having no Mappiq (2 16. 1), is silent ; the word is feminine, 
 § 122. 2. c. 
 
 8. Forms for Special Study. 
 
 iDN'? for -iD^I? 
 
 T - 
 
 n|) 
 
 -J T 
 
 KVin /o'- NVin 
 
 nvi 
 
 1^1 
 
 tj'p:^: 
 
 nyD*? for rrJ^D'? 
 
 T ■ : TJT • : 
 
 in»n 
 
 IN^O 
 
 °*PV 
 
 4. Observations. 
 
 74. Contractions are common ; thus ~ fol. by — becomes ^ ; 1_ 
 (aw) becomes 6 ; H (a-ha) becomes H (ah). The result is always 
 
 T -IT T 
 
 a naturally long vowel. 
 
 75. The original fem. ending, including the ending of the noun- 
 stem, was n_., which is retained in the construct, but in the abso- 
 lute the n is lost and the preceding ^- heightened to — . 
 
 76. There are remnants of ancient case-endings ; the nominative 
 had as its sign u, cf. 6 in iD'll- 
 
 77. The Imperative has only a second person. 
 
 78. Before a tone-syllable Waw Conjunctive and the inseparable 
 prepositions may take a tone-long — . 
 
56 Lesson 13. 
 
 5. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. § 51. 1. a — d, Pronominal Suffixes, — separate forms. 
 
 2. ? 51. 2, Pronominal Suffixes with riJ?- 
 
 3. I 42. 1—31 The Peculiarities of Gutturals. 
 
 6. Word-Lesson. 
 
 (103) nOIK ground (107) THQ he-was-fruitful 
 
 T T -; , T T 
 
 (104) tlf2il2 cattle (108) ,131 he-multiplied 
 
 T " : T T 
 
 (105) 113 he-blessed (109) tl'l^l creeper 
 
 (106) N'712 ^-./??Zec? 
 
 " T 
 
 7. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) God created ){-them ; (2) 
 He-said to-the-sea-monsters, Fill-ye )[-\-ihe-seas; (3) The-fowl multi- 
 plied upon-\-the-earth; (4) The-day the-fifth; (5) (The) heast-of the- 
 earth was upon-{-the-ground; (6) To-lcind-his, and-to-ldnd-her, and- 
 to-kinds-their; (7) His-day, my-day, her-day; (8) God made )[-{-the- 
 creeperupon-\-the-ground; (9) The-cattle the-good (i.); (10) The good 
 heast; (11) And-saw God all-\-that Jie-Jiad-created, and-{it)-was-^ 
 good; (12) The-waters (are) in-the-seas and-upon-\-the-earth. 
 
 2. To be translated into English:— (1) flfllj^* ^'^■1'''^"'' (2) NVIi^!! 
 
 Y^} ^^^1 ^«?'■;^ nS'7 • ^^^ '■'^^1 npn^n-nx pNi Nifini 
 pj<i'ri*n mi tj'onn; (4) noixn tr'oi-Sa-m 1131. 
 
 I V-JT T - - ■• : V JV T T T -: It v j-.- t v ] vjt: - 
 
 3. To be written in English letters :— (1) N'^Q, (2) ,131, (3) 
 T]13, (4) ,1013, (5) n^'a*?, (6) IDK"?, (7) }<vifi- 
 
 4. To be written in Hebrew letters:— (1) kol, (2) k8H-, (3) ben, 
 (4) ben, (5) ben+, (6) re-mes, (7) ha-y'th6, (8) bay-yam-mim, (9) 
 '°ser, (10) rekh, (11) bha-rekh. 
 
 8. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) The Intensive-stem. (2) Omission of D. f. (3) Inf. const. 
 
 1 Lparn only the general statement, not the sub-sections marked a, b, c, etc. 
 
Lesson 14. 57 
 
 of 1DN with prep. "7. (4) Difference between the words for sea, 
 seas and day, days. (5) The ordinals 2d to 5th. (6) Pron. suf. of 3d 
 pers. fern. (7) Nominative case-ending. (8) Mappiq. (9) Relation 
 
 between the fern, affixes H and Jl (10) Pronominal suffixes, — 
 
 separate forms. (11) Pronominal suffixes with JlN- (12) Peculiar- 
 ities of gutturals. 
 
 LESSON XIV.-GENESIS I. 26-28. 
 
 7, Note-Review. 
 
 (1) t^ij;-!^ (104); (2) rrarta (125); (s) c'j^ni (126); (4) ir\y\ 
 
 (106); (5) nm (95); (6) 'T\')y)_ (114); (7) 113 (116); (8) ID"]! (117); 
 (9) l^"???!) (118); (10) n»n (103); (11) r\\^&\^ (110). 
 
 2. Notes. 
 
 130. nC?'W~na-"°s^— TFc-^o^7^»la/i;e, or, let-us-mahe : 
 
 a. Of these four letters only three can be radicals; the root is HtJ^i^- 
 6. The X from pronoun IJK we, indicates 1 p. pi., we, just as ♦ in- 
 dicates 3 m. sg., he, and fl, 3 fem. sg., she. 
 
 c. The guttural J^ takes compound S°wa, ? 9. 2. 
 
 d. M6th§gh, as always, before a compound §'wi, ? 18. 3. 
 
 e. The vowel jl is e ; cf. same vowel in HK'iri'! (59). 
 
 131. Olii—'a.-iha.m— man: both vowels changeable. 
 
 T T 
 
 132. 1JO'71t3— b-gal-me-nu— iJi-Mnofire-oMr ; 
 
 a. Prep. 3; noun D'?Vi connecting-vowel — ; suffix 1J. 
 6. The accent — is disjunctive, separating the word from what 
 follows. 
 
 133. IJJllQ'lS— ki-dh"mu-the-nu— acco>-«£wg'-to-Zj7a«eM-oMr ; 
 
 a. 3 has D. 1. because of preceding disjunctive accent, ? 12. 3.' 
 
 b. The syllable 3 is half-open, and the §'wa is medial, i 26. 4. N. 
 c The noun is mO'l, the suf. and connecting-vowel being 1J_. 
 d. The vowel -^ under 3 is according to § 47. 2. 
 
 134. IITl— W'yir-du— ancZ-<Ae?/-s7ta?Z-/iaiJe-c?om»uon ; 
 
58 Lesson 14. 
 
 a. 1 = and; 1 indicates Impf. (future); 1, plural; radicals, *1 and "], 
 
 135. njlD— bM-dh'ghath-Hi-^sA-o/; 
 
 a. Pour aspirates, each preceded by a vowel-sound, all aspirated. 
 
 h. The stroke over 5 is Raph6, I IG. 2. 
 
 c. Prep., before a consonant with S'wa, takes — , I 47. 2. 
 
 d The syl. bhi is half-open, and the — medial, cf . 133. h. 
 
 e. Noun in abs., nj"! ; in const., JlJ"!, I 122. 2. a. (3). 
 
 136. IVU^T] ^Onrr— ha-rd-mes ha-r6-mes — t/ie-creeper, ihe- 
 creeping: the noun and the participle, both with article. 
 
 137. '\'Ch')i'2—h'^'i\-mt—-in-image-his: 
 
 a. 5 in; p'j'^, see 132. a; 1 Ms, as in iro"? (72), Ij;-)? (73). 
 6. The accent over J2 is disjunctive, cf. — (132. 6). 
 
 138. Q'7'^^—h'<i^-iem. — in-image-of: 
 
 a. 3 has D. 1. because of preceding disjunctive accent, § 12. 3. 
 
 h. This is the usual form of the noun, but dl"^ (137. a) is the pri- 
 mary form, to which sufSxes are attached. Cf. j;~|f, but "jpif 
 (73); and so 1^^, but I^^K, T)^, but 13-)^;, a^'Ajbut It^ipi 
 etc., 2 125. 4. a, 6. '"'■ " " 
 
 139. ln}<-'6-th6-)(-/wm, § 51. 2. 
 
 140. n3pJ1 ")3f— za-khar u-n'qe-bha— maZe and-female: 
 
 a. *13r is a noun like DIK, with two tone-long vowels which were 
 originally short, 2 107. 1. a. 
 
 b. Waw Conj., before a consonant with ^'wi, is 1, ? .49. 2. 
 
 c. The ending tl— is the feminine affix, ? 122. 2. c. 
 
 141. Ur)'7—la.-h.em-to-them, U 47. 5; 51. 3. h and N. 
 
 142. n^'5?V- w'khi-bh'su-ha— ano;-sit6(ZMe-2/c-7ier ; 
 
 o. 1 ani/^:ip' for 'IJJf'^p [cf. f|K'?D (118)] suhdue-ye; p] Aer; the 
 root being tr33- ^ 
 
 ~ T 
 
 6. — is usually ii, but here a defective writing for ?| (ii), the sign of 
 
 the plural ; u is sounded as u in put, but li as oo in tool 
 
 (I 
 
 143. ll")!— tt-r'dhu— a»icZ-Aa«e-2/e-c?omtn.to?i ; 
 
 a. On 1 see ? 49. 2 ; the accent -^ over T is disjunctive. 
 
Lesson 14. 5a 
 
 144. nyi2-yi-ili'ska.th—in-Jish-o/; ef. flJ"!? (135): 
 a. 3 has D. 1., because of preceding disjunctive accent, ? 12. 3: 
 
 3. Forms for Special Study. 
 
 
 0*7)? inx 
 
 n'm?. 
 
 IJnionD 
 
 D'?V3 1a'pV5 
 
 laVv DHN 
 
 1J10'7V3 
 
 njnn 
 
 n^i5 n")i 
 
 UD'pv dd'? 
 
 or?? 
 
 0^-53 
 
 
 4, Observations. 
 
 
 
 79. When a disjunctive accent stands between an aspirate and 
 the preceding vowel, the aspirate does not immediately follow the 
 vowel, and hence takes Daghes-lene. 
 
 80. Segholates before suffixes take what is called their primary 
 form, i. e., the original form of the noun, which had but one vowel, 
 that vowel standing under the first radical. 
 
 81. The suffix meaning Mm is 1, them Dll or Q. 
 
 82. The personal pre-fix 1 p. pi. meaning we is the letter J ; the 
 pronominal sM/-fix our is ^Ij ; Jier is PT. 
 
 83. The half-open syllable always has a short vowel, and in 
 many cases is followed by a medial §'wa. 
 
 5. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. § 52. 1. a, c, d, and 2, The Demonstrative Pronouns. 
 
 2. ? 53. 1. a, b. The Relative Pronoun. 
 
 3. ? 54. 1, 2. a—d, The Interrogative Pronouns. 
 
 6. Word-Lesson. 
 
 (110) ana man (113) '^y male (116) Ch)i image 
 
 T T T T VJV 
 
 (111) njn/«A (114) ^^2 he-subdued {117) irn he-subdued 
 
 T T ~ T T T 
 
 (112) niDT likeness (115) UDDJ female [had-dominion) 
 
CO Lesson 14. 
 
 7. Principles of Syntax.— The Article. 
 
 7^Jl^ "liNSr? = the-lummary the-great = the great luminary. 
 jDpn IlKQi"! = the-luminary the-small = the small luminary. 
 
 Principle 1. — The adjective, when attributive, follows its noun, 
 and, if the noun is definite, receives the article. 
 
 ntn D1*n = tlie-day the-tJiis = this day. 
 JlNfrf riKn = tke-earth ihe-this (f.) = this earth, 
 n /Kn D*Oii'n = the-heavens ihe-these = these heavens. 
 
 VJ" T 'J- T - 
 
 Principle 2.— The demonstrative pronoun, when attributive, fol- 
 lows its noun, hoih noun and demonstrative receiving the article. 
 
 8. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew:^— (1) The great place; (2) The 
 great heavens; (3) The good seed; (4) The good luminaries; (5) This 
 male and this female; (6) These luminaries which (are) in the heavens; 
 (7) This goodplace;^ (8) These great luminaries; (9) This spirit (f.), 
 (10) Who created man in his image? (11) Who made this light f (12) 
 To whom (are) tliese heavens and this earthf (13) What did God 
 create in beginning? 
 
 2. To be translated into English:— (1) DWrT HDlKr?; (2) 
 
 n'?K«n mwr\; (s) rrrn Ditsn nsri; (4) ':)ijn Dl»n; '[^) -rrD 
 Dn"? D»n'7K fn|; (6) nto^b Nnf^-rtDMT) ij'btyn 'p'? 
 n-iTri; (8) i^ pNrr n^'^ ci'n':'i<^ ' 
 
 3. To be written in English letters :— (1) Dtf, (2) flKf, (3) n'p^}, 
 
 (4) -ity'N, (5) »a, (6) no, (7) n^r, (s) nnpj. '"' 
 
 4. To be written in Hebrew letters :— (1) d'miith, (2) ghath, (3) 
 da-gha, (4) la-hem, (5) '6-th6. 
 
 1 In this and in following exercises, words making in Hebrew one word will 
 not be joined together by hyphens. 
 
 2 The order will be: (1) noun, (2) adjective, (3) demonstrative, the article 
 being written with each word. 
 
Lesson 15. 61 
 
 9. Topics for Study, 
 
 (1) Gutturals with compound B"wa. (2) The vowel H— • (3) The 
 accents—,-^,—. (4) Half-open syllables. (5) Medial' §'wa. (6) 
 D. 1. after a disjuaotive accent. (7) Raph4. (8) Primary form of 
 Segholates. (9) flN, "ilK, 'ilN. (10) The vowel — . (11) Demon- 
 stratives. (12) Relative. (13) luterrogatives. (14) Rule for attrib- 
 utive adjectives. (15) Rule for attributive demonstrative. 
 
 LESSON XV.-GENESIS 1.29-31. 
 
 7. Note-Review. 
 
 (1) DtJ'^CeT); (2) inm-, (3) la-nB^'^t (73. e); (4) n^n (128); 
 
 (5) rr^rr tj^'flj (102, los); (6) ay) (22); (7) npb-'nn (36). 
 
 T - VJV : — (v J • :\- 
 
 2. Notes. 
 
 145. niin — ^hin-ne — behold! an interjectional adverb. 
 
 146. 'nnJ — na-that-ti — I-have-given : 
 
 a. D. f . in t\ is for J assimilated, 'finj = *D JHJ ; root JflJ. 
 
 • _j- T • : J- T ( - T 
 
 6. The ending 'fl = I, being for 'O, which is a fragment of '^JX ; 
 cf. IQK he-said, ♦fl'ION Isaid; )^y he-knew, 'flj^l* I-knew; 
 ^t^t2Jie-ruled,^ph^h^I-ruled. 
 
 - T • : -1- T 
 
 147. D5'?~la-khem— fo-2/OM (m.) : 
 
 a. Prep, has -, cf. D'p*? (45), DTj'? (HI). 
 
 I. D!3 is for DJl of DflK 2/e. by a euphonic change, the opposite of 
 that in 146. h, I 51. 1. a. 
 
 148. y"lt J^"if— z6-re(a)" z^-ra!— seeding seed: 
 
 a. j;~if is the active participle of the Qal stem— note the 6. 
 
 6. On — under ;; read § 42. 2. d. 
 
 c. ^'nf is for yir (69), on account of the accent (— ), § 38. 2. 
 
 149. rrn* — yih-yd— Ae-(i. e., it)-shall-he : 
 
 a. Observc'the Mdthegh with — and that the B'vfi is silent, ? 18. 5. 
 
62 Lesson 15. 
 
 h. Root, HTF; ' indicates Impf.; of. shortened form ♦H^ (19). 
 
 150. n'7i3N'p-l''Skh-la-/o»--/ood ; 
 
 a. The — under H, in an unaccented closed syl., is 8, not a. 
 6. The root is plainly "^^X he-ate; pf— indicates fern. 
 
 - T T 
 
 151. jJ^Oil— ro-mes — creeper (literally, creeping): 
 
 a. Naturally long 6, tone-long e ; Qal act. part,, cf. J[^"if (148). 
 h. This 6 (in Qal act. part.) is seldom written fully, as here. 
 
 152. n")'"'73"n}<— 'eth+k61+y^-req— )(+ct)er2/+g'ree?iMes«-o/.- 
 
 I V-IV T 
 
 a. On the short vowels — and — see ? 17. 2. 
 
 h. py, like T^IX and many others, is an a-class Segholate. 
 
 153. ntJ'y^'a-sa — he-made: 
 
 a. Qal Perf. 3 m. sg., — the root-form from which came tJ'^*l (46), 
 and ri^^ (71). 
 
 154. nNP~ni'''odh — exceedingly: an adverb. 
 
 155. ♦ti'^'ll— has-sis-M— «Ae-«ia;<A. 
 
 8. Forms for Special Study. 
 
 aB'^.-'73-nj^ ri!n-'75'?i (/) w^ 
 
 ^r^b'z-m fiil'-'73'?i (you)n'2b 
 
 4, Observations. 
 
 84. Note, in cases cited above, how ^^ and — have become ~ and 
 — (6), when, as the word is joined by Maqqeph to the following 
 word, the tone has passed away from them. 
 
 85. The conjunction ") is written 1 before a consonant with §'wa. 
 
 86. ♦fl for O = /; DD for UT\ = yon; 1 for yr\— = him. 
 
 JT 
 
 5. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. 5 2. 4, 5, 7, Pronunciation of p, JOi lf» 
 
 2. ? 3. 2, 3, Letters with double forms, and with similar 
 
 forms. 
 
Lesson 15. 63 
 
 3. ? i, 2, Weak, Medium and Strong Letters. 
 
 4. § 12. 2, 3, Aspirates with §'wi preceding, witli dis- 
 
 junctive accent preceding. 
 
 5. ? 15. 1,3, Daghes-forte compensative and conjunctive. 
 
 6. ? 16. 1, 2, Mappiq and Raph6. 
 
 7. ?§ 26. 3, 4; 28. 3, 4, Sharpened and Half-open syllables. 
 
 6. Word-Lesson. 
 
 (118) n'?3NI /oo(^ (120) jnj Ae-flraw (122) 1^9 exceedingly 
 
 (119) n^rr 6«AoZd (I2I) p-y greenness (123) ♦{S'tr six^A 
 
 7. Principles of Syntax.— The Article. 
 
 D'pn 'JlS)"'?^^ = upon+faces-of the-waters = upon the face[s] of 
 
 the waters. 
 D'r1'7N> nil = spirit-of God = the spirit of God. 
 D*12n liipp'? = to-collection-of the-waters = to the collection of 
 
 waters. 
 n-Tin ^'flJ"'!?3 = all-\-s(ml{s)-of the life = all the souls of life. 
 
 T - I- VJV T 
 
 D*n nJn3 = iri-fishrof the-sea = in the fish of the sea. 
 
 Principle 3.— The article cannot b^ prefixed to a noun in the 
 construct state ; if the article is needed, it is given to the noun 
 following. 
 
 Principle 4.— If the second of two nouns in the construct rela- 
 tion is definite, because it is a proper noun, or because it has the 
 article, the first noun is also to be regarded as definite. 
 
 8. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) I knew that thou (m.) (art) 
 good; (2) I gave to the cattle and to the heast{s) of the earth grass 
 and herb{s) for food; (3) The tree yielded (Heb., made) good fruit; 
 
 (4) God gave to the fowl of the heavens the seed of the earth for food; 
 
 (5) (There) was fruit in all the earth; (6) Ml that God made was 
 exceedingly good. 
 
64 Lesson 16. 
 
 2. To be translated into English :-(l) D»!i'?N H^^ IHii Dl'? 
 
 D^'^ nn nm n^h^ri; (6) npn^n-nj^ rii^il ♦6?'¥n 01*5 
 
 3. To be writteJin English letters:— (1) n'7DK, (2) pT, (3) Jl^ir, 
 (4) DV, (5np'3, (6) p, (7) p5. 
 
 4. To be written in Hebrew letters :— (1) hu, (2) khem, (3) ha, (4) 
 h°mi, (5) kha, (6) nu, (7) z6, (8) 'ell6. 
 
 LESSON XVI.-REVIEW. 
 
 [To the student:— This lesson is a review of all that have preceded it. Noth- 
 ing is so necessary, in the acquisition of a language, as constant and thorough 
 review. One should carry forward with him at least nine-tenths of what he 
 has learned. The first chapter of Genesis contains one hundred and two differ- 
 ent words, and about four hundred and fifty different forms. The most com- 
 mon and most important principles of the language have been considered. 
 Many additional principles might have been brought forward in connection 
 with this chapter, but it has been deemed wise to hold them in reserve. It is 
 understood that in no case will the student proceed to take up Lesson XVII., 
 until this Lesson with all which it includes has been learned. Let every word, 
 every verse, every principle be mastered absolutely.] 
 
 /. Word-Review. 
 
 [In this list of words, the superior figures indicate the verse in which the 
 word, or its derivative, is found. In the case of nouns, the singular absolute 
 is given, in the case of verbs, the root. The student is expected to compare 
 with each word as here given, the various forms of that word which occur in 
 the chapter, e. g., with nTI, he will compare nn'n sh&-was, Tl' !et-{there)-b6, 
 'ri'l a?id-l6t-(there)-be,''ri''l and-(there)-M)os, ^^T\\and-they-«halltie,ri]'n^it-sfuill-be.] 
 
 I. VERBS. 
 
 trrvo 
 
 T T 
 
 ^F 
 
 w 
 
 TT 
 
 vr 
 
 niN*!' 
 
 tlDT 
 
 J<1r 
 
 t^iy^o 
 
 ~ T 
 
 T T 
 
 ~ T 
 
 tl^Ol^i 
 
 , T T 
 
 . nb'j;; 
 
 ii'7t2'^ 
 
 .TH^ 
 
 "^nn* 
 
 p2;-2i 
 
 T T 
 
 n*TQ22 
 
 " T 
 
 PIT" 
 
 T T 
 
 * The Infinitive form, see 8 55. 3. 
 

 
 Lesson 16. 
 
 
 65 
 
 
 2. NOUNS, PARTICLES, ETC. 
 
 
 ^-vr 
 
 flir" 
 
 •?' 
 
 ♦Li'''ph23 
 
 noD^"* 
 
 D-JK=6 
 
 »jj'>'7tyi3 
 
 '^j;^ 
 
 T :j- 
 
 n^'H' 
 
 r5* 
 
 no-TN25 
 
 T T -; 
 
 ■J- T 
 
 r^" 
 
 1N9'i 
 
 ;i'iD* 
 
 ^P?^ 
 
 ^W 
 
 T T 
 
 ^■}^' 
 
 T 
 
 T T - 
 
 T 
 
 n'lN" 
 
 'W 
 
 a^'i^" 
 
 n;;'io" 
 
 DV« 
 
 T T 
 
 T '." 
 
 ■J- ; 
 
 • T 
 
 D'p2 
 
 T 
 
 moT« 
 
 n'75J<2« 
 
 yi^^ 
 
 nflu 
 
 ppii 
 
 pn«» 
 
 K^'^i 
 
 -'?^^« 
 
 ♦tysj>3i 
 
 '.■jv T T : ■.■ 
 
 328 
 
 •-T 
 
 D'n''7Ni 
 
 irlri2 
 
 |bp" 
 
 ?P^ 
 
 n5l3i« 
 
 rr^r?^" 
 
 r*^^ 
 
 D'lnn^ 
 
 n'^'N")! 
 
 fi.^lpo^" 
 
 \^i 
 
 
 ^m'! 
 
 n.i^^ 
 
 ^TTf" 
 
 D-ipO« 
 
 '^,321 
 
 TT 
 
 MN^ 
 
 - J- 
 
 ryr? 
 
 
 15^ 
 
 ^' 
 
 5' 
 
 pin^i 
 
 
 rrnp^'^ 
 
 W^ 
 
 nw" 
 
 
 2. Verse-Review. 
 
 1. Pronounce the pointed text of each verse until it can be read 
 aloud rapidly and without hesitation (see Manual, p. 7). 
 
 2. Write out on paper the unpointed text, one verse at a time, 
 and then, without the aid of either pointed text or translation, insert 
 the necessary points and vowel-signs. Compare the result with the 
 pointed text, and note the mistakes ; repeat the exercise till each 
 verse can be pointed without mistake (see Manual, p. 29). 
 
 3. Write the Hebrew of the chapter, verse by verse, with only 
 the English translation before the eye. Here also correct the result 
 each time by the pointed text (see Manual, p. 18). 
 
 4. Write- the Hebrew of the chapter, verse by verse, from the 
 transliteration, noting with care, in the case of each word, the exact 
 English equivalent for each sign or character in the Hebrew (p. 39). 
 
66 
 
 Lesson 16. 
 
 8, Grammar-Review. 
 
 10. 
 
 11. 
 
 12. 
 13. 
 14 
 
 15. 
 16. 
 17. 
 
 18. 
 
 19. 
 
 20. 
 
 21. 
 22. 
 23. 
 
 24. 
 
 The alphabet, ? 1. 1-3. 
 Pron. of K,P,n,pJ 2.1-^. 
 Pron.of£3,tJ',lf,U2.5-8. 
 Extended, final, and similar 
 letters, § 3. 1-3. 
 Labials and gutturals, ? 4. 1. 
 Weak, medium and strong 
 letters, § 4. 2. 
 Pron. of —, ? 5. 6. a. 
 Vowel-letters, N, 1, ♦, ? 6. 1, 
 2, 3, and Notes 1-^. 
 Classificat'n of vowel-sounds, 
 § 7. 1-4. 
 
 Names of vowels, ? 8. 
 Simple S-wa, ? 9. 1. 
 Compound S'wa, ? 9. 2. 
 Initial and med. §'wa, ? 10.1,2. 
 Syllable-divider, 2 H- 1, 2. a. 
 and R. 
 
 DagheS-lene, § 12. 1, and N. 
 D. 1. after a S'wa, ? 12. 2. 
 D. 1. after a disj. aec, ? 12. 3. 
 Daghes-forte, § 13. 1, 2, and 
 Note 1. 
 
 Omission of D.f.,? 14. 1-3. 
 Notes 1, 2. 
 
 D. f. compensative and con- 
 junctive, ? 15. 1, 3. 
 Mappiq and Raph6, § 16. 1, 2. 
 Maqqeph, § 17. 1, 2. 
 MIthegh, § 18. 1. 
 More common accents, § 24. 
 1-3. 
 
 25. 
 26. 
 27. 
 
 28. 
 
 29. 
 
 30. 
 
 31. 
 32. 
 
 33. 
 34. 
 35. 
 
 36. 
 
 37. 
 
 38. 
 
 39. 
 40. 
 41. 
 
 42. 
 
 43. 
 44. 
 45. 
 
 Kinds of syllables, ? 26. 1^ 
 Syllabication, ? 27. 1-3. 
 Quantity of vowel in sylla- 
 bles, ? 28. 1-4. 
 
 Naturally long vowels, ? SO. 
 (opening words) and Notes 1, 
 2, under § 30. 7. 
 Tone-long vowels, ? 31. (open- 
 ing words) and Notes 1, 2, un- 
 der ? 31. 4. 
 
 Peculiarities of gutturals, ? 42. 
 1-3. 
 
 The article, ? 45. 1, 2, 3, & R. 3. 
 Inseparable prepositions, § 47. 
 1-5. 
 
 Waw conjunctive, ? 49. 1-4. 
 Personal pron., ? 50. 1-3. 
 Pronominal suffixes, ? 61. 1. 
 a-d, 2. 
 
 Demonstrative pronoun, ? 52. 
 1. a-d, 2. 
 
 Relative pronoun, ? 53. 1. a, J. 
 Interrogative pronouns, i 54. 
 1, 2. a-(i. 
 Roots, ? 55. 1, 2. 
 Inflection, § 57. 1-3. 
 Tenses and Moods, ? 57. 3. 
 Notes 1, 2. 
 
 Simple verb-stem, ? 58. 1, 2. 
 a and Notes 1, 4. 
 Gender of nouns, ? 122. 1, 2. &. 
 Number of nouns, i 122. 3-5. 
 States of nouns, i 123. 1, 2. 
 
Lesson 17. 67 
 
 4. Exercise.* 
 
 To be translated into Hebrew : — 
 
 1. The name of tlie light is day, and the name of the darkness is 
 
 night. 
 
 2. Waters, to waters, the waters, to the waters. 
 
 3. The earth will he seen ieneath the heavens. 
 
 4. The day, in which is light. 
 
 5. The fruit, in which is seed, 
 
 6. The fruit is in the seed, and the seed is in the earth. 
 
 7. The sun will he seen in the heavens. 
 
 8. To divide hetween the day and the night. 
 
 9. And in the great day. The great stars. 
 
 10. The great luminary is the sun ; the small luminary is the moon. 
 
 11. The sun and the moon are in the expanse of the heavens. 
 
 12. Thou art in the heavens, and I am upon the earth. 
 
 13. And God saw all which he had created, and it was good. 
 
 14. God created the earth, and he created the heavens. 
 
 15. The waters are in the seas and upon the earth. 
 
 16. His day., her day, my day. 
 
 17. The heast of the earth was upon the ground. 
 
 18. This good place. 
 
 19. These great luminaries. 
 
 20. God gave to the fowl of the heavens the seed of the earth for food. 
 
 LESSON XVII.-GENESIS II. 1-3. 
 
 1, Note-Review 
 
 (i)DwrK5); (2)pNrir(8); mn^^im^y, wnmm-, 
 
 (5) '3 (24); (6) S2 (W); (7) 'W^ (48). 
 
 » These sentences are selected from preceding exercises. 
 
68 Lesson 17. 
 
 2. Notes. 
 
 156. i7:^^)-and-{thej)-were-Jimshed; cf.i r]n2'l (114), llj^' (55): 
 
 a. D. f. omitted from ♦, § 14. 2 ; ) indicates the plural number. 
 
 b. The — , in verbal forms, always marks the passive; under the 
 first radical it indicates the Pii'al (intensive passive) stem, ? 59. 3. 
 
 c. Koot is n'72, meaning in Ff el, finish, in Pii'al, he-finished. 
 
 157. n'^'2T'7'y\-and-all+host-their; of. "j-JK, W'ili (89. d): 
 a. '] ace. to I 49. 1; — is o, because in a closed syllable which has 
 
 lost its tone, ? 3G. 1. a. 
 &• iOy host, but DX^V host-their, — under 5f becoming — when it 
 
 ceases to stand before the tone, ? 36. 3. b. 
 c. D(— ) is the pron. suf. of the 3 masc. plur., § 51. 1. d. 
 
 158. ^y\-and-Che)-finished; cf. i?^% T)y\: 
 
 a. Shortened from iivy\ the Pi'el of H'j^ (isB.c). 
 
 b. Two D. f.'s omitted: one from ♦ because without a full vowel, 
 one from "^ because final, ? 14. 1, 2. 
 
 159. *i^'5ti''i'l Di*5— wi-iAe-rfay the-seventh : 
 
 a. The accent -^ over ''}?^2tffil marks the end of a secondary sec- 
 tion. It is called Zaqeph qaton, i. e., little Zaqeph, ? 24. 4. 
 
 160. ln5N'pq-t«or7<;-Aw; cf. Ij^^t, fl'LJ^'K") : 
 
 a. Abs. sg. HDN'^O ; a has lost its consonantal force. 
 
 jT T : 
 
 6. The — of 7 (in abs. form) becomes — , because the open syllable 
 has become closed, ? 36. 1. b. 
 
 c. The abs. has ^^_, but the form with suf. has fl, 2 122. 2. a. 
 
 161. n^^i'y-and-he-rested; cf. Nnp*"), N")5*1 : 
 
 a. This is the regular form of the Qal 'lmpf.,^the — in J<'^p♦ and 
 
 H'ly being due to the presence of the weak letter K. 
 6. The — in this word is o (tone-long), not 6. 
 c. The root is plainly r\2t2^ he-rested, see below, 163. 
 
 162. ti^'lp''\—and-he-sanctified; ct'rny^'yy): 
 
 1 Every old word, suggested for comparison with the new word under con 
 sideration, has at least one important point in common with that new word. 
 
Lesson 17. qq 
 
 a. D f. omitted from ', as in ♦H'l, "TjyX i^y), ^y\ 
 
 b. The root is 12^1^, meaning, as a verbal form', he-was-holy. 
 
 c. The first radical has — , the second radical, D. f.; these indicate 
 a Pi'el form ; read U 59. 1.; G8. 2. a. 
 
 d. Compare each vowel-sound in \2f^r)\ and 'Xyy, and note that the 
 latter has — instead of — because i refuses D. f ., and — instead 
 of — , because the accent is on the penult. 
 
 e. The root means be-holy; the Pi'el, here intensive or causative, 
 means mahe-holy, sanctify, ? 59. 2. a. 
 
 163. t^y^— Tie-rested; of. ^^3, K'lD. tW^^- 
 
 a. Qal Perf . 3 masc. sing, of the strong verb JlDSJ'- 
 
 164. TyS^^^—to-malce, i. e., in-mahing ; cf. til)^ (179): 
 a. The prep. '? with — , because of following — , ? '47. 3. 
 
 &■ rilB'j^ is a Qal Inf. const, of T\\i^^ ; the H is the fem. ending, 
 c. Further information concerning this form will be given later. 
 
 3. Forms for Special Study. 
 
 -J" T : 
 
 n:ivb^ but 1 
 
 
 "liNo but nhxp 
 
 r\y^''. 
 
 "73 but 
 
 -'^'1 
 
 D1X 6«« nonK 
 
 T T JT T -: 
 
 si'''ip' 
 
 DN hut 
 
 J" 
 
 -DK 
 
 T T JT T : 
 
 i'?5^ 
 
 y^). hut 
 
 in? 
 
 f)J3 6«« D'fi^5 
 
 "^^n^ 
 
 
 4. 
 
 Observations. 
 
 
 87. Change of a to a, of e to a, of e to e, of o to 6, i. e., of a tone- 
 long vowel to its corresponding short, is of frequent occurrence, and 
 is called sliortening. 
 
 88. Change of a to • (— to ~), i. e., of a tone-long vowel to a 
 tone-short (§'wa) is of frequent occurrence, and is called volatiliza- 
 tion. 
 
70 Lesson 17. 
 
 89. The Qal Impf. has no special characteristic ; unless one of 
 the radicals is a weak letter, it generally has o for the vowel of its 
 second radical. 
 
 90. The Niph'al has D. f. in and — under the first radical, while 
 the other passive stem (Pii'al) has — under the first radical and 
 D. f. in the second. 
 
 91. The Pi'el has (besides D. f. in the second radical) -^ under 
 the first radical ; the Hiph'il has ~^ under the preformative. 
 
 5. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. 2 58. 1, 2. a, Simple verb-stem, Qal. 
 
 2. ? 63.. (& p. 167) Tabular view, Inflection of the Qal Perfect. 
 
 3. ? 63. 1-4, Remarks on inflection. 
 
 4. 2 36. 3. a. Volatilization of an ultimate vowel in verbal in- 
 
 flection. 
 
 5. 2 36. 3. N. 2, [This covers volatilization of — to — in the forms 
 
 6. Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. Learn from the Hebrew word-lists under List I., verbs occurring 
 
 500 to 5,000 times, those words numbered 1-10. 
 
 2. Make a list of the new words in Gen. II. 1-3. 
 
 7. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) / said, we said, she said, 
 thou (f .) didst say, they said, ye (m.) said; (2) She ruled, they ruled, 
 ye (f.) ruled, I ruled, we ruled, thou (m.) ruledst; (3) They gave, we 
 gave, I gave, she gave, thou (m.) gavest, he gave; (4) I knew, sJie knew, 
 we knew, they knew, thou (m.) didst know. 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) The heavens will be fin- 
 ished; (2) The waters will he collected; (3) God will sanctify the 
 seventh day; (4) God rested in the seventh day; (5) He created the 
 heavens and all their host; (6) He made the great luminaries; (7) ETe 
 
Lesson 18. 71 
 
 will rest in this day; (8) We rested, she rested, ye (m.) rested, they 
 rested. 
 
 3. To be translated into English:— (1) lnDN'70"'730 rOf^} 'D; 
 
 4. To be written in English letters : — The first three verses of 
 Genesis II., from the pointed text. 
 
 5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — The first three 
 verses of Genesis II., from, the unpointed text. 
 
 8. Topics for Study. 
 
 ' (1) Omission of D. f. (2) Characteristics of Pii'al stem. (3) 
 Volatilization of a penultimate vowel, of an ultimate vowel. (4) 
 The Qal Imperfect. (5) The Pi'el Imperfect. (6) Shortening of a 
 tone-long vowel. (7) Difference between the vowels of r)'2t2f and 
 K"13, I5''1p*l and T[")3'V (8) Original form of the simple^ verb- 
 stem. (9) Form in use. (10) Its inflection. (11) Forms of the QSl 
 Perf. containing half-vowels. (12) The various personal termina- 
 tions and their origin. 
 
 LESSON XVIII.-GENESISII.4-6. 
 
 /. Note-Review. 
 (1) pK (62); (2) rr\1' (149); (3) nOlNrr (129); (4) 'Jfl (13). 
 
 I VJV V : I' T T -: It 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 165. rfV^-these; of. HI (m.), riNf H-)- 
 
 166. n)l^'\r\—generations-of; of. JTlNp. C'^.H^f^ '■ 
 
 a. Plur. fem., never found in sing.; two syllables. 
 
 b. Absence of D. 1. in "1 shows at once that preceding S'wa is voca!, 
 2 12. 2. 
 
 c. Three aspirates, all aspirated ; both o's are 6, not o. 
 
72 Lesson 18. 
 
 167. DN"13'^3 — in-being-created-their; cf. 'I'lft', DK^lf : 
 
 rti" :iT ■ : ^ It • T T ; 
 
 a. 5 pointed with S'wa ; D_ same as in DKDV (15i )• 
 
 6. it is '^^p, but n'7E?pJ so N")3rr'tiit DJ?");3rr, i- e., the ulti- 
 mate -^ is volatilized when □ is added, ? 36. 3. a. 
 
 e. }>{")2n has D. f. I'ra and ~ under the ^rsi radical, the character- 
 istics of the Niph'al or passive stem, ? 75. R. 2. 
 
 d This is an Inf. const, governed by the prep. 3- 
 
 168. mtl'J?. — to-maJce, or maJcing-of: see 164. 
 
 169. trin^—Jehovah: but this word as written has the vowels, 
 viz., —, — and — ,of the word '^nX Lord. It should rather be 
 written (lIH*, and pronounced Yah-w6. 
 
 170. tl''&—shrul-of: one syllable, § 27. 1; cf. rVO. 
 
 ill. rii\£;rf-the-Md; cf. nirj^, rrrr': . 
 
 a. The accent — over iTlK'n, like -^ over ♦J^»5t^i!7 (l^^- «)' marks 
 a secondary section. It is called R'bhi{a)", ? 24. 5. 6. 
 
 1 72. D'lD— t^-rem — not-yet: an adverb. 
 
 173. nOV^— (be) will-sprout-forth; cf.nbtJ'': 
 a. Qal Impf. 3 m. sg. of nOif he-sprouted-forth. 
 h. The -^ under ^ is pausal for -^, § 38. 2. 
 
 c. This verb has — (in pause — ) rather than — , as seen in H^lif*, 
 because of the guttural f^, ? 42. 2.h. 
 
 174. ii'7-lo'-not; cf.l^K*. Hiil 
 
 175. ^'pprr— (he) AacZ-ca?wec?-to-ram; cf. "^nDn, "^'I^Q: 
 
 a. Here are three radicals, making ^C3Q he-rained. 
 
 b. The prefix H (originally H) indicates the Hiph'il Perfect, ? 60. 
 1. a, b; and ? 62. 2. 
 
 c. Cf. the vowel of the preformative in the forms "^l^*, KSJ'nfl 
 
 ■^n^n, '^♦150, j/nfo, with that in ytDtpn, § 75. pL e." ' " ' 
 
 176. f*{<— a noun meaning nothing, but always used as a verbal 
 expression, there is not, there was not; hence the phrase means 
 and man was not, or ajid there was no man. 
 
Lesson 18. 73 
 
 177. '^^i;^-to-serve; d. fyS^^^'-md^ : 
 
 a. The '^'2^ is Qal Inf. const, of "Xy^ he-served; but ^ has — , 
 where 12 of ^tJ'Oi a similar form, has -r, because it is a guttural, 
 I 42. 3. a. 
 
 h. The prep. "7 takes — , as in Pfi^^fl, according to ? 47. 3. 
 
 178. IKl— W'edh— a«cZ-(a)-OTw*. 
 
 179. n^l?'~{^e) will-go-up, or (he) used-to-go-up; cf. fl'tl' : 
 a. ♦ is the pref. of the Impf.; the root is Th^ he-went-up. 
 
 h. The vowel under ♦ in fl^Ji'* and nOlf* is ~, but in this word it 
 
 : AT : • 
 
 is -^, because of the following ^, § 42. 2. a. 
 
 c. Just as an original -^ is retained under the preformative of all 
 Hiph'il forms except the Perfect, where it has been attenuated 
 {? 36. 4) to — (cf. ")'£pQn)i so an original — has been retained 
 under the preformative of the QSl Impf. before gutturals, where 
 otherwise it is attenuated to -^. 
 
 d. In nbB'' the first rad. has — , but in H*?!^! it has — , ? 42. 3. b. 
 
 e. The Imperfect here expresses customary action in past time. 
 
 180. ~'^!2—from: so written only before the article; cf. 'p, 0, 
 « 48. 1,2. 
 
 181. npJJ'ni — and-used-to-cause-to-drink; ci. 'yjJt^il '■ 
 
 a. Another Hiph'il Perf., as indicated by fl ; root tlptif- 
 
 b. The "I here is Waw Conv. or Consec, and gives to the verb the 
 force possessed by ii7V\ which preceded it, ? 73. 1. b, 2. b. 
 
 8. Forms for Special Study. 
 
 nit^j;; 
 
 ytDori 
 
 i^V- 
 
 rrn 
 
 
 
 
 
 AT : ■ 
 
 Nty'iri 
 
 ^'it 
 
 HT 
 
74 Lesson 18. 
 
 4. Observations. 
 
 92. A guttural will take (1) under it a compound instead of a 
 simple S'wa ; and (2) before it the vowel -^ rather than -^ or — . 
 
 93. The Hiph'il stem has, under the preformative, the vowel — 
 except in the Perfect, where it has been attenuated to ~^ (cf. Latin 
 facilis, but difficilis). 
 
 94. The vowel of the preformative in the Qal Imperfect was 
 originally — , but this has been retained only before gutturals, being 
 elsewhere attenuated to ~r-. 
 
 95. The Qal Imperfect may have for its stem-vowel either o, or 
 a. In the cases cited above, note how ^^ before }{ and in pause 
 has been heightened to — , while before f\ it has been heightened to e. 
 
 96. Puthah-furtive steals in under the final gutturals f], H, j/, 
 when they are preceded by any long vowel except — . 
 
 5. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. ? 59. 1. a, h, 2. a, h. and N., Origin and use of the Pi'el stem. 
 
 2. ? 59. 3, 4. a, h. and N., Origin and use of the Pu'al stem. 
 
 3. § 59. 5. a, 6 a, b, Origin and use of the Hithpa'el st. 
 
 4. ? G5. 1. 6, 2. a, b,{,& p. 167) Inflection of these stems in Perf. 
 
 5. ? 36. 4. a, b, Attenuation of — to — . 
 
 6. Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. In the Word-Lists, under List L, the verbs numbered 11—20. 
 
 2. Make a list of the new words in Genesis II. 4—6. 
 
 7. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew:— (1) He sanctified (^"^n, Pi.), 
 we sanctified, they sanctified, I sanctified, ye (m.) sanctified; (2) She 
 spohe ("im in Pi'el), I spoke, we spoke, they spoke, thou (f.) didst 
 speak, ye (m.) did speak; (3) He was satictified (Pii'al), I was sanc- 
 tified, we were sanctified, they were sanctified; (4) She purified her- 
 
Lesson 18. 75 
 
 self (tynp in HitlipS.'el), we purified ov/rselves, they purified them- 
 selves, I purified myself. 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) Jehovah God sanctified 
 this day and this place; (2) This (is) the day which God sanctified; 
 (3) These (are) the Jieavens and the earth which God created; (4) Tlie 
 shrub and the herb will be in the field; (5) There was no man upon 
 the earth in those days; (6) God did not cause it to rain upon the dry 
 (land); (7) The herb will sprout forth upon the field; (8) These gen- 
 erations; (9) This earth; (10) This day. 
 
 3. To be translated into English :—(l) DVH-riK ♦flp'^p; (2) 
 
 nxfrr pxri m ii rinj; (3)'D^Nl;7-n^< D'rl'?^ ^B^'zarr 
 pNrr-'7Dni'D'ois''n ^^iy\ D»rr nj-i3; (4)DnNn"^f« ni3 
 
 I v-iT T T : "J" T~ } ^ '. T~ ~:" ttJt v tt 
 
 T T-; It V *=■:!- 
 
 4. To be written in English letters : — Verses 4 — 6 of chapter II. 
 from the pointed text. 
 
 5. To be written with points and Towel-signs : — Verses 4 — 6 of 
 chapter II. from the unpointed text. 
 
 8. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) Forms of the Dem. pron. (2) Use of D. 1. (3) Volatilization 
 of an ultimate vowel in verbal forms. (4) Characteristics of the 
 Niph'al. (5) The word nin*. (6) Pa.thak-furtive. (7) The difFer- 
 ence in pointing between n'2ti^^ and llOif', between t)^^^ and 
 J<"lp», between t\2ti^, and n'7V\- (8) Attenuation of — to — (9) 
 Hiph'il Perfect. (10) ['K, iS and D'^t3• dD Difference between 
 iij; and V^Q- (12) Force of th« tense in liyVl (13) Peculiar- 
 ities of gutturals. (14) The origin, use, and inflection of the three 
 intensive stems. (15) The form ifPW- (16) The form Dfl'p^p. 
 (17) Heightening. (18) The Personal pronoun. 
 
76 Lesson 19. 
 
 LESSON XIX.-GENESIS II. 7-9. 
 
 7. Note-Review. 
 
 (1) rrirr' (i69); (2) -p (iso); (3) n'n tyflj (102, 103); (4) -"^a 
 (108); (sftjin? (41); (6) f j; (70); (7) iib m'. 
 
 2. Notes. 
 
 182. 1V"1-awti-(he)-/ormecZ/ cf-nDK*-): 
 
 V J" ~ V J - 
 
 a. The first ♦ is the preformative, the second, the radical. 
 h. Qal Impf. 3 m. sg. of the root iy he-formed. 
 
 — T 
 
 c. The — under If is e ; consideration of it may be postponed. 
 
 183. ^^'^—dust: with the article it would be 1£3^rT, ? 45. 4. 
 
 184. t^Qr'V'and-he-hreaihed; cf. HDV*) illlJlO : 
 a. For nSJ|, the J being assimilated ; root flfi^. 
 
 h. On — instead of — before H see § 42. 2. 6. 
 
 185. VflNllil— b'ap-paw— ^V?^o«^rt7s-A^s.• 
 
 a. f]K Mo«e/ b*iDK nostrils; VflK his-nostrils. 
 
 h. Learn that V—-, pronounced aw (the ♦ having no force), is the 
 
 form of 3 masc. sg. suf. when attached to plural or dual nouna. 
 c. The D. f. in 3 stands for J, the original form being QJK- 
 
 186. nOJr'J-ni-g'raath— SreaiA-o/; cf . n*!!, flj*! : 
 
 a. Abs. sg. is HOti'J, but in const. ,1— goes back to the orig. fl_; 
 the other changes will come up later. 
 
 187. C^n-lives; cf. n^n life, least. 
 
 188. 2^'^'\—and-[}ie)-planted; cl Hfl': 
 
 a. So far as concerns vowels and form, the same as flfl-^l (184); 
 from the root j;£3j he-planted. 
 
 189. \i— garden; cf. below in v. 9 Ut^ in pause. 
 
 190. D"Ij!)p— miq-q^-dhem— /roOT-easf; cf. y\^ : 
 
 a. The prep, jp with J assimilated, ? 48. 1. 
 
 b. An a-class Segholate, primary form pip, ? 100. 1. a. 
 
Lesson 19. 77 
 
 191. DtJ**! — and-he-put: learn (1) this form, (2) its meaning, (3) 
 its root D'^ to-put. 
 
 192. Djy — there: an adverb. 
 
 T 
 
 193. ^'i''~he-formed,ov'he-had-formed; of. *1V'*T : 
 a. Pausal for "lif', the root form, sec 182. h. 
 
 194. V\'!2'ii^—ond-{}a.Q)-caused-to-sprout-forth; cf. '^'l^*! '• 
 
 a. Cf. with Qal HOV' (173), which has — under ♦ instead of — . 
 h. The -=- under the preformative is the indication of the Hiph'il 
 
 (except in Perf.). 
 c- b'ly has -^ under 2d rad., hut HDV! ^^^ — ; why ? ? 42. 2. 6. 
 <Z. Hiph. Impf. 3 m. sg. of the root HOV he-sprouted. 
 
 - r 
 
 195. ^Q^IJ — neh-madh — desirable, or desired: 
 
 T ; V 
 
 a. The point in Q is neither D. f., nor D. 1. (why not?); it is used in 
 some texts, to show that the preceding §°wa, though under a gut- 
 tural, is silent. 
 
 h. The root is ~]t2n, J indicating a Niph'al. 
 
 c. On the vowel t see 2 42. 2. c; on — , ? 71. 2. 
 
 196. '?,^l^p'?. . ..ni^lj^'^-for-sight. . . .for-food: 
 
 a. Two nouns formed by the prefix Q ; cf. DiDQi niDJS ! 2 H^- 1- 
 
 , I T v): • 
 
 h. The roots are ilK"l he-saw, v^N he-ate. 
 
 T T - T 
 
 197. D"nri~ha-hay-yim— «Ae-Zwes; cf. TlSy'lin : 
 
 a. The D. f. of the article is implied in n, 2? ^2. 1. h; 45. 2. 
 &. M^thegh on the second syllable before the tone. 
 
 198. r)'^y\'n—tJ>^-k''>-o'voing: a verbal noun from ^T he-knew, 
 with the article pointed as usual ; it has here a direct object. 
 
 199. V"1")— wa-ra'— aJitZ-emZ; cf. Ili^l : 
 
 a. Waw Conj., before a tone-syllable, takes sometimes — , 2 49. 4. 
 
 b. P"), instead of ^"1, because in pause, ? 38. 2. 
 
 3. Forms for Special Study. 
 
 tr'sj p« m"!, 35^^. ")p3 
 
78 Lesson 19. 
 
 4. Observations. 
 
 97. Nouns accented on the penult, having -^ (e) for their first 
 vowel, are always a-class Segholates, the 6 being a heightening of 
 an original a. 
 
 98. Nouns accented on the penult, having — (e) for their first 
 vowel, are always r-class Segholates, the e being a heightening of 
 an original i. 
 
 99. Nouns accented on the penult, having -^ (o) for their first 
 vowel, are always w-class Segholates, the o being a heightening of 
 an original ii. 
 
 100. The unaccented ^r in the ultima of all these nouns is merely 
 an inserted helping-vowel (? 37. 2), for otherwise the word would be 
 a monosyllable ending in two consonants. 
 
 5. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. ? 60. 1. a, h, 2, Origin and use of the Hiph'il stem. 
 
 2. § 60. 3, 4, Origin and use of the Hoph'al stem. 
 
 3. ? 61. 1, 2, Origin and use of the Niph'al stem. 
 
 4. ? 65. 1. a, c, 2. c, Inflection of these various stems(pf.p. 166). 
 
 5. ? 106. 1, Origin of Segholates. 
 
 6. ? 36. 2. N., To what are a, i, ii, when heightened, changed? 
 
 6. Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. In the Word-Lists, Lists I. and II., the verbs numbered 21—30. 
 
 2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis II. 7 — 9. 
 
 7. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) Se caused to rain, they 
 caused to rain, I caused to rain, we caused to rain; (2) He caused to 
 kill, she caused to Mil, they caused to kill, ye (m.) caused to kill ; 
 (3) He divided (Hiph. of /HS), she divided', they divided, I divided, 
 we divided; (4) Thou (m.) wa^t caused to divide, I was caused to 
 kill, we were caused to kill; (5) He was killed, I was killed, she 
 
Lesson 19. 79 
 
 was hilled, thou (m.) wast sanctified (Niph.), ye (f.) were sanctified, 
 they were sanctified. 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) And God breathed into 
 his nostrils; (2) In the garden which God planted in Eden was fruit, ■ 
 
 (3) This fruit was good for food; (4) The good fruit; (5) The evil 
 fruit; (6) Th^ good tree and the evil tree; (7) And he caused to sprout 
 forth grass and herb{8) and iree(s). 
 
 3. To be translated into English :-(l) p^ D^ll'?^ "^HirT 
 
 Tt^ r^i ^"itsD; (2) D"np ^v.. \^T\ T]im ^m fj^n; 
 
 nK-li?'? lom fj;-"?!) n»avn ■i2-nB''N^iyDJ; '(s) n'^n^rri 
 I'^n^ri, iJ'pnijrT, D|;)''7i5rT'; (6) Tht^% i^fa^pj, i'?tf''i^. 
 
 4. To be written in English letters : — Verses 7 — 9 ofcliapter II., 
 from the pointed text. 
 
 5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses 7 — 9 of 
 chapter II., from the unpointed text. 
 
 6. To be written : — (1) The verbs in ? 76, numbered 1—30, in 
 the Perfect 3 m. sg. of those stems in which each verb is there said 
 to occur; (2) the same verbs in the Perfect 3 c. pi.; (3) the same 
 verbs in the Perfect 2 m. pi. 
 
 8. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) Assimilation. (2) The vowels -^ and -^ in the stem of the 
 Qal Imperfect. (3) Pronunciation and meaning of the affix V 
 
 T 
 
 (4) The root to-put, the form and-he-put. (5) Difference between 
 '•'15! ^^^ l^9V** (^^ ?D as a prefix in the formation of nouns. (7) 
 A-class Segholates. (8) I-class Segholates. (9) U-class Segholates. 
 (10) Origin, use and inflection of the Hiph'il, the Hoph'al and the 
 Niph'al stems. (11) Heightening. (12) The helping-vowel e. 
 
80 Lesson 20. 
 
 LESSON XX.-GENESIS 11.10-14. 
 
 7. Note-Review. 
 (1) in3N':'iD (160); (2) nat^n (lei); o) nvh'^r} (lee); (4) 
 
 noy* (173); (5) rhT (179). 
 
 2. Notes. 
 
 200. ''\iiy)—and-{a,)-rwer; cf. DIX, flJD : 
 
 T T : T T It T 
 
 a. This noun belongs to a large class, formed from the root by means 
 of two originally short vowels, both of which, the one before, and 
 the other under, the tone, have become tone-long, ? 107. 1. a. 
 
 201. ii'^—Y^-^e'—going-forth,= goes-forth; cf. {J^OT: 
 
 a. The active participle of Qal, used, as often, for a present tense. 
 h. The first vowel is 6, not o ; the root, KV* Jie-went-forth. 
 
 202. \'l};D-from-Ed^n; cf. '^J^O, ? iS. 2 ; ^B'^, ? lOG. 1. &.- 
 a. Note the Zaqeph-qaton (— ) ; it marks the end of a secondaiy 
 
 section and also the accented syllable of ["Ij^O' ^^- 1^^. a. 
 
 203. mptJ'n'? — to-cause-to-drinh, i. e., to-water ; cf. JlliJ'i^. 
 
 a. Like '^''l^L?, this word has the pref. fl ; it is Hiph. Inf. const. 
 h. Like J^lil'J^, it ends in pf\ ; it is from a root whose last letter is H- 
 c. Cf. also the Hiph. Perf. 3 m. sg. 'n'O^'H (181). 
 
 204. nW'a\-and-from-there; cf. pjli, niinD. 
 
 205. Tifl' — it-will-he-divided, or it-divides-itself : 
 a. D. f. j're and a under fi indicate at once the Niph'al. 
 6. The root is TIS); Niph. Perf., -1")5J ; cf. Wi\ (55). 
 
 206. r\yiT\^'7~for-four; cf. '^^'^I /o«r^A.' 
 
 207. D'^N")~ra'-§im— Aeat^s.- an irregular plural from JJ'J<"). 
 
 208. DIJ' — sem — name : same as the proper name Shem. 
 
 209. ^iibn—t^ie-ioneysurrounding; cf. JI>J3h, NV^ 
 o. On -^ see 171. a. 
 
Lesson 20. 81 
 
 210. ii7^)tll^-ha.-h.''wi-]a—the-Havilah : 
 
 a. The article here belongs really to T*")J<, the phrase = all the land 
 ofHavilah, not all land of the Havilah, see Principle 3 (p. 63). 
 
 211. Dt2^''^ti/ii—which+theo-e,= where; cf . 1^-")5J''^{ = in which. 
 
 212. inr— ffoZtZ.- A noun like ini DIK, flJS. ^ 107. 1. a. 
 
 213. infl— u-z''habh— a)icZ-^o?c?-o/.- 
 
 a. The Waw, before a consonant with §«wS,, is 1, ? 49. 2. 
 
 &. Comp'd S'wa under f , though not a guttural, after 1, ? 32. 3. d. 
 
 c. M^thegh with 1 before compound §'wa, ? 18. 3. 
 
 d. iilf or, as it would be without 1, ^nf, differs from ^(If in that 
 the first — , in an open syl., is volatilized, the second, in a closed 
 syl., is shortened ; in other words, the form is ti-eated as if the 
 accent had passed from it to the following word. This is virtu- 
 ally true, for the noun is in the construct state, ? 123. (opening 
 words); ? 125. 3. a, b. 
 
 e. Cf. *inj abs., hut '^T^^ const.; f|J3 abs., but fljp const. 
 
 214. Ninn— ha-hi' (not h.ar'hiw')—the-that; cf. Tiffin : 
 
 «• Kill is archaic for J<*n, § 50. 3. a; here used as a Demonstra- 
 tive, ? 52. 2. 
 6. The Demonstrative follows its noun, and has the article 
 
 215. n'^nSn — hab-b'dhS-lat — *7ie-6c?eZZmm. 
 
 216. OnWn \'2ii — 'e-bhen has-so-ham— stone-o/i^e-omj/jc; 
 a. Two Segholates, — one a-class, one i«-class. 
 
 6. Helping-vowel in first is ^r, in second, after |7, — § 37. 2. a. 
 
 217. ^pin~-¥d-di-qel-Tigris (?). 
 
 218. tl^iirr— lia-h6-lekh— «Ae-(one)-5'om()'; ci.'2'2Dil- 
 a. D. f. of article is implied in H, cf. Kltin (214), ? 45. 2. 
 6. Qal act. Part. (6, not o) of Tl7n he-went. 
 
 219. r\t2'lp — qidh-math — eastward-of; const, of HOIp : 
 
 a. The original H^ is restored in the const, state, ? 122. 2. a. (3). 
 6, A fern, form related to DID (190). 
 
 220. nifl Nin— is Euphrates. 
 
 It ; 
 
82 Lesson 20. 
 
 3. Forms for Special Study. 
 
 Ni?» rnixji n*n abs., but nto const. 
 
 D5D ^nri noa'j abs., but nw^ const, 
 rp'n inin-Qp npip abs., but noip coks^ 
 
 4, Observations. 
 
 101. The o of the Qal active Participle is unchangeable, 6, not 
 changeable, o. 
 
 102. Note, in the words cited above, Methegh written (1) on 
 second syl. before the tone, (2) with a vowel before compound 
 §'wa, (3) with a long vowel, in a closed syl. before Maqqeph. 
 
 103. The original fem. ending in Hebrew was H— ; but this 
 has been changed to n_, except where something closely fol- 
 lowing protects it. On account of the following noun, it is pre- 
 served in the construct state. 
 
 5. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. i 62. Table, General view of the Verb-stems. 
 
 2. ? 62. R's 1 — 4, Changes from original vowels. 
 
 3. § 66. Tabular View, Inflection of Qal Imperfect (active). 
 
 4. ? 66. R. 1, Various prefixes and affixes used. 
 
 5. i 66. R. 2, The original stem of the QSl Imperfect. 
 
 6. § 66. R's 3, 4 Remarks on the terminations '_, 1, HJ. 
 
 T 
 
 6. Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. In the "Word-Lists, under List II., verbs numbered 31—40. 
 
 2. Make out a list of the new words in Crenesis II. 10—14. 
 
 7. Principles of Syntax.— Thf Personal Pronoun. 
 
 35DD ^^1^^ He or it (is) the (one) surrounding. 
 J^IDlI n.^C ^'^-'^1 ^^^ *^® sold of THAT land. 
 PHip Nirr ♦Jf01<p iriJrrl And the fourth river is Euphrates. 
 
Lesson 20. 83 
 
 Principle 5.— The personal pronoun, besides (1) its ordinary use 
 as a personal pronoun, may have (2) the force of a remote demon- 
 strative pronoun {that), and (3) the force of a copula, i. e., to mark 
 the relation between the subject and predicate. 
 
 8. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) He will rest, I shall rest, 
 we shall rest, they will rest, thou (f.) shalt rest; (2) They (m.) shall 
 swarm, Tie shall swarm, she shall swarm, they (f.) shall swarm, ye 
 (m.) sfiall swarm; (3) He mil call, she will call, I shall call, we shall 
 call, thou (m.) shalt call; (4) He will plant, I shall plant, thou (m.) 
 shalt plant, she shall plant, they shall plant ; (5) Hevyill give, she 
 will give, I will give, we shall give, thou (m.) wilt give. 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) (The) river of that land is 
 (a) great river; (2) (The) name of that river is Euphrates ; (3) The 
 river which goes forth from Eden will he divided ; (4) i^Yhe) gold 
 of (the) land of Havilah is good gold; -(5) Thou shalt call that river 
 which goes (= the (one) going) eastward of Assyria Euphrates. 
 
 3. To be translated into English:— (1) IIIK p^ 3313; (2) 
 
 3n| D^-"ity>< n?<0"''^^ ^5b ; (&) "W^, Dipan 'ni^n^ ib 
 p.j;. Nin DB''; (6) 'j/'^tfrr di*3 'n3t?''fi- 
 
 4. To be written in English letters :— Fer«e« iO—i4 of chapter 
 II., from the pointed text. 
 
 5. To be written with points and vowel-signs -.— Verses 10— H of 
 chapter II, from the unpointed text. 
 
 6. To be written :— (1) The verbs in ? 76 numbered 31—62 (ex- 
 cepting Nos. 35, 39, 48, 51, 59) in- the Perf. 3 m. sg. of those stems 
 in which each verb is there said to occur ; (2) The same verbs in 
 the Perf. 3 c. pi.; (3) The same verbs in the Perf. 2 m. pi. 
 
84 Lesson 21. 
 
 9. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) Nouns formed by prefixing Q. (2) Nouns whicli had originally 
 two short vowels. (3) A-class, I-class and U-class Segholates. (4)- 
 The vowels of the Qal Part. act. (5) A comparison of JllpJJTf 
 with 7'*12n and Jlltl'P; (6) The words meaning he-was-divided, 
 he-wiU-be-divided. (7) The construct state of nouns like ^HJi Diir, 
 
 T T T T 
 
 etc. (8) The construct state of Segholates. (9) The two forms of 
 the fem. ending n_, and f)— ■ (10) M^thegh. (11) The original 
 forms of the various Perfect stems. (12) Inflection of the Qal Im- 
 perfect. (13) Prefixes and afiixes of the Impf. as compared with 
 the aflSxes of the Perfect. (14) The difference between the stem- 
 vowels of ri3t^!, Nnp?, j;^». 
 
 LESSON XXI.-GENESIS II. 15-18. 
 
 7. Note-Review. 
 
 (1) nan (184); (2)-iDN'7 (115); (3) D-Ti";?: (190); (4) tl^'in 
 
 (198); (5) J^ni (199). 
 
 |TT 
 
 2. Notes. 
 
 221. n\^''\-and-{he)-took; of. j;^»1, flQ^V- 
 
 a. For np7% but '7 is assimilated (like J), ? 39. 8. 
 
 b. The guttural h has — (a) before it, rather than o, ? 42. 2. b. 
 
 222. )nn^'!)—'^^y-ysi.n-m-}xe-hvi—and-he-caused-to-rest-Mm : 
 
 a. The • |) is Waw Consec; lin_. is the pron. suf. of 3 m. sg. 
 
 b. The root is tl)^ to-rest; the form is an irreg. Hiph'il. 
 
 223. mDJ5'''7l m3;^'7-l''8-bh'dhahli-l'so-m'rah: 
 
 T : T : T : 't : 
 
 a. The translation of these words is : to-serve-her and-to-heep-her. 
 
 b. The insep. prepositions are as usual ; •) before ^ becomes 1, 2 49. 2. 
 
 c. The final T\ is a consonant, as indicated by Mappiq, ? 16. 1. 
 
 d. The — under ^ and ty, if it were a, would have M^thegh, ? 18. 2. 
 
Lesson 21. 85 
 
 e. H— is a contraction of H ; of. "j for Ifl . ? 124. 1. K. 1. 
 
 /. These forms are Qal Inf 's const, (cf. 7^0), and without suffixes 
 would read "13^^ and "if^ti/ (2 '<>• 2); but, before the suffix, 6 is 
 pushed backward to ^ and B', and shortened to o, ? 74. 3. a. (2). 
 
 fl'. The syllables V'^ and ti''? are half-open, and the S'was under 
 3 and ^ are medial {? 26. 4. N.). 
 
 224. IX'1 — a?i(^-{he)-comma)i<ic£Z/ cf . '^D'l from n'73 ; 
 
 a. Shortened from n|lV'"li -Pi'^^ Impf- of m5f he-commanded, 
 h. D. f . omitted (1) from > and (2) from % {u. 1, 2. 
 c. The unfailing indication of the Pi'el is here, viz., ^ under 1st rad. 
 d- rrHfj in Pi'el, = lie-commanded; so H'^Si i" Pi'el, = he-finished. 
 
 225. /DN — 'a-khol— io-eaf , or eating : 
 
 a. Qal Inf. absolute of /^H lie-ate; second vowel unchangeable. 
 
 b. Cf. with this the form of the Inf. const. ^3ii (cf. '^j^O) = '"khol, 
 the o being changeable, ? 70. 1. 6, 2. 
 
 c. Cf. "^jyZD (6) and '^LJ'O (o); ^m (6) and iDLJ' (o). 
 
 T : T ; 
 
 226. '7piin—t^'-^^el—thou-shaU-eat : 
 
 a. D indicates the Impf. 2 m. sg. (thou), root '7!2ii- 
 h. Cf. with this "ipi"}*"! and-he-said, from "10^{. 
 
 227. |^j;01— a«^-/rom-«ree-o/.- 1, ? 49. 2 ; Q, ? 48. 2. 
 
 228. 'rp^n-Another spelling of '^^Nri (226). 
 
 229. D1'3 '5 IJiSjp— /roTO-Mm (= t«); /or, in-day-of: 
 
 a. p reduplicated = fpD ; with T\ ; inJCP = IJSP, in which 
 the n is assim. backwards and repres. by D. f. in J, § 51. 5. 6, 
 and -^ is deflected to ~. 
 
 b. D. 1. in 3 and in 3 because of prec. disj. accent, ? 12. 3. 
 
 230. ?T'7DK— '"kho-1'kha— %-eaiiwsf .• 
 
 a. The Inf.^const. is '^DK, but before ^, "^^K (o), ? 74. 3. a. (1). 
 
 b. Cf. (1) reg. form ^^Ti, (2) form before !rj, '"^Dp, (3) form before 
 n_ (see Note 223. / ), "^tDp (8). 
 
 231. Jlipn niQ~in6th ta-muth— cZj/m^/ thou-shalt-die : 
 a. The Qal Inf. abs., and Impf. 2 m. sg. of HID «o-ci!ie. 
 
86 Lesson 21. 
 
 h. The explanation of these forms will be given later. 
 
 232. nVn—^'yoth—leing-of; of. fllB'^^ mahing-of: 
 
 a. Qal Inf. const, of TVT\ he-was, translated as a verbal noun. 
 
 T T y 
 
 b. Under the guttural H appears a compound SvS.. 
 
 233. 115'? — *o or in-separation-Ms: "?, prep.; HS, noun; i, suffix. 
 
 234. I'v'-ntJ'JtfX— 'e-"'s61+16— /-Mt7Z-maA;e+/or-Am ; 
 a. X indicates ike first pers. sg.; root is TVi^V he-made. 
 h. The D. f. in "? is conjunctive (cf. nfl-rftyy), ? 15. 3. 
 
 c. Cf. B'ji^^*! (46), n'0 (71), Dit^j^, all from n^j;. 
 
 235. Ifj^ — 'e-zer — (a) help or helper; cf . "IfJ^ |5}< Ehenezer : 
 a. Like ici'J/ and T"]^ an i-class Segholate, I 106. 1. 6. 
 
 236. *ni^^—as-over-against-him, : 3, IJIJ, i. 
 
 5. Forms for Special Study. 
 
 rrp'l 
 
 B'''^p*l 
 
 '?'!!5!'i 
 
 ^^iT 
 
 •^bx 
 
 a^Q*! 
 
 iv'i 
 
 nDV!l 
 
 " T ■ 
 
 ^■P^!!* 
 
 nB-n. 
 
 rai 
 
 Ntr'in 
 
 ^W 
 
 ™j^ 
 
 4, Observations. 
 
 104. Verbs whose third radical is a guttural must have -^ for 
 their stem-vowel in the Imperfect. 
 
 105. The Pi'el Impf. may always be distinguished by the -^ (or, 
 if the second radical is a guttural, the — ) which is under the first 
 radit?al. 
 
 106. The Hiph'il Impf. may be distinguished by the ^ which is 
 under the personal prefoimative. 
 
 107. The Niph'al Impf. may be distinguished by the D. f. in and 
 the ~ under the first radical. 
 
 108. The of the Inf. abs. is 6 unchangeable ; but the o.pf the 
 Inf. const, is 0, and may be shortened to 6, or may be give^ro the 
 first radical and then shortened to 0. 
 
Lesson 21. 87 
 
 5. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. ? 68. 1. a, b, The stem and inflection of the Niph'al Impf. 
 
 2. S 68. 2, 3, 4, The stems and inflection of the Pi'el, Hithpa'el, 
 
 (cf. pp. 166, 167) Pii'al and H8ph'ai Imperfects. 
 
 3. § 68. 5. a, b, The stem and inflection of the Hiph'il Impf. 
 
 6. Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. In the Word-Lists, under List II., verbs numbered 41—50. 
 
 2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis II. 15 — 18. 
 
 7. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) Se will be divided,^ they 
 will be divided, we shall be divided, thou (f .) shalt be divided ; (2) 
 She will sanctify, I shall sanctify, ye will sanctify, they (f.) will 
 sanctify, we shall sanctify ; (3) Thou (f.) shalt be sanctified, I shall 
 be sanctified, ye (m.) shall be sanctified, we shall be sanctified; (4) He 
 will cause to divide,^ they (m.) will cause to divide, we shall cause to 
 divide, thou (f.) wilt cause to divide, ye (f.) shall cause to divide; (5) 
 Thou (f.) shalt be caused to divide, we shall be caused to divide; (6) 
 I shall rule, I shall be ruled, thou (f.) shalt rule thyself, they (f.) will 
 cause to rule, we shall rule ourselves. 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) Thou mayest eat from all 
 the fruit which God has given; (2) Thou shalt divide between the good 
 and between the evil; (3) Thou inayest not eat from the tree which is 
 in the midst of the garden. 
 
 3. To be translated into English :-(l) "^DKfl ^b^; (2) niZ3 
 
 n^'OT) ; (3) mn Di»n-nK DTf^N trnp!; (4) d'h'^n nb'j; 
 
 4. To be written in English letters :— Ferse* 15—18 of chapter 
 II., from the pointed text. 
 
 5. To be written with points and vowel-signs -.— Verses 15—18 of 
 chapter II., from the unpointed text. 
 
 1 Use the root T13 (in Niphal). 2 Use the root SlS in Hiph'il. 
 
Lesson 22. 
 
 6. To be written: — (1) The verbs in ? 76. numbered 1 — 40 (except 
 those in which the Qal is marked Q*, and Nos. 17, 19, 35 and 39), in 
 the Imperfect 3 m. sg. of those stems in which each verb is there 
 said to occur. 
 
 8. Topics for Study, 
 
 (1) Assimilation of "7. (2) Dif. between the of the Inf. abs. and 
 the o of the Inf. const. (3) The Inf. const, before suffixes. (4) The 
 words meaning heing-of, to-serve-her, thy-eating. (5) The character- 
 istics by which the various Imperfects may be distinguished. (6) 
 The stems of the various Imperfects. (7) The inflection of the va- 
 rious Imperfects. (8) Peculiarities of gutturals. (9) Tone-long 
 vowels. (10) Mdthegh, Mappiq, ESphe and Maqqeph. 
 
 LESSON XXII.-CENESIS II. 19-21. 
 
 1. Note-Review. 
 
 (1) HD^Nrr (129); (2) nin (128); (3) rria?rr (i7i); (4) Nnpn 
 
 (29); (5) rrQrt3 (125); (6) n^;)? ny;, (235, 236); (7) Hp^ W " 
 
 2. Notes. 
 
 237. ")Vj!l~a' defective writing of iy»j5 (182). 
 
 238. iXy^ — and-he-camed-to-come; cf . '^'li'l • 
 
 a. -Clearly a Hiph'il Impf. 3 m. sg. of the root Ki^ io-eome-in. 
 
 b. Instead of —, the preformative ♦ has — in an open syllable. 
 
 239. niN"!'7-lir-'6th— to-see; ct'^'^ti'?, Pi'it^i^^: 
 O" D'iK'l is the Inf. const, of the verb HJ^") he-saw. 
 
 h. 7, before a letter with S'wa, takes — , ? 47. 2. 
 
 240. 1'7"J<")p*"nD— may+yiq-ra'-F16— w/jai-f-Ae-wi7Z-caZZ+<o-t«; 
 a. The Interrogative what? pointed like the article, ? 54. 2. a. 
 
 h. yy = to-Mm, just as "j^ = in-him. 
 
Lesson 22. 89 
 
 241. Nin— literally ^, = m; cf. Prinoiplei^J3i_ 
 
 242. niDtl'- • • -IQK' — Ms-name names: 
 
 a. Before the suffix "j tte — of DB' becomes t; but 
 ^. The ^^ is retained before the fern. plur. affix 6th. 
 c. R"bhi(a)' (— ) over nlQa', ?JAi-5, ?).. 
 
 243. X^fD-/^e-/oMn(^; cf.N-|p, Ji-|3: 
 
 T T .tJt TT 
 
 a. —, instead of -^ as in r\'2!^, because }{ is silent. 
 h. Lit., Jie-foimd; here impersonal, = there-was-found. 
 
 244. 73*'! — way-yap-pel — and-{he)-caused-to-fall : 
 
 a. This form is for "^QJ^, which is like '7'15*^, in Hiph'il. 
 
 h. Root '^fij, of which J is assimilated and represented by D. f. 
 
 c- fnJ) J^^Ji nfiJ) "^fiJ all have J for their first radical; the old 
 
 Jewish paradigm-word was "^j^fl, the first radical of which is fl ! 
 
 hence, technically, these verbs are called V'Q, i. e., Pe Nun, 
 
 g_ 7_7. 2. and N , 1 
 
 245. rfCl"!!! — {a.)-deep-sleep: on formation s ee ? 115. and R. 
 
 246. ftJ"'!— way-yi-§an — and-he-slept; cf. "))i'*1 : 
 a. The — is pausal for ^ 2 38. 2. 
 
 6. The radical ♦ becomes silent after the preceding -^. 
 
 247. nrrX-a-hath-owe.- fern, of IHX (37). 
 
 248. Vnj/'? Vp— mig-§S-l''&-thaw— /rom-n6«-Ws ; 
 a. The ?D with | assimilated, ? 48. 1. 
 
 &■ ny'pV isplur. const, of ^'7'^ (v. 22), a feminine noun, 
 c. V is the same as in V3Kt see Note 185. i. 
 
 249. "ii|p'^1~~way-yis-gor— anc?-Ae-c?osea!; cf. ^\2!if''^'■ 
 a. Perfects :"-)JD, "IJDI "IJD, T-tpH. 
 
 6. Imperfects : "ijip', SjlD', ijp», TJIPI- 
 
 c. The o is 0, not 6 ; as it always is in Qal Impf. 
 
 250. -^^^-flesh; cf. DHN, ^;^, ^tll "inJ.lfi;^, ? 107. L a^ 
 
 251. niinnfl— tah-t6n-na — instead-of-her: 
 
 . ■ T |v : - 
 
 1 That if, Principle of Syntax. 
 
90 Lesson 22. 
 
 a. Prep. nHf1, see 49 ; a connecting syllable, J ; the fern, suf., fl- 
 
 h. n is assim. backwards, so that njfinn becomes Jintlfl 5 tben 
 
 T :jv : - T-iv : - 
 
 the vowel-letter H is added, ? 6. a. N. 1. 
 
 3. Forms for Special Study. 
 
 T T -: |T P • T T It • - t - 
 
 --J-- tt] tt: 
 
 4. Observations. 
 
 109. The preposition ?jp /rom is written separately chiefly before 
 the article ; elsewhere it is joined to the following word, the J suf- 
 fering assimilation ; but, if the following word begins with a gut- 
 tural, the D. f. is rejected and the preceding -:- heightened to -^. 
 
 110. The syl. standing second before the tone receives M^thegh, 
 if it is an open syllable. 
 
 111. Three accents of high rank are — Zaqeph qaton, -^ Zaqeph 
 gadh61, -^ K-bhi(a)", ? 24. 4, 5. a, b. 
 
 112. Verbs whose first radical is J assimilate the J whenever it 
 would stand at the close of a syllable. It is then represented by D. 
 f. in the second radical. Such forms are liable to be confused with 
 Pi'el forms. 
 
 5. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. § 69. 1. a — c. The stem of Imperatives. 
 
 2. ? 69. 2. a, b, and N. 1, The inflection of Imperatives. 
 
 3. ? 70. 1. a, b, The Infinitive Absolute. 
 
 4. § 70. 2, The Infinitive Construct. 
 
 5. S 30. 6. a, The 6 that comes by obscuration from L 
 
 6. i 30. 7. a, c, d, The 6 that comes by contraction of au or aw. 
 
Lesson 22. 91 
 
 6. Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. In the "Word-Lists, under List V., nouns numbered 1 — 15. 
 
 2. Make out a list of tte new words in Genesis IL, 19-21. 
 
 7. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) Rule thou (m.), keep ye (f.), 
 sanctify thou (f .), divide ye (m.), fill ye, subdue ye, he thou (f.) sepa- 
 rated, sanctify yourselves, swarm ye; (2) To rule (abs.), to cause to 
 rule (abs.), to Ueep (const.), to sanctify (const.), to sanctify oneself, 
 to he kept (abs.), to he created (const.), to he called (const.), to cause 
 to divide (const.), to rule (const.), to he ruled (abs.). 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) What will God call the 
 great luminary? (2) Who formed every fowl of the heaven? (3) Who 
 gave (Heb., called) names to the fowl of the heaven, and to the heast 
 of the earth ? (4) Flesh, the flesh, to the flesh, in the flesh, and in the 
 flesh; (5) God caused a deep sleep to fall upon the man; (6) I will 
 close the flesh; (7) He found the fruit in the garden. 
 
 3. To be translated into English :-(l) '>m'TM^ \ (2) lOjy-nO ; 
 
 (3) nonan-'?^'? DiNp Nnp-^-na; (4)nNr'p'?; (5)'»rin5f^ 
 inNTie) nnk nW;' (7) D*rr n^ini n^rr n^n^i norr55 
 
 4. To be written in English letters : — Verses 19—21 of chapter 
 II., from the pointed text. 
 
 5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses 19— SI of 
 chapter II., from the unpointed text. 
 
 6. To be written :— The verbs in ? 76. numbered 41 —62 (except 
 Nos. 43, 46—49, 55, 59, 60) in the Imv. 2 m., and the Infinitives (abs. 
 and const.) of those stems in which each verb is there said to occur. 
 
 8. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) The Interrogative Pronouns. (2) Verbs with K as their third 
 radical. (3) Verbs with J as their first radical. (4) Nouns which had 
 
92 Lesson 23. 
 
 originally two short vowels. (5) Preposition | jp. (6) The accents 
 Zaqeph qaton, Zaqeph gadhol, and E'bhila)". (7) The stems and 
 inflection of the various Imperatives. (8) The Infinitives Absolute. 
 (9) The Infinitives Construct. (10) The 6 from L (11) The 8 from aw. 
 
 LESSON XXill.-GENESIS II. 22, 23. 
 
 7. Note-Review. 
 
 (1) D"JN (131); (2)njJ'3 (250); (3) Dmtff^m (202); (4) VriV 
 (80); (5) nriN (37); (6) i(7 (174). 
 
 T V 
 
 2. Notes. 
 
 252. p*'!— way-yi-bhen— a?i(i-(he)-&m7i{; ef. 'y\^: 
 
 a. Shortened from HJ^' (root HJ^), as 3"!* from H^'n* (root fl^'H). 
 
 '.■ ; ■ T T vj' V : • T T 
 
 b. The ending n_ is always rejected from verbal forms with Waw 
 Consecutive ; so ♦fl't not n^jl% ti^^'^X not il'^^^). 
 
 e. p! is difficult to pronounce, so — is inserted under 3, ?? 37. 2. 
 
 d. From the root nJ3 5m'M, come |5 sow, JlS daughter. 
 
 253. ]t>'^T\—ihe-rih; cf. the form before suf. HJ^'^V (248). 
 
 254. np'p— i^e-fooA;; cf. the Qal Impf. hp' (221). 
 
 255. rrtt'N'?— l''i§-Sa— /or-woma»; cf. 5J>>K (v. 23). 
 
 256. HKD^l — wa-y 'bhi-'e-ha — and-he-caused-to-come-her: 
 a. Root xiaV cf. ay) (238); D. f. omitted from ♦. 
 
 I. The n is 3 f. sg. suffix her; — may be called a connecting vowel. 
 
 c. The -^ is i, though written defectively. 
 
 d. In ay — stands, because before the tone ; but in HKD', this ~ 
 has become — , because of the removal of the tone, ? 32. 1. c. 
 
 257. riKr-zo fh-tJiis (l); cf. n'7K (165), iigj,. c. , 
 
 258. DJ/Srr — hap-pa-"am — tJie-stroke, = now : 
 
 a. An a-class Segholate, original a retained, § 106. 2. a. 
 
Lesson 23. 93 
 
 h. — used as a helping-vowel instead of — , ?? 37.2 ;_42. 2. a. 
 c. Article has here its original demonstrative force, this, i. e., this 
 stroke or time, meaning novo. 
 
 259. 'by^O— me-^ga-may— /j-om-6owe«-mj/ ; 
 
 a. D for fp; cf. ^Jl^ and E>>J<a {v. 23), ? 48. 2. 
 
 ^- '5V^ is tJie form taken by Q)i^_ in the jp^wmZ with the suffix 
 meaning my; the form is a difficult one, ?§ 124. 3. a. {l)j 125. 4. c. 
 
 260. n'B'aO— /rom-^es^-mj/; cf. D^^l'l, DhNI? : 
 
 a. Not n^i, but na'a ; cf. 256. d, {j sLi. c. 
 
 b. A singular noun with suffix of 1 person sg. 
 
 261. ^{")5♦— yiq-qa-re'— Ae-(i. e., it)-shall-le-called : 
 a. Niph. Impf. 3 m. sg. of the verb K^D ccdl. 
 
 6. Note the D. f. in, and pretonic — under the first radical. 
 
 262. nNt'tinp.'?— Iu-q°l^z+z6 ih.—was-taken-\-this: 
 
 a. — indicates Pii'al ; eomp'd S'wa under p, tho' not a guttural. 
 6. n indicates Perf. 3 fern, sg.; cf. UriTF- 
 
 T . T :|T 
 
 c. D. f. conjunctive in f, § 15^_3j;_MeJiliSgh before eomp'd S'wi. 
 d D. f. omitted from p, |? 14. 2 ; 32. 3. 6. 
 
 3. Forms for Special Study. 
 
 T}ifor riTf. i)iiDhutmiiO ^"1^ 
 
 }y/or n^y n^|6M« ntj'^ ;;5t 
 
 tj>j;yorrr^:^^»_ iiy hut n^y^ Dl^fl 
 
 4. Observations. 
 
 113. The ending ('7_, with which all Imperfects of verbs having 
 n for the third radical end, falls away after Waw Consecutive. 
 
 114. Two consonants with S°wa seldom stand at the end of a 
 word ; a vowel (— or ^-) is generally inserted for euphony. 
 
 115. A vowel which became long because of proximity to the 
 tone, becomes tone-short (i. e., a half-vowel), when the tone is 
 removed to a distance. 
 
94 
 
 Lesson 23. 
 
 116. Some Segholates have two S'ghdls ; others, those with a 
 guttural for the third radical, have one S'ghdl and one Pathah; 
 still others, those with a guttural for the second radical, have two 
 Pathahs. 
 
 5. Pronouns, Personal Terminations, Pronominal Suffixes. 
 
 iJnN "iotj> 
 
 Nin 
 
 iTe kept or ^as /cep^ ■!<«. 
 
 rjriN nnq^' 
 
 N^n 
 
 She has kept thee (f.). 
 
 im majy 
 
 rrriK 
 
 Thou (m.) ^asi yfcepi ^tV». 
 
 T\m nnotr' 
 
 flN 
 
 Thou (f.) ^si &ep< Aer, 
 
 ?iri^ ♦nioK' 
 
 'DJf? 
 
 I have kept thee (m.). 
 
 ♦n^< np^' 
 
 on 
 
 TApj/ (m.) have kept me. 
 
 priK no^' 
 
 fn 
 
 They (f.) have kept you (f.). 
 
 Dm omotj^ 
 
 Dnx 
 
 Ye (m.) Ztaue Aiepi <Aem (m.). 
 
 ]m \rr\:ap 
 
 friN 
 
 Te (f.) Aa?;e £cp« them (f.). 
 
 n^m '^T\n^ ijmN 
 
 TTe 7ia«e /cepi you (m.). 
 
 [Note.— Let this exercise be ttioroughly mastered; it will be found a most 
 helpful acquisition,] 
 
 6. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. ? 71. 1. a, c, 
 
 2. § 71. 2, 3, 
 
 3. I 58. 2. 6, c, 
 
 4. ? 58. Notes 2, 3, 
 
 5. ? 64. 1-3, 
 
 6. ? 67. 1—3 and Notes, 
 
 The Qal active and passive Participles. 
 The Niph'al and remaining Participles. 
 The stem of the Qal Perfect Statives. 
 Middle A, E and verbs ; Statives. 
 Inflection of Qal Perfect Statives. 
 Inflection of Qal Imperfect Statives 
 
 7. Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. In the "Word-Lists, under List V., nouns numbered 16—30. 
 
 2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis 11. 22, 23. 
 
Lesson 23. 95 
 
 8. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) Ruling, ruled, causing to 
 rule, ruling oneself, being caused to rule; (2) Resting, causing to 
 rest, closing, closed, caused to close ; (3) Eating, causing to rain, find- 
 ing, serving, sanctifying (Pi'el), sanctified (Pu'al), keeping oneself. 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) This (is) the woman whom 
 God created from the man; (2) I will close my flesh; (3) This woman 
 was iaJeenfrom this man; (4) Bone from Ms bone and flesh from his 
 flesh; (5) The waters shall be called seas. 
 
 a. To be translated into English :—(l) IIIK DVJ^) (2) lOVJ? 
 
 nriKfi; (3) -i|)j;pi-fp tr>{<rT n0; w D'on-fp'^nnjii'?; (5) 
 of W"i[5' liN'?;' (6) pj^o W nrr^rr; (7) nrrrai£3rTE''Nri; 
 (8) nN-rn niaiDn ntyKn. 
 
 - T ~ T ■ T 
 
 4. To be written in English letters : — Verses SS, 23 of chapter II., 
 from the pointed text. 
 
 5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses S2, S3 oj 
 chapter II., from the unpointed text. 
 
 6. To be written :— (1) The verbs in § 76. marked 1—40 (except 
 those in which the Qal is marked Q.*, and Nos. 17, 19, 35 and 39) 
 in the Participles of those stems in which each verb is there said to 
 occur ; (2) The verbs in I 76. in which the Qal is marked Q.*, in the 
 Qal Perfect 3 m. sg., 2 m. sg., 2 m. pi., and in the Qal Imperfects 
 m. sg., 2 f. sg., 2 f. pi. 
 
 9. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) Loss of H— (2) Insertion of — and — . (3) The demonstra- 
 tive pronoun. (4) The personal pronoun. (5) The pronominal suf- 
 fixes with the sign of the definite object. (6) The personal termi- 
 nations of the Perfect. (7) D. f . conjunc. (8) D. f. omitted. (9) 
 Pii'al stem. (10) Volatilization. (11) The vowels of Segholates. 
 (12) Qal Participles. (13) Other Participles. (14) Qal Perfect [sta- 
 tive). (15) Qal Imperfect (stative). (16) Statives. 
 
 1 See I 45. 1. 
 
96 Lesson 24. 
 
 LESSON XXIV.-GENESIS 11. 24, 25. 
 
 /, NOTES. 
 
 263. t5"'7J^ — upon-\-so, = therefore; cf. e of |3 and ^ of pS. 
 
 264. "3f^'— ya-'"zobliH — he-shaU-forsake-{-: 
 
 a. For 2i'i^^ but before Maqqeph o becomes 6; root 3ty. 
 
 J- DfJ^' instead of jfj^^' (cf. "^Dp'), because the guttural ^ prefers 
 
 (1) ^ to -^, and (2) — to — U 42. 2. a; 42. 3. h. 
 c. Qal Impf . 3 m. sg. of the guttural verb Hf J/ ; synopsis in Qal, 
 
 y^l^ ^fif,!.' y^.: 5"if:^' ^% ^y, nirj;. 
 
 265. V^a—ii-hhm— father-Ms: 
 
 T 
 
 a. 2f{ father; ^ is an archaic ending peculiar to this word. 
 
 T 
 
 h. T is all that is left of If! Ms or Mm; cf. *| in VflN» 
 
 T - 
 
 266. IQK — 'im-m6 — mother-Ms: 
 
 a. DX mother; "j, the suflSx of the 3 masc. sg. 
 
 h. Before 1, is doubled; — is consequently shortened to—, 2 28. 3. 
 
 267. p5"'? — and-shall-cleave ; cf. ViTl : 
 
 a. Synopsis'in Qal, p^"!, p5"]'. pnirpia*!, pS^, p^l, pD"!. 
 6. 1 with the Perf. is Waw Conversive ; cf. • ") with the Imperfect. 
 
 268. 1ht^'^{5— b°'is-t6-m-wi7e-7iM; 
 
 a. An irregular form of lltyK, before the suffis. 
 
 T 
 
 269. ViTI— ■'^ay-yih-yu— amcf-<Ae2/-were; cf. ViT) : 
 
 a. S'wa under fl is silent, being only a syllable-divider. 
 
 b. M^thegh with -^, to facilitate the pronunciation of the fol. H- 
 
 c. Qal Impf. 3 m. pi. of the verb n'll, with Waw Consecutive. 
 
 T T 
 
 270. Dn'JtJ'— (the) two-of-thetn,= they-two; cf. »J^', QH';) : 
 
 a. 'J^^ is the construct state of the dual D'Jti' two. 
 
 b. Dn is the pronominal suffix of the 3 plur. masc, 
 
 271. D'QIIJ^ — ''riim-mim — naked: 
 
 a. The S'wa under j^, because of distance from the tone. 
 6. The 1 must here be regarded as a short vowel (i. c., an incorrect 
 full writing of ii), on account of the D. f. following. 
 
Lesson 24. 
 
 97 
 
 272. ^tift^^n^—yith-ho-mM—tJiey-will-le-asJiamed : 
 
 a. A formation after the manner of the Hithpa'el. 
 
 b. Imperfect 3 masc. plur. of the root E2''i3- 
 
 c. The — in pause for -r. 
 
 S. Forms for Special Study. 
 
 
 
 -riK 
 
 
 
 
 2. Observations. 
 
 117. The — which is seen in "^bpt was originally a Pathah; this 
 original Pathah is retained before gutturals. 
 
 118. Waw Consec. with the Impf. is -1; with the Perfect, it is ). 
 
 119. The vowel to which -^ is shortened in a closed syl. is ~. 
 
 120. The vowel to which — is shortened in a sharpened syl. is — . 
 
 121. The plural ending □♦_ becomes in the construct ♦ 
 
 122. The dual ending D' also becomes in the construct ♦ 
 
 3. Pronouns, Personal Prefixes and Terminations, 
 Pronominal Suffixes. 
 
 IJ"? 
 
 :iT\y 
 
 Nin 
 
 n^ 
 
 ':it^^n 
 
 N'n 
 
 1*7 
 
 ^T\^n 
 
 nriK 
 
 n"? 
 
 on^ri 
 
 m 
 
 ^^ 
 
 nhjpNt 
 
 '^H 
 
 ♦•? 
 
 inriD* 
 
 en 
 
 I?-? 
 
 nJ?ri5n 
 
 rr» 
 
 DH'? 
 
 nn^n 
 
 nm 
 
 \rf7 
 
 nj^n^n 
 
 \t!^ 
 
 u:h 
 
 nriDJ 
 
 limK 
 
 He will write to us. 
 She will write to thee (f.). 
 Thou (m.) wUt write to him. 
 Thou (f.) wilt write to her. 
 I will write to thee (m.). 
 They (m.) wiU write to me. 
 They (f.) loiU write to you (f.). 
 Ye (m.) will write to them (m.) 
 Ye (f.) will write to them (f.). 
 We will write to you (m.). 
 
Lesson 24. 
 
 5, Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. ? 75, General View of the Strong Verb. 
 
 2. ? 75. R's 1—7, Characteristics of Stems. 
 
 3. ? 77. 1. a— c, Guttural Verbs. 
 
 4. ? 77. 2. a, 6, Contracted Verbs. 
 6. 2 77. 3. a—f, Quiescent Verbs. 
 
 Note 1.— The synopsis of a stem includes (1) the Perf. 3 m. sg., 
 (2) the Impf. 3 m. sg., (3) the Imv. 2 m. sg., (4) the two Infinitives, 
 (5) the Participle or Participles. 
 
 Note 2. — In this general review of the strong verb, master the 
 synopsis of each stem, so that it can be pronounced without hesita- 
 tion, and written with perfect accuracy. 
 
 Note 3. — In this work use the following verbs in addition to the 
 paradigm word : (1) vtJ'iD 'rule, (2) 2ri3 write, (3) HD? capture. 
 
 - T ~ T - T 
 
 6. Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. In the Word-Lists, Lists V. and VI., nouns numbered 31—45. 
 
 2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis II. 24, 25. 
 
 7. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) He will rule, he ruled 
 himself, he will he caused to rule, he thou (m.) ruled; (2) He will he 
 kept, keep thyself (Niph..), he caused to keep, to he caused to keep; (3) 
 He was holy, he shall he sanctified, sanctify thou (Pi'el and Hiph'il), 
 it shall he sanctified; (4) To he created, heing created, causing to 
 divide, to cause to call, ruled, heing caused to keep. 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew : — {]) God will not forsake me; 
 (2) My mother will write to me; (3) The man and the woman hecame 
 (Heb., were for) one flesh; (4) The man was called Adam; (5) The 
 woman forsook her mother, and clave to her hushand. 
 
 3. To be translated into English :— (1) 'tj^'fij 'Z^^^T) iib ; (2) K"? 
 
Lesson 25. 99 
 
 4. To be written in English letters :— Verses 24, S5 of Chapter 
 II., from the pointed text. 
 
 5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses S^, SS of 
 Chapter II., from the unpointed text. 
 
 6. Synopses to be written :— (1) Of "^l^ in Ni. and Hi.; (2) of 
 tyna in Pi. and Pii.; (3) of '^li/'^ in Q&l, Pi., Pii. and Hi.; (4) of 
 IDf in Qal, Ni. and Hi.; (5) o/IHS *'« «ZZ seven stems; (6) o/n33 
 
 -T )- T ■■ T 
 
 (which has ^ in Qal Impf. and Imv.) in Qal, Ni., Pi., Pu., Hi., Hithp. 
 
 8. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) Attenuation of S to i in the preformatives of the QSl Impf. 
 (2) The occurrence of an original a before gutturals in the preform- 
 atives of the Qal Impf. (3) Waw Conversive, or Consecutive, with 
 the Perf., with the Impf. (4) The words for man, woman, his-wife, 
 her-hushand. (5) Dual ending in absolute and construct. (6) Short- 
 ening of e to e and i. (7) Synopses in various stems. (8) Character- 
 istics of various stems. (9) Classes of weak verbs. 
 
 LESSON XXV.-REVIEW. 
 7. Word-Review. 
 
 [In this list of words, the superior figures indicate the verse in which the 
 word, or its derivative, is found. In the case of nouns, the singular absolute 
 is given, in the case of verbs, the root. The student is expected to compare 
 with each word as here given, the various forms of that word which occur in 
 the chapter, e. g., with npK' he wiU compare TOW'!} he-causedrto-drink, l\ippTTh 
 to-cause-to-Arink.2 ^ w \ - , ^ j. 
 
 ^ \ Drr^rirnflyV^nio"'.' \ -y'orf^^^^^W'' ^i^ 
 
 S^ k4^«Q :: '^' k.4ktai9 " (c^ 
 
 
 
 ^v- 
 
 n ~i ii^i*"^''*''^^ 
 
100 
 
 
 Lesson 25. 
 
 
 
 
 2. NOUNS, PARTICLES, 1 
 
 ETC. 
 
 
 ri'b's. 
 
 KDV^ 
 
 w» D'*n^ 
 
 T 
 
 T 
 
 lyi'^xif^ 
 
 yS''- 
 
 T T VJ'." 
 
 1518. 
 
 ]W 
 
 Dn^'12 
 
 DID- 
 
 T T : T : 
 
 rr'p'iai^ 
 
 nN" 
 
 T 
 
 noip" 
 
 "1.U?.''. N> 
 
 T T 
 
 W 
 
 n^n 
 
 B^'N'"!!" 
 
 "Ifli' '75Np9 
 
 w 
 
 t:>>K23 
 
 r^'t!'\r}'^ 
 
 i^T 
 
 Dvi'? 'noi9 
 
 Kirr" 
 
 DN^* 
 
 HDinri^i 
 
 •^1?" 
 
 Bin^2? n3K'?^2 
 
 n.t* 
 
 fjN^ 
 
 
 
 D:;i2^ HNno" 
 
 T T 
 
 r^v^-w 
 
 2. Verse-Review. 
 
 1. Pronounce the pointed text of each verse until it can be read 
 aloud rapidly and without hesitation. 
 
 2. Write out on paper the unpointed text, one verse at a time, 
 and then, without the aid of either pointed text or translation, insert 
 the necessary points and vowel-signs. Compare the result with the 
 pointed text, and note the mistakes ; repeat the exercise till each 
 verse can be pointed without mistake. 
 
 3. Write the Hebrew of the chapter, verse by verse, with only 
 the English translation before the eye. Here also correct the result 
 each time by the pointed text. 
 
 4. Write out the transliteration of each verse, referring in 
 doubtful cases to the transliteration of particular words given in 
 the Notes from time to time. 
 
 8. Grammar-Review. 
 
 1. Long 6 = S., § 30. 6. a. 
 
 2. Long 6 = aw, ? 30. 7. a, c, d. 
 
 3. Heightening of a, i, u, ? 36. 
 
 2. N. [and N. 2. 
 
 4. Volatilization, ? 36. 3. a, b. 
 
 5. Attenuation, ? 36. 4. a, 6. 
 
 6. Simple verb-stem (Qal), ? 68. 
 
 1, 2. a-c, Notes 1-4. 
 
 7. Formation and force of the 
 
 Pi'el stem, i 59. 1, 2. 
 
 8. Formation and force of the 
 
 Pii'al stem, g 69. 3, 4. 
 
Lesson 25. 
 
 101 
 
 9. Formation and force of the 
 Hithpa'el stem, ? 59. 5, 6. 
 
 10. Formation and force of IKph. 
 
 and H8ph. stems, ? 60. 1-4. 
 
 11. Formation and force of the 
 
 NJph'al stem, ? CI. 1, 2. 
 
 12. General view of the verb- 
 
 stems, 2 62. R's 1^. 
 
 13. Inflection of QSl Perf. (act- 
 
 ive), ? 63. R's 1-4. 
 
 14. Inflection of Qal Perf. (sta- 
 
 tive), § 64. 1-3. 
 
 15. Inflection of remaining Per- 
 
 fects, ? 65. 1, 2. 
 
 16. Inflection of Qal Imperfect 
 
 (active), § 66. R's 1-4. 
 
 17. Inflection of Qal Imperfect 
 
 (stative), § 67. 1-3. 
 
 18. Inflection of remaining Im- 
 
 perfects, 2 68. 1-5. 
 
 19. Inflection of the various Im- 
 
 peratives, 2 69. 1, 2. 
 
 20. The various Infinitives (abs. 
 
 and const.), § 70. 1, 2. 
 
 21. The various Participles, 271. 
 
 1-3. 
 
 22. General view of the strong 
 
 verb, ? 75. R's 1-7. 
 
 23. Classification of weak verbs, 
 
 ? 77. 1-3. 
 
 24. Segholate nouns, ? 106. 1. 
 
 4. A Review Exercise on the Strong Verb. 
 
 [ Supply In each case the vowel-points, etc. ; the superior figures denote tho 
 number of places in the para<Jig:m represented hy the accompanying form, c. 
 
 B; in'7Dp» = IJj'pBp, [jFiSap. \'!t>^^l^ 
 
 (1) |n'7£op^ (2) ♦'?£3pn^ (3) rrJ'7£3p^ (4) nn'^topx (5) 
 ')'7Dp^^ (6) n'7CDp.T, m '?'C3p'> (s) M^^^'pn'n, o) m'^opnn, 
 (10) n'^CDpn.T, (11) '?i£Dp^ (12) n'7£oprr, (i3) '7'DpN, (i4) 
 Dn'7tDp.T, (15) 'i^Ci'prr, (i6) "^tDpn', (W) "^coprin^ m) 
 ')'7»£op», (19) n'?'E3prr, (20) ♦'?Dpn, (2i) m'7Dpni2, (22) 
 ij':'£Dp^ (23) '7CDpn^», (24) "^tDpo^, (25) I'^^capH^ (26) H'^DpnrT, 
 
 (27) '^♦tDpi, (28) '7t3pnn^ (29) I'^tDpriD, (30) 'l^'^'p'Q, (31) 
 •^'tDprr^ (32) n'7£3pJ, (33) ')'7t3p«, (34) "^tDpN^ (35) "^DpriN, 
 (36) ♦'rtOpn, (37) n'^CDpJ^ (38) ^'7£3pn^ (39) '?£3pnJ, (40) 
 
 ^^Tin'o, (41) I'^'jspn, (42) Dn'^CDpnn, (43) nj'^cspn^ (44) 
 i'?t3pi (45)♦n'7£^p^ (46)'7C3p'5, (47) '^tDpy, (48) T]:ib^'pr\rf, 
 
102 Lesson 26. 
 
 (49) i7^pm^ (50) 1j'?E3prF^ (51) ♦n'?£3pl (52) '"^Dp^, (53) 
 
 ]rt>tDpx (54) n':)£op«, (55) i'?£op«, (56) '"^'cspn, (57) |n'7Bprr^ 
 
 (58) I^Dpn', (59) "^tDpi", (60) n'7J0p^ (61) 1j'?£0pl (62) 
 
 ^rbtDpn% (63) Qn'?c3p», (w) 'n'^Dpnn, (65) ♦'^copnrr, (66) 
 '7'iDpn\ (67) ]rbtDpnn, m) »'7topnn. 
 
 LESSON XXVI.-GENESIS III. 1-3. 
 
 7. Note-Review. 
 
 (1).Q(49); (2) "^b (108); (3) n*Pr (128); (4) n-TtST? (171); (5) 
 rtfii (255); (6) !»:[; (70); (7) ]t\ (189); (8) Tjlfl? (41); (9) mJ2 
 (229). 
 
 2. IVOTES. 
 
 273. JJ'nirrl— awc?-<Ae-sejycn«.- ?? 49. 1; 45. 1; 107. 1. a. 
 
 274. rr'n-Qal Perf. 3 m. sg. of the 'fi gut. and ff"'? verb nN"! 
 be; meaning, he-was; corresponding form of the strong verb, '?£0p) 
 ?100. 1. a. ''' 
 
 275. DT\}^— cunning: a passive formation, § 108. 1. c. 
 
 276. ntrj;-Qal Perf. 3 m. sg. of the 'fl gut. and n""? verb HJJ'r 
 maJee; meaning, he-made; corresponding form of the strong verb, 
 •^^p, ? 100. 1. a. 
 
 277. fjK — 'aph — also, even: a conjunction. 
 
 278. "IDK-Qal Perf. 3 m. sg. of the K"£l verb IQN; meaning, 
 he-said; conform of strong verb,'?Dp, U 88. 1; 89. (5)" 
 
 279. t>:2iin—t'<i^'-'kMu—ye-shan-eat; of. It^ii") : 
 
 a. ri = *^0M, and with the affix 1 (plur.) indicates Impf. 2 pi. m. 
 h. The }{, as in lt2ii% loses its force, and preform, has 6, ? 88. 1. 
 c. The — under ^ is for — or — U 88. 2; 66. K. 3. 
 
 280. IDKfll — VfSit-to'-meT^and-she-said : 
 
 a. On the form of Waw Consecutive with Impf. see 2 73. 2. a. 
 
Lesson 26. 
 
 103 
 
 h. On the retrocession of the accent, § 73. 3. a. (3). 
 c. On the vowel after fj (6), and the vowel under Q (e), 2 88. 1, 2. 
 <?. Qal Impf. 3 f. sg. of the K"fl verb ION sa^/; meaning, sTie-ioill- 
 say; corresponding form of the strong verb, '7bpri- 
 
 281. '75^<J— nS'-kiel— we-?reai/-ea<; cf . "ION*! : 
 a. J, as in tW^^X (130), is connected with IJn^N. 
 
 6. N loses its force, and the preformative has 6, ? 88. 1, 2. 
 c. Qallmpf .1 pi. com., of the }<"fl verb ^^H; meaning, we-may-eat; 
 corresponding form of strong verb '?bpj, ? 88. 1, 2. 
 
 282. 1j;4n— thig-g-'ii— 2/e-«^a«-toMcA, for Ij^JJn : 
 a. Jn, with 1, indicates Impf. 2 m. pi. 
 
 6. J, the first radical, is assimilated, §? 84. 2. a; 85. (6). 
 c. Qal Impf. 2 m. pi. of the V'Q and '*? gut. verb yjj toitcA; mean- 
 ing, ye-shall-touch; corresponding form of strong verb, I'^Cppri. 
 
 283. |iD 13 l^f^n-The D. 1. in '2 and £), § 12. 3. 
 
 284. jinpri— t"mu-thun— 3/e-«^aZZ-c^ie; cf. IJ^JH : 
 
 a. f1, with !) [V\ archaic, ? 66. R. 3), indicates Impf. 2 m. pi. 
 h. The root is HID <^»e/ "T is defective for 1, 2 6. 4. N. 2. 
 
 5. foflyi/s foff Special Study. 
 
 nDj<»i 
 
 T T 
 
 t?:^iiT} 
 
 "lOK*! 
 
 
 tin 
 
 mn 
 
 lONfl") 
 
 J - 
 
 '?5KJ 
 
 Nn3 
 
 \m^. 
 
 «:)pn 
 
 i'75K:p 
 
 i<1i^ 
 
 |jn-r|in5 
 
 '?'i?n 
 
 
 4. 
 
 Observations. 
 
 
 123. In verbs }i{"fl, the K, in Qal Impf., loses its consonantal 
 force, and the preceding vowel is always 6. 
 
 124. In verbs il"'?) where the H is merely a vowel-letter, and in 
 verbs l^"*?, where the K has lost its consonantal force, the ultimate 
 
104 Lesson 26. 
 
 -^ of the root form (of. "^Dp) is beightened in the open syllable 
 to—. 
 
 125. The prefix fl with the affix ^ indicates an Impf. 2 m. pi. 
 
 126. M^thegh is found with a long vowel in a closed syllable 
 before Maqqeph, and especially with an unchangeable long vowel. 
 
 127. Waw Consecutive with the Imperfect draws the accent 
 from the ultima to the penult, provided the penult is not a closed 
 syllable. ' 
 
 5. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. I 73. 1. a. b, Use of Impf. and Perf. with Waw Cons. 
 
 2. ? 73. 2. a. b, The form of the Conjunction. 
 
 3. § 73. 3. a. b, The verbal form employed. 
 
 4. § 73. 3. R and N's. 1, 2, Special cases. 
 
 5. § 88. 1, 2, Peculiarities of verbs K"£3. 
 
 6- ? 89, The verbs having these peculiarities. 
 
 6. Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. In the Word-Lists, under List VI., nouns numbered 46—60. 
 
 2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis III. 1 — 3. 
 
 7. Principles of Syntax.— Comparison. 
 
 mts^n n''rt bbn dii;; iT'rf ^mn)-And the serpent was 
 
 -T- '^TT TT-: ■* 
 
 cunning from every (= more cunning than any) beast of the field. 
 Principle 6.— Comparison is expressed by means of the prep. ?p. 
 
 S. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew:— (1) The sun is larger than 
 {Heb., great from) the moon; (2) The man is better than the woman; 
 (3) The woman is better than the man; (4) We may eat of all good 
 fruit; (5) She may eat from the fruit of the tree which is in the midst 
 of the garden; (6) We may say, ye (m.) may say, she mil say, I will 
 say. 
 
Lesson 26. (105 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) God created the heavens, 
 and made the luminaries; (2) He made (the) man in the sixth day, 
 and rested in the seventh day; (3) ITe will sanctify the seventh day, 
 and will rest in it; (4) The man will give food to the cattle, and to 
 the fowl of the Jieavens, and will give (Heb., call) to them names. 
 
 3. To be translated into English:— (1) n3tJ''*1 T\^)?; (2) nDK' 
 
 tJ''1p!l; (3) n^^'jfj '^;i>n; (4) ^m\ rr'?i^;j (s) ri^m 
 rinoNi; (6) iiK"?^! r\f^\; (7) rr^a-jxV ^^7l n-is* in|ri 
 
 T 
 
 4. To be written in English letters : — The new words of Genesis 
 III. 1-3. 
 
 5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses 1-3 of 
 Genesis III., from the unpointed text. 
 
 6. To be described:!— The forms ■]TW (1:21),2 ijlp' (2:21), mi 
 (1:17), Nn[5» (2:23), '^'l^' (1: 4), J^'^p' (2:3). 
 
 9. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) The K of verbs K"fi- (2) The vowel of the preformative in 
 the Qal Impf. of verbs K"3- (3) The stem-vowel of verbs Ji{"£3 in 
 the QSl Impf. (4) Waw Consecutive with the Impf. (5) Waw 
 Consecutive with the Perfect. (6) First radical of verbs |"fj. (7) 
 Hiph'il Impf. with Waw Consecutive. (8) The fi-^ of n"7 Impf's 
 with Waw Consecutive. (9) Change of accent with Waw Consecu- 
 tive. (10) D. 1. after a disjunctive accent. (11) The use of M^thegh 
 before Maqqeph. 
 
 1 The description of a verb Includes a statement of (1) the stem, (2) tense, (3) | 
 pers., gren., num., (4) class, (5) root, with its meaning, (6) meaning of the form, / 
 (7) corresponding form of 7Bp ; this order is to be followed rigidly. f 
 
 2 These figures refer to the chapter and verse of the text in which the form / 
 
106 Lesson 27. 
 
 LESSON XXVII.-GENESISIIl.4-6. 
 
 1. Note-Review. 
 
 (1) niO (231); (2) ]^n'Oi^ (284); (3) IJDP (229); (4) JTO (199); 
 (5) Nin (Principle 5). 
 
 2. Notes. 
 
 285. J^"j' — y6-dhe(S)' — Jenowing, = knows; cf . J^f : 
 
 a. Qal act. part. sg. mase. of the V'fl and '7 guttural verb ^T know; 
 
 meaning, Jenowing; corresponding form, vtDp- 
 Z>. The ^ under J^ is Pathat-Artice, §? 82. 1. c. (3); 91. (4). 
 
 286. Q^^^^—'^kho-Vkhem—your-eating; cf. ?]'7D{< : 
 a. The T^ under 3 is 5 shortened from 0, § 74. 3. a. (1). 
 6. Qal Inf. const., for '72ii, with pronominal suffix DO- 
 
 287. iripfl.51 — and-shall-he-opened : 
 
 a. The 1 is Waw Consecutive with the Perfect, ? 73. 2. 6. 
 h. The J is the characteristic of the Niph'al, ? 61. 1. 
 c. Niph'al Perf. 3 c. plur. of the '*? gut. verb HpS open; meaning, 
 ikey-were-opened; corresponding form, l'?£3pj. 
 
 288. D3'J' V— 'e-nS-khem — your eyes : 
 
 a. Eye ^^^j [two] eyes Q^y^; [two] eyes-of^;');, ? 123. 5. 
 6. The grave suffix Dp, always accente'd, 2 61. 1. h. 
 
 289. Dri*^I11— wih-yi-them— a»(f-2/e-«AaZZ-6c ; 
 
 a. \ so written before a consonant with §°w^, is Waw Consecutive. 
 6. Dfl is the personal termination of the Perf. 2 m. plur. 
 c. First radical H, second ♦, third ♦; — under f\ silent. 
 
 290. D'H'7N5-ke'-16-him— Ztfce- God : 
 
 a. For D^rf^NJ) according to ? 47. 3; but }{ is weak and loses its 
 consonantal force, and — unites with — , forming e, ? 47. R. 1. 
 
 291. 'i|i»— y6-dh='g— A;wotoers-o/; cf. ^» (285) : 
 a. The m. plur. const, of ^"1'; note the ending ♦ 
 
 292. iX^iy\—yiairV&-xe'—and-{s\ie)-saw; cf. KT"! and-{\ie)-saw : 
 
Lesson 27. (107 
 
 a. Full form |^H1t^ (cf. n.'n'), but t^__ is dropped {? 100. 5. 6), 
 leaving Klfl; then a helping — is inserted (2 37. 2), and — now 
 standing under the tone, is heightened (2 100. 5. b. (4)). 
 
 293. niXil— (a) delight: a noun formed by prefix fl, ? 115. 
 
 294. D'J'j;'?— «o-«^-[<M)o]-e3/es; U 45. R. 3; 122. 5. a. 
 
 295. nDtlJ^— net-madh — desirable : 
 
 a. Niph. part, of the '£) gut. verb "lOH cZesiVe; meaning, desired or 
 desirable; corresponding form "^DpJ, but the — has become — 
 before H, § 78. 2. 6. 
 
 6. The strong guttural n has simple (silent) S'wa, 2 78. 3. c. 
 
 296. '^'S^n'?— l°has-kil— <o-maA;e-«»se ; 
 
 a. Hiph. Inf. const, of '^OJJ' 6e toise; corresponding form '^♦Lppn- 
 
 b. Synopsis: '7»5^rT, '^'i?:'.', '73^rr, '?3^rT,'?'5^n,y3i?'i3; 
 
 — note the ^ under preformative, except in Perfect. 
 
 297. V\$D-from4ts-fruit: [l)p, (2) HQ, (3)1. 
 
 298. ^J^i^^—and-sTie-gave : feminine of ffl*") (94). 
 
 299. riQJ^— "im-mah— wi<A-^er/ preposition D^ : 
 
 a. n ) arising by contraction from f^ , must be ih, not ah. 
 
 T T JT ' 
 
 8. Forms for Special Study. 
 
 Dp'j'^ or*'!!!,'! n^f?^ D'ri'^K? '?3j<fi frin 
 
 4, Observations. 
 
 128. The ending ♦__ is the construct ending of dual as well as of 
 plural nouns. 
 
 129. The letter Hj of tl^il be, always takes simple (silent) §'wa, 
 unless it is initial. 
 
 130. The Niph'al Perfect and Participle has the prefix J. 
 
 1 The point in B is a Daghes, noting the fact that the preo. S«wa is silent. 
 
108 Lesson 27. 
 
 131. The ~ under J< sometimes contracts with a preceding ~ 
 and gives "^ (^). 
 
 132. Any 3 masc. sg. verbal form of the Imperfect may be made 
 3 /em. sg. by change of ♦ to f). 
 
 5. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. ? 78. Tabular view, Synopsis of ^'Q^ in various stems. 
 
 2. § 78. 1, Rejection of D. f. by the guttural. 
 
 3. g 78. 2. a, b, Preference of gutturals for a-class vowels. 
 
 4. 2 78. 3. a — d, Preference of gutturals for comp'd §'wd. 
 
 5. 2 42. 1 — 3, Peculiarities of gutturals (to be read). 
 
 Note 1. — In the study of this class of verbs, (1) examine closely 
 the synopses, noting the variations from the strong verb, (2) ana- 
 lyze exhaustively all forms given under ? 78. with which you are 
 familiar, (3) master thoroughly the sections indicated to be learned, 
 (4) write without help a complete paradigm of the verb, (5) compare 
 the result with the paradigm given in the grammar. 
 
 Note 2. — In the study of 'f] gut. verbs use for practice (1) HJJJ? 
 stand, (2) '^'2^ serve, (3) pfll be strong. 
 
 6. Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. In the Word-Lists, under List VI., nouns numbered 61—76. 
 
 2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis III. 4-6. 
 
 7. Principles of Syntax. 
 
 D'n'7K J^' *^—For God (is) knowing = For God knows. 
 iD^'J'^. inpiD^l IJQO D5'75N| QV^-In the day of your eating » 
 from it, THEN shall be opened your eyes. 
 
 Principle 7.— The participle is often used for the present tense. 
 Principle 8. — The conjunction ) is frequently used "to connect 
 a statement of time with the clause to which it relates.'' 
 
Lesson 27. 109 
 
 8. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew:— (1) SM caused to serve ; (2) 
 He will he strong ; (3) She was served; (4) I caused to stand; (5) 
 They will cause to stand; (6) Thou (f.) vdlt he caused to stand; (7) 
 It will he said; (8) She will abandon; (9) Te (m.) did abandon; (10) 
 I will he served; (11) Be thou served; (12) To he abandoned; (13) We 
 shall serve; (14) Ye (m.) «AaW stand; (15) 5e strong. 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) Serving thou shalt serve 
 Jehovah; (2) And the man saw the good fruit; (3) And the woman 
 saw that the fruit was good; (4) Their eyes were opened; (5) In the 
 day of your ruling the earth; (6) The woman will eat tlie fruit, and 
 of (=from) it she will give to her husband, who will eat with her. 
 
 3. To be translated into English :— (1) nSrfJnX (Itf Nfl rFflp'? 
 
 {r^N"? \m'\ ; (2) riK-rn n'm^i ni«'i nsn-nx jn? ♦p ; '(s) ;^j;n 
 '^♦p^n'p im^; (4) I'^n n$-nj< Hm\ tr'Nrj; (5) D'h"?^ 
 
 4. To be written in English letters : — The new words of Genesis 
 III 4-6. 
 
 5. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Verses 4 — 6 of 
 Genesis III., from the unpointed text. 
 
 6. To beSwritten out :— Synopses, as indicated in i 79, of the 
 verbs numbered 6„ 9, 11, 20, 24. 
 
 7. To be described :-The forms tlinp, rr'^lf^V -yV^j n'ltJ'JI^, 
 
 i3i[, nj5?if|3, rr^ji^,^, n^ri^.. 
 
 9. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) Dual abs. affix. (2) Dual const, affix. (3)11 with—, {i) And- 
 he-saw, and-she-saw. (5) Apocopation of H— • (6) Formation of 
 feminine nouns. (7) Synopsis in Hiph. of '?5^- (^^ Contraction 
 of — and — . (9) Synopses of verbs 'fl guttural. (10) Peculiarities 
 of verbs 'S guttural. 
 
110 Lesson 28. 
 
 LESSON XXVIII.-GENESIS III. 7-10. 
 
 1. Note-Review. 
 
 (1) nn'^W (88,270); (2) nn (15); (3) in^'j;? (268); (4) ♦:$ (13); 
 (5) riTn;j(41); (6) firr(189); (7) Nnp'.KSD); (8) D-IN(131). 
 
 2. Notes. 
 
 300. rrJflpflfll— a»w^-(tliey, t)-were-opened; cf . lift* : 
 
 a. Nipli'al (note D. f. in and — under 3), Impf. 3 fern. (HJ) plur. of 
 the '"H) guttural root PlpQ ; corresponding form nJ*?Dpri. 
 
 301. U»^-"^-ng-e2/es-oj^- cf. D^'J^jj!. (288), D'jrj/(294). 
 
 302. 'ij^l*'! — way-ye-d]i''u — arid-ihey-knew : 
 
 a. Qal Impf. 3 m. plur. of the V'fl and '*? gut. verb ^T /uwoio. 
 
 J. Corresponding form, l'?C3p' ; the first radical 1, being weak, drops 
 
 out, and -^ now standing in an open syl., is heightened, § 90. 2. a. (1). , 
 c. Methegh with long vowel before vocal §'wa pretonio, ? 18. 2. 
 
 303. D'Q"1'1^ — 'e-riim-mim — naked : irregular plural of DT^- 
 
 304. on — hem — t?iey{m.) : cf. the other form (11211, pron. suf. Qr?- 
 
 305. nSri*! — way-yith-p'ru — and-ihey-sewed : 
 
 a. QSl Impf. 3 m. sg. of "Ififl sew; cor. form, I'^COp'; 3 m. sg. Iflri*- 
 
 b. Synopsis: nflnTiflrirHiDi;!, nififi, -iSiti, Hfih, "nflri. 
 
 306. ttm-'U-leaf-of: abs. sg. tl^il- 
 
 307. iliVtn—t^''e-na,— Jig-tree : note the Zaqeph-qaton. 
 
 308. ^\2^^''y—wa,y-ya,-"'s^—and-they-made; cf. tl^j^*1 arecZ-Ae-macZc. 
 
 309. ^i;Q\?/''!)-and-they-heard ; cf. n£)n*5 (305).' 
 
 310. ^'ip—qol-voice; cf. "73 (kol) all. 
 
 311. ^7llf)p— waZ/cmgr; Hithpa'el participle of ^"^n waZA. 
 
 312. N5rin»l-a«cZ-(he)-AicZ-7umseZ/; cf. rfHiimT^ S jC .7 Jl ' 
 /-313. rr3*N— 'ay-y(5k-ka— w^ere-(art)-<Aoif.?.- -' ,"> \' \ 
 
 a, fii where, with union syllable j_j 2 74. 2. c. (3). 
 
Lesson 28. Ill 
 
 b. nS, a fuller writing for ^TT, the pronominal su£5x. 
 
 314. ''t^}^f2ti^—I-heard ; corresponding form ^i^T^DD; oi. 'finj. 
 
 • ; ^- T • : J- )t ■ j- t 
 
 315. ai^ay—war't-Tsi'—and-I-wcis-afraid : 
 
 ■JT • It 
 
 a. • X the Waw Consec, before a guttural, loses D. f. and becomes X 
 h. ^ indicates the first person I; the root is }<")♦ he-afraid. 
 c The accent T'^bhir^ {,), and that under '>i^)^^, Tiphha (J, are 
 disjunctives of the third class, ? 22. 10, 11. 
 
 316. KptlKl— wa-'e-ha-bhe'— ajM?-/-&'<:Z-m.3/seZ/.- ^-t j-j P? fX 
 rt. On 1 and ji{ see preceding note (315. a). / " "^ ' 
 i. Niph'ai Impf. 1 c. sg. of the 'fl gut. and X"*? verb N^n Mde. 
 
 c. D. f. rejected from n, and preceding vowel heigh"Eene37? 78. 1. 
 
 3. Forms for Special Study. 
 4. Observations. 
 
 133. 'l, before theirs* person (X)> becomes V 
 
 134. Of two S'was in the middle of a word the first is a syllable-/ 
 divider, the second a half -vowel. 
 
 135. An aspirate, although preceded by a vowel-sound, will have 
 D. 1. if the preceding word have a disjunctive accent. 
 
 136. Where a closed syllable would have i, an open syllable has e. 
 
 137. The HithpS'el^s je^^jallyj;?.!^^^ ' ^^ Niph'al was orig- 
 inally reflexive, and in common usage frequently has this force. 
 
 5. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. § 80. Tabular View, Synopses of ^i^Ti in various stems. 
 
 2. ? 80. 1. a, b, and N. 1-3, Rejection of D. f . by the guttural. 
 
 3. § 80. 2. a-c, Preference of the guttural for &. 
 
 4. ? 80. 3, and Notes 1, 2, Preference of the gut. for comp'd g'wl 
 
 5. i 42. i-3, Peculiarities of gutturals (to be read). 
 
112 Lesson 28. 
 
 Note 1.— In the study of this class of verbs (1) examine closely 
 the synopses, noting the variations from the strong verb, (2) analyze 
 exhaustively all familiar forms given under 2 80. 1-3, (3) master 
 thoroughly the sections indicated to be learned, (4) write witJumt 
 Jielp a complete paradigm of the verb, and (5) compare the result 
 with the paradigm given in the grammar. 
 
 Note 2. — In the study of '^ gut. verbs, use for practice (1) 7^?J| 
 redeem, (2) "inO hasten, (3) nilB' destroy, (4) Tfl^ hless. 
 
 6. Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. In the Word-Lists, under List VII., the nouns numbered 77 — 84. 
 .2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis III. 7 — 10. 
 
 7. Principles of Syntax. 
 
 D'Qiyn nX D'rt'?^ H'yU—God created tlie heavens. 
 
 ■J- T - " • v: T T 
 
 D'n''7i< Dflj* n"!!3'5— ^'i<^ God blessed them. 
 fil3 *rij^OJi^ ?]'7b"nK — Thy voice I heard in the garden, 
 
 Pi'inciple 9. — The object of the verb generally stands after both 
 predicate and subject ; but if the object is pronominal it stands be- 
 tween the predicate and subject ; or, if the object is to be empha- 
 sized it stands hefore both predicate and subject. 
 
 8. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) He will redeem ; (2) Re- 
 deem iIiou(i.); (3) They {m.) will redeem; (4) Ye blessed (Pi.); (5) 
 We shall be blessed; (6) Bless ye (m.) ; (7) Thou shalt be blessed; 
 (8) Thou didst hasten {Pi.) ; (9) We shall hasten; (10) To destroy 
 (Pi.); (11) Destroying; (12) Ye destroyed. 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) Thou didst hear the voice 
 of God from the heavens; (2) Let us make for ourselves large gird- 
 les ; (3) They will hide themselves (Ni., or Hithp.) in the garden; (4) 
 
Lesson 29. 113 
 
 This is the day in which Jehovah spohe to the man in the midst of 
 the garden, of Eden; (5) Ood blessed the man and his seed; (6) Bless 
 thou (f.), my soul, the God of the heavens. 
 
 3. To be translated into English:-{1) nin'-JlS^t D^p^'H l^lj?!; 
 
 (4) D^p^rr ♦ri'??^ r]n3; (5) nin* q^ ^l^i* pxii '?3|- 
 
 4. To be written in English letters : — Thknew words of Genesis 
 III. 7-10. yw-'a-i 
 
 5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses 7 — 10 of 
 Genesis III., from the unpointed text. 
 
 6. To be written out; — Synopses as indicated in ? 81, of the 
 verbs numbered 2, 3, 8, 19, 24, 27. 
 
 7. To be described :— The forms 'THyX Dpntia, Dr)?1J3 
 
 nD^'> "iD?'> ''?^J- 
 
 9. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) The 1 of verbs V'fl in the Qal Impf. (2) The vowels 6 and o- 
 (3) Cases of Niph'al and Hithpa'el stems in this Lesson. (4) •! be- 
 fore J<. (5) The peculiarities of gutturals as exhibited in verbs '^ 
 guttural. (6) Synopses of verbs "^ guttural. (7) Synopses of the 
 strong verb 'PCOp- (8) The personal pronoun. (9) The inseparable 
 prepositions. (10) The Waw Conseo. with Perfect and Imperfect. 
 
 LESSON XXIX.-GENESIS III. 11-14. 
 
 7. Note-Review. 
 
 (1) 1 Jaa (229) ; (2) DIKH (131) ; (3) ntS'K (255) ; (4) ]0 (49) ; 
 
 JV • T T JT T ■ I 
 
 (5) niDNni (280); (6) B^'mH (273); (7) ,10.13 (125); (8) p?]! (128); 
 
 V J - T T - T " . 
 
 (9) tVi^r\ (171); (10) '75Kn (228). 
 
114 Lesson 29. 
 
 2. Notes. 
 
 317. n'JirT-(lie) Tnad^hnovm; cf. 'y^'O'Ti, M'- UQ\ ■ 
 
 a. Hiph'il ((*!) Perfect 3 sg. m. of the V'Q verb HJJ make Icnoion, 
 
 b. Cor. form' '?^tD^rf; Synopsis, H'jrT, 1»J», njrr, njri, I^J,! 
 TJD ; tte D. f. in J is for the assimilated j, 2 84. 2. i. 
 
 318. Tl'?— preposition "?, with suffix ?|, ? 51. 3. 
 
 319. nm-pausal for tim, U 50. 2 ; 88. 2. 
 
 320. |j:rr— h-min— ?-/rom, ?§ 46. 1; 48. 
 
 321. ?|»ri*11f— §iw-wi-thi-kha— Z-commaMcZecZ-f^ee; cf. IV'l: 
 a. Pi'el Perf. 1 sg. of the 1"^ verb m^f command, § 100. 
 
 6. Cor. form, ?l'fl'?^p ; but instead of *?_, we have ♦ = ^ = i ; 
 
 ? 100. 3. &. " ' ' 
 
 c. 'in =7/ ?J = i^e; D. f. in 1, characteristic of Pi'el. 
 
 322. ^Pb^b—to-not: prep. "7, and ♦r)'75) ^^^^ ^^S- iised with Inf 's. 
 
 323. -"^DK— '°kh6H {to)-ea*.- Qal Inf. const, before Maqqeph, 
 
 U7. 2. 
 
 324. niiriJ — na-that-ta — thou-gavest; cf. fl'ptOp : 
 
 a. Qai Perf! 2"sg. m. of the f'fi verb fflj, ? 84.' 2. K. 3. 
 
 6. The n at the end is not usual ; the ending is generally t^^ 
 
 : T 
 
 325. '"TOJ^— "im-ma-dhi — wiih-m^: note Zaqeph qaton, ? 24. 4. 
 
 326. ♦'?-rrJr)p^Nin— bi' na-th'nal+li— s/ie gave+to-m^, ? 15. 3 : 
 a. The "pronjoumffsed' as subject of a verb is expressed whenever, 
 
 as here, it is emphatic. 
 
 327. '?pk'l— wa-'6-khel— amcZ-J-aie; cf. K^Hj!?!, in>^\-- 
 
 a- b'ia is for "^^pK^, of which the radical K i's iost, {^sJl. N. 
 6. O, the form of Waw Consecutive with the Impf., becomes *) be- 
 fore K, § 73. 2. a. (2). 
 
 828. DNf-rrO— inaz+z6th— wAai+i^w.? U 54. 2. a; 52. 1. c. 
 
 329. n'K';^— <^oM-(f.)-Aas<-cZo?ie; Jy^ilwu (f.); on ♦_ see § 100. 3. 6. 
 
 330. ♦JN'tS^rr— hK-§i-'a-ni-(he) deceived-me; cf. I'jr^: 
 
Lesson 29. 115 
 
 a, *J is the pron. suf. of 1st pors., -^ the so-called connecting vowel, 
 
 iu. 1. c. N. 1. 
 6. N'SS'n, Hiph. Perf. 3 m. sg. of Kt^^'J, J being assim., ? 84. 2. h. 
 
 331. riNt n^tJ*!^— 'a-si-thaz z6th— <7iot«-{m.)-Aas«-d!oMe ?7iis ; 
 
 T J' ^T 
 
 «• ri^B'J/ = ihou-[i.)-hast-done; fl^B'i^ = <AoM-(m.)-Aa«<-c7one. 
 &. D. f. in t is conj., 2 15. 3 ; accent over flKf, S-gholta, ? 24. 3. 
 
 332. "IIIK— 'a-rfir— cMz-set^; Q51 Part. Pass, of ni.X, 2 71. 1. c. 
 
 333. ^yi75-%-&e"2// of- D'Vn^, n'ixa : 
 
 a. The — of JirU becomes — when the suf! is added, ? 125. 1. a. 
 
 b. The 6 is written defectively ; the suffix is ?] with —. 
 
 334. tl'7ri~the-lekh — ihou-shalt-go : 
 
 a. The root is IpT), or rj"?*, U 102. 14, 15 ; 90. 2. E. 3, 
 6. The prefix jl = *Aom (m.); cor. form of "^tOp is "^Dpfl- 
 
 335. ^D''—days-of; sg. DV. plur. Q»0», plur. const. 'Q*. 
 
 " : ■ T •■ : 
 
 336. ?j**n— hay-yfi-kha — thy-Uves ; from the plur. D**n : 
 a. On the vowel ♦ (e) see ? 30. 5 and 6. 
 
 3, foff/j/s foff Special Study. 
 
 T J- ^T • T : fr T : |T T t at 
 
 • • - ■ ^T T J- ^T T -J- T T : |T T 
 
 4. Observations. 
 
 138. The radical J, when it would stand at the end of a syllable, 
 is assimilated. 
 
 139. The Interrog. pronouns are 'p who?, and •T\'Q lohat?. 
 
 140. fn = tJioio (m,), fl = tlum (f.), but both have their aspirated 
 sound {th) when a vowel precedes. 
 
 141. D. f. conj. may or may not be accompanied by Maqqeph. 
 
 142. The personal termination fl thou (m.) is generally written 
 
 T 
 
 without, though sometimes with, the vowel-letter n. 
 
116 Lesson 29. 
 
 143. In pause ^^ becomes t; and frequently the tone is shifted 
 from the ultima to the penult. 
 
 5. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. § 82. Tabular View, Synopses of llDp in various stems 
 
 2. ? 82. 1. a, h. Preference of the guttural for a. 
 
 3. ? 82. 1. c, Insertion of Pathah-furtiVe. 
 
 4. ? 82. 1. d, Insertion of ~^ in Perfects 2 f. sg. 
 
 5. ? 82. 2, Preference of the gut. for comp'd S'wd,. 
 
 6. ? 82. 2, Notes 1, 2, The Mph. and Pi'el Inf's abs. 
 
 7. 2 42. 1-3, Peculiarities of gutturals [to he learned). 
 
 Note 1. — Treat as directed in former Lessons the familiar forms 
 in ? 82. 1, 2. 
 
 Note 2.— In the study of '*? guttural verbs use for practice (1) 
 na'to aiwint, (2) n'2^' send-, (3) ^'2'!^ swear, (4) j;02f' hear. 
 
 6. Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. In the Word-Lists, under List VII., nouns numbered 85—94. 
 
 2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis III. 11 — 14. 
 
 7. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) Twill anoint; (2) He will 
 cause to anoint; (3) Sending, sent; (4) Thou (f.) didst hear; (5) He 
 will send; (6) I swore (Niph.); (7) I will swear; (8) She caused to 
 send; (9) To anoint; (10) We shall send {¥i' el); (11) Cause thou {m.) 
 to send; (12) To he sent. 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) Se told the man that he 
 was good; (2) Hast thou eaten fruit from the tree of lives f (3) Wlio 
 gave the woman to the man ? (4) He gave me fruit and I ate ; (5) She 
 gave him fruit and lie ate; (6) I gave her fruit and we ate. 
 
 3. To be translated into English :— (1) WiTfip b^H^l tOD'' ; 
 
Lesson 30. 117 
 
 nnp'? D'on-Ton; (5) liiao nnx "jn^in; (6) mn^-na 
 
 T : |j-T ■-! I • -: jv ■ T - T -: t : |t 
 
 ■ T T ■ It 
 
 4. To be written in English letters: — The new words of Genesis 
 
 III. n-u. 
 
 5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses II-I4 of 
 chapter III., from the unpointed text, 
 
 6. To be written out : — Synopses as indicated in ? 83, of the 
 verbs numbered 1, 2, 9, 11, 20, 22. 
 
 7. To be described:— The forms hlOy', llfl*, V^\, TOV!- T}h 
 
 8. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) The i of verbs f'f) in the Hiph. (2) He Interrogative. (3) 
 The negative used with the Infinitive. (4) The peculiarities of the 
 verb mi. (5) O before K- (6) D. f. conjunctive. (7) The Interrog- 
 ative pronouns. (8) Jl and tH^- (9) The peculiarities of gutturals 
 
 T, T ■ 
 
 as exhibited in verbs '7 guttural. (10) Pathah-furtive. (11) The 
 helping-vowel — in Perfects 2 f . sg. (12) Synopses of the strong 
 verb. (13) Synopses of the '*? guttural verb lllDp- 
 
 LESSON XXX.-GENESIS III. 15-17. 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 337. nD'NI — ^We-bha — and-enmity: a fem. noun, from root ^[H. 
 
 338. n'^'K— J'-wi^Z-i'M*/ N = I, the root being fl'ti'' (*"y) P'"*' 
 a. Observe the R'bhi(a)', § 24. 5. 6. 
 
 339. S^f— %-«eccZ; tliPii her-seed; of. Ij^"!? his-seed. 
 
 340. nSltj'* — he-shall-hruise-thee; liflltJ'n thou-sJialt-hruise-him: 
 a. The qIi Impf. of Cjie' is ^WH^ m- sg.),' rjlE'ri (2 m. sg.). 
 
 h. When the tone is smited the a under ♦ and JH becomes —. 
 c. Ti with — = </iee (m.); 1Jl_. is a strengthened form of IH ^ww», 
 2 74. 2. c. (3) and Note 1. '' 
 
118 Lesson 30. 
 
 341. JJ'K") — liead, and ^pi^ AeeZ are accusatives of specification. 
 
 342. r\'2r\'n—ociusing-to-he-great: irreg. for rf^in, Hiph. Inf. 
 
 T : — •• : 
 
 Abs. of r73"l multiply. 
 
 343. T\'2r\^~I-'>«ill-cause-to-he-great: Hiph. Impf. 1 sg. of n^n, 
 ? 100. l.b.' 
 
 344. TlJlDVi?— 'ig-e-bhe-nekh— %-(f.)-so7TOM .• 
 
 a. fia^;;(root:3^j;,fonnative addition |1, ? 119. 3) becomes flDVi' 
 
 when the tone is shifted, as before the pron. suffix, i 125. 1. a, 
 h. The 2 fern. pron. suf. is ?]; "^ is the so-called connecting vowel. 
 
 345. ^Jnn— i%-concepti(7n.- \T\T] with Tl and — , see 344. h. 
 
 346. 3yj^— sorrow.- an a-class Segholate, ? 106. 1. a. 
 
 347. 'l'?n— te-l'dhi— <AoM-{f .)-s7iaZ«-6n«f7-/or<A ; 
 
 a. For 'l'?iri (cf. '"pPP^^- ^^^ 1> being weak, drops out and — , in 
 
 an open syllable, becomes ~^, § 90. 2. a. 
 h. Eoot "iy^ = l"?! ; Impf. 3 m. sg. -J*?*, for I'^V- 
 c. f) and ♦ are fragments of 'j^K; the older form of t^'^i i 50. 3. c. 
 
 348. D'J^ — bha-nim— sons.- irreg. plur. of 73 aoii. 
 
 349. tlhplty'fl— t-su-qa-thekh— %-(f .)-tZesire ; 
 a. Abs. HDwH) a feminine formation, § 115. R. 
 
 6. Const, np'it:)^;), suf. Tj with -r- ; cf. rjjhrr (345), r|ji::vj? (344). 
 
 c. Before t[ , "^ in an open syllable becomes ^r, § 124. 2. 
 
 350. T[3-'7a''a»— yim-sol+bakh— ^e-s^aZZ-rMZe+m-<Aee (f.) : 
 a. -'7trD» for'V^'O* before Maqqeph, ? 17. 2; cf. "^b, -'^y 
 
 T : • : ■ I" 
 
 &. T[3 = in-ihee (f.); cf. ?T3 in-thee (m.), § 51. 3. 
 
 351. ijriB'K— 'i§-ti5-kha-%-M;iye; pausal for iqilj?''}*, ? 38. 1.N.: 
 a. D indicates the feminine, here attached to 6y}< ; cf. const. TWi^- 
 h. S'gholta repeated according to I 23. 6. 
 
 352. ninK-fem. sg. of "inX (332), QSl Part. pass, of Tlf^ 
 
 T : T - X 
 
 curse. 
 
 353. ?|Snj^j3— bS-'-bhil-r^-kha— ore-accoMii^o/-<Aee.- 
 
Lesson 30. 119 
 
 a. A compound preposition, T|2^3 = on-account-of, for-the-sake-of. 
 
 b. ?j with the preceding — changed to — as in !riri^i<, ? 38. 1. K 
 
 c. D. 1. in 3 because of preceding disjunctive, Tiph^a ( i ), ? 22, 10 
 354. n}i'73iiD—i^'-^^''^6ri-na,—thou-{m.)-shalt-eat-it : 
 
 a- ^DKrTis QSl'lmpf. 2 sg. masc. of ^2ii eat, ? 88. 1. 
 
 6. njl— is for (Ij , a strengthened form of H, just as '|j|_ (in 
 
 liSitl'fl) was for>inj_; note carefully ? 74. 2^ c. (3) and N.1,2. 
 
 2. Forms for Special Study. 
 5. Observations. 
 
 144. In pausal forms there stands between the verb and the 
 pronominal suffix a syllable, J_; the H of IH and H is assimilated 
 backwards and represented in the J by D. f . 
 
 145. Between the usual form of the noun and the 2 fern. sing, 
 pron. suffix ^ there stands the vowel -^. This is commonly called 
 a connecting vowel; it is really an old case-ending (cf. ?124. 1. 6. (1)). 
 
 146. The of the Qal Impf. is changeable (o), and before Maq- 
 qeph becomes 8. 
 
 147. The — which stands before the suffix !n is a volatilization 
 of an original -^, which in pause is restored, and heightened to e. 
 
 148. The T- which stands directly before the tone is volatilized 
 when the tone is shifted, as before affixes for gender and number. 
 
 4. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. ? 84. Tabular View, Synopses of ^tD^ in various stems. 
 
 2. ? 84. 1. a, b. Loss of J in Qal Inf. const, and Imv. 
 
 3. i 84. 2. a, b. Assimilation of J. 
 
 4. 2 84. 2. N. 1, The preformative vowel in Hoph'al. 
 
 5. I 84. 2. E's 2, 3, The verbs Hp? and ffli 
 
120 Lesson 30. 
 
 Note 1. — In the study of this class of verbs, follow the order in- 
 dicated in previous Lessons, analyzing exhaustively the familiar 
 forms given under § 84. 1, 2 and Remarks 1 — 3. 
 
 Note 2. — Use for practice (1) ^jlJ make hnown, (2) '^flj fall, 
 
 ~T " T 
 
 (3) K'JJ approach. ' — ' 
 
 5. Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. In the Word-Lists, under List VII., nouns numbered 95—104. 
 
 2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis III. 15 — 17. 
 
 6. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Approach thou, to ap- 
 proach; (2) She will approach, I shall approach; (3) They made 
 known (Hi.), thou (f.) wilt make known; (4) It will he made known; 
 (5) / shall take, to take, take thou, taking; (6) Thou shalt give, 1 
 shall give, to give, give thou(viy.); [7) Be will fall, he will cause to 
 fall. 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) Between thee and between 
 me; (2) Between him and between her; (3) God made known to the 
 woman that the mun should rule over her; (4) Thou (f.) didst hear 
 the voice of thy husband; (5) Cursed is the earth because thou didst 
 eat from this tree; (6) I will give thee food all the days of thy lives. 
 
 3. To be translated into English:— (1) ty'{<{n"'?N TSTiWT); 
 
 (4) w ra riin'-'7K trii ; (S) aica nipt wribab hrb^'^ 
 
 4. To be written in English letters -.—The new words of Genesis 
 III. 15—17. 
 
 5. To be written with points and vowel-signs :— Verses 15—17 of 
 Genesis III., from the unpointed text. 
 
 6. To be written out :— Synopses as indicated in 2 85, of the 
 verbs numbered 5, 7, 8, 10, 13, 28. 
 
 7. To be described :— The forms ntJ^'JI, ;^J, Hfl', ^D*, Ij^Jil, 
 
Lesson '^1. 121 
 
 7. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) Strengthened form of the pronominal suffix 1,1, of the pron. 
 suf. ,1- (2) The pron. suf. of the 2 f. sg. (3) Thou (f.) shalt bear. 
 
 T 
 
 (4) The accent S'gholta; its repetition. (5) Cursed (m.), Cursed (f.). 
 (6) Change of — to 6. (7) n_ and M_.. (8) Loss of J. (9) Assim- 
 ilation of y (10) — in sharpened syllables. (11) Synopsis and 
 peculiarities of Hp'? ; of |r\J- (12) Synopses of "jDJ in various 
 stems. 
 
 LESSON XXXI.-GENESIS III. 18-21. 
 
 /. Notes. 
 
 355. fT'tyiir\—i^-wi^i-<'0'''^e-to-spring- forth: Hiph. of HOlfi 
 ? 82. 1. c. (1). ' 
 
 356. 1*?— pausal for l'? for-thee (m.); I*? =for-thee (f.). 
 
 357. fl'75^'! — -Accent on ultima, because of the Waw Consec, 
 U 21. 4 ; VsJi b. 
 
 358. nyQ—b'ze-'ath— i)t-«wca<-o/; const, of il^t. 
 
 359. ?|*|)J>{— 'ap-pe-kha — thy-nostrils; from tlK nose : 
 
 a. Sg. t]^{,' dual D'flN, form before ?j (or H) 'flX ; of. Tl'^n. 
 
 6. The Daghei-forte in Q also serves as Daghes-lene, 2 13. 2. N. 1. 
 
 c. On the disjunctive accent PaSta ( ^ ) see §2 22. 8 ; 23. 5, 6. 
 
 360. on'?— 1^-bSm— Sreac?; cf. DPf? IT3 Bethlehem. 
 
 361. ?!51^~*%-''e<Mmmg'; Qal Inf. const, with pron. suffix: 
 a. 'iOp is for "^pp or "713^ ; aiJ^ is for i^tJ' or SV^'. 
 
 6. The root is pronounced 31JJ'i because the Pei-fect 3^ contains 
 only two radicals, ? 65. 3. 
 
 362. il^^D-fromrher: for rTJSJQ; cf. Mm for inJOO, ? 51- 5. b. 
 
 363. firTl5'?~l'il-qah-ta— «AoM-Mas<-<aA;ej», ?? 59. 4. 6; 38. 2. 
 
 364. 'yWT\—tlwu-shaU-retum; cf . mOfl (231) : 
 
 a. Qal Impf. 2 m. sg. of the Y'j; verb ^ItJ' ««»/ cor. form, "^bpfl- 
 
122 Lesson 31. 
 
 ^- '7i^pii\ is for "^ypfl, the —being attenuated, the— heightened, 
 c- y]t^lr\ (corresponding to '7ppJj1) becomes ^ItJ'fl by contraction 
 of 5 to !) and heightening of -^ to — . 
 
 365. nin— baw-wa— jEJwe; cf. iTH life. 
 
 366. Nin-hi', not hiw'— she: for X^H, ? 50. 3. a. 
 
 367. nn'n— ia-y'tha— s^-Mas ; 
 
 a. QSl Perf. 3 f. sg. of the '£) gut., and n""? verb n'rt 6e, g 100. 4. 
 6. Methegh with a long vowel before vocal S'wa pretonic, i 18. 2. 
 
 368. DN-but IQN (266): DK is for pJpX, ? 106. 2. c. 
 
 369. *n — pausal for 'n ; an adjective meaning living. 
 
 370. r)lJn3~k8th-n6th — tunics-of; const, pi. of JlJri3- 
 
 371. D5J'3'?*'l — way-yal-bi-sem — and-he-caiised-them-to-put-on : 
 a. Hiph. Impf. 3 m. sg. of tJ'D'?, with suffix □ joined by -^. 
 
 6. The -^ under 3 is i, though written defectively. 
 
 2. Forms for Special Study. 
 
 1. Verbal Forms r-rt'oyt'. ^"p^f?!' '?5^<i^. ^?i£f' rinjp,'?. 
 nityri, rtn»rr, a'^^^i, D^^ji-' 
 
 2. Nominal Forms :-a^j;, Drf? ; ")£)j;, DIX ; flp, 11^- 
 
 S, Principles of Syntax. 
 
 on? vDKfl ^'3K riJS^f? — •^'*) or a< the cost of, the sweat of thy 
 
 nostrils (= face) thoii shalt eat bread. 
 
 Principle 10.— The preposition 3 may denote the condition in 
 which, or the cost at which a thing may be done, i. e., the manner 
 or the price. 
 
 4, Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. ? 88. 1, 2, The peculiarities of verbs N"£). 
 
 2. § 98. Tabular View, Synopses of NCOp in various stems. 
 
Lesson 31. 123 
 
 3. § 98. 1, Pinal K in verbs K""?. 
 
 4. i 98. 2. a, h, 3. a-c, Medial K in verbs K""?. 
 
 Note 1.— In the study of verbs K"fl and X"*?, follow the order 
 , indicated in previous lessons, analyzing exhaustively the familiar 
 forms given under U 88. 1, 2 and 98. 1-3, and Kemarks. 
 
 Note 2.-Use for practice (1) "lOK say, (2) H'^Dflnd, (3) in\) 
 call. 
 
 5. Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. In the Word-Lists, under List VII., nouns numbered 105—115. 
 
 2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis IIL, 18—21. 
 
 6. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew:— (1) Tewill say, I shall say, 
 she will say, thou (f.) wilt say; (2) I shall eat, we shall eat, they will 
 eat; (3) Se mil he created, he will cause to call, he was created, he 
 will be caused to call; (4) They called, she caused to find, thou (f.) 
 wilt find; (5) J created, ye were created, thou wast caused to call, we 
 filled (Pi'el); (6) They (f .) will call, ye (f .) will he created, call ye (f .). 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) The earth caused to sprout 
 forth for man grass and herhs and thorns and thistles; (2) We found 
 in the field the fruit which God commanded (nilf ) not to eat; (3) 
 
 T ■ 
 
 Tlie man shall die, and unto the dttst he shall return; (4) I shall call 
 tfie name of my wife Eve; (5) Ihave found my mother; (6) Uve was 
 the wife of (Jltl'N) -Adam, and the mother of all living; (7) Adam 
 was Eve's hushand. 
 
 3. To be translated into English :— (1) njll tJ^'K n»rr '0 1 (2) 
 
 T^T|V 1 ■ T T^T V : • |T t'^- V "I T 
 
 4. f be written in English letters : — The new words of Genesis 
 III. 18—21. 
 
124 Lesson 32. 
 
 5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses 18—31 of 
 Genesis III., from the unpointed text. 
 
 6. To be written out :— Synopses as indicated in ? 99, of the 
 verbs numbered 1, 4, 8, 9, 15, 18. 
 
 7. To be described :-The forms lON^I, ^^iiT\, ^^iil N"}3, 
 
 N"3p!' f<n^' N-)j5^, IN"???, ?|^{^j, 'nNnivmyo, mji, 
 njNnpn. 
 
 7. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) The primary form of 'iW- (2) The form ywi}. (3) DX, 1a^J• 
 (4) Peculiarities of verbs K"fl- (5) Inflection of '^DK in Qai Impf. 
 (6) Peculiarities of verbs K"*?. (7) Synopses of NDD in various 
 stems. (8) Inflection of }<£DD in Qal Perf., in other Perfects, in 
 
 T |t 
 
 Impf 's and Imv s. 
 
 LESSON XXXII.-GENESIS III. 22-24. 
 
 7. Notes. 
 
 372. fil— hen— Se^oZci .• same as n^H (145). 
 
 373. IJIQO "IhNS— ^*'i;e-o)ie-o/[/rom]-Ms; 
 
 a. "THN is the construct of ntlK ! here followed by a preposition. 
 &• l^aO is for p reduplicated^ and !)J us, § 51. 5. a; cf . IJISQ for 
 
 :-r.' ■ 
 
 374. r\)l'i'>—to-know : Qal Inf. const, of j;i» /rnoio, ? 90. 2. 
 K. 1; •?, ?T7l5. 
 
 T 
 
 375. 'HI — wa-hay— aMcZ-(he-should)-K«e ; 
 
 - T 
 
 a. 1 is Waw Consec. with Perf., the — being pretonic, ? 73. 2. b. 
 
 b. ^n is Qal Perf. 3 m. sg. of the yy verb ♦♦H live, ? 86. 1. 
 
 376. inn'?!?''!! — ■«'a -y"§al-l'he-hii —««<?-(= therefore)-(he)-se»<- 
 
 a D. f. of Waw Consec. omitted from ♦ because it has not a full 
 vowel. 
 
Lesson 32. 125 
 
 6. R'el Impf. 3 m. sg. of the ''f guttural verb tf^B' send; corres- 
 ponding form, 'in'^jpp'. 
 c. The pron. suflSx IH joined to the verb by the vowel -^. 
 
 377. i^^^—to-tiU: Qal Inf. const., ?? 78. 3. a; 47. 3. 
 
 378. DWD Iti'N — which. . . .from-there, = whence. 
 
 379. t2f'^y\—wa,-y'gha.-re^—and-7ie-d rove-out : 
 
 a. This is for tZ^'lX^j like B''lp*r or 'iW"); but 
 
 b. The ♦, having only a §'wd, drops its D. f., while the gut. "1 rejects 
 its D. f., and -^ under j| becomes — . 
 
 c. The accent being drawn to the penult by • 1, "^ becomes — . 
 
 d. Pfel Impf. 3 masc. sg. of the 'J^ guttural verb B'"U drive out, 
 ? 80. 1. a. 
 
 380. |3t2'*l — way-ySS-ken — and-he-caused-to-dwell; cf. '7'iTD*l : 
 
 a. Hiph. Impf. 3 m. sg. (with — not ♦_) from p|£r dwell, ? 73. 3. R. 
 
 381. DO^Sn — hak-k'ru-bhim — the-cheruhim; — for ?| ; singular 
 
 an?- ""'' 
 
 382. npflrFilSr? — ham-mith-hap-p^-kheth — the-{one)-tum{ng-it- 
 
 seif: ein^nrpjm.2.b. 
 
 383. ibB''?-K5-mor-to-7«ecp/ cf. iTlOB''? (223), and "tnj^J? 
 (377). 
 
 2, Forms for Special Study. 
 
 1. Verbal Forms ■.-nv't>, vbtv^, 'IT), ^t^rhtif'>^ np*?, E'lJin, 
 
 2. Nominal Forms -.—im, 0*7^, H^' D'?")?' ^ClI?. ^IC' H")!!?' 
 
 » 
 
 8. Principles of Syntax. 
 
 ♦ni ■ • . • "^aNi . . . . ftp"?! IT n'7B''-?3 nt^iiy-^nd now, lest hi 
 
 -T - T : I" T : T -:•»■.■* t : 
 
 put forth Ms hand and take and eat and live. 
 
126 Lesson 32. 
 
 Principle 11. — In the narration of actions which are to occur in 
 the future, or which can be only conditionally realized, the first 
 verb is in the Imperfect while those that follow are in the Perfect 
 and connected with the preceding verb by means of Wdw Consec- 
 utive (? 73. 1. 5). 
 
 4. Grammar-Lesson. 
 
 1. ? 100. Tabular View, Synopses of flCOD in. various stems. 
 
 2. § 100. 1. a—f. Treatment of the 3d radical when final. 
 
 3. § 100. 2, Treatment of 3d rad. bef . vowel-additions. 
 
 4. ? 100. 3. a — e. Treatment of 3d rad. bef. cons.-additions. 
 
 5. ? 100. 4, The 3 sg. fern, of Perfects. 
 
 6. 2 100. 5. a, h (1) — (8), Apocopated forms [to he read). 
 
 Note 1.— In the study of verbs (l""?, follow the order indicated 
 in previous Lessons, analyzing exhaustively the familiar forms given 
 under I 100. 1—5. 
 
 Note 2.— Use for practice (1) H'^J reveal, (2) HJS huild, (3) Th^ 
 
 T T T T T T 
 
 complete. I 
 
 5. Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. In the Word-Lists, under List II., verbs numbered 51 — 60. 
 
 2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis III. 22 — 24. 
 
 6. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew: — [Vj He built, he will build, 
 building; (2) He commanded {Pi'el), he mil command, commanding, 
 commMnd thou; (3) To command {ahs.), to build, to finish (Pi'el); 
 (4) I commanded (Pi'el), we built, thou didst cause to reveal; (5) We 
 finished (Pi'el), ye built, they (f.) shall huild; (6) They built, they 
 (m.) will command, they caused to huild; (7) She was, she made, slw 
 was made, she was caused to reveal, thou (f.) vyilt huild. 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) I shall put forth my hand 
 and take the fruit and eat; (2) The man knew good and evil; (3) 
 God drove forth (Pfel) the mMnfrom Eden because he did that which 
 
Lesson 32. 127 
 
 God had commanded Mm not to do; (4) The man will serve the 
 ground whence he was taken; (5) Behold the sword turning itself; (6) 
 TJie cherubim and the sword will keep the way of the tree of life. 
 
 3. To be translated into Englisli :— (1) D'lpp D'^if?^ f'StiT' 
 
 (3) nn'p D-jNn^ni'q niD i6; w DiNip-m D'ri'^i* mv 
 
 4. To be written in English letters : — The new words of Genesis 
 
 in. 2S—U. 
 
 5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses S3 — 2^ of 
 Genesis III., from the unpointed text. 
 
 6. To be written out :— Synopses as indicated in § 101a. of the 
 verbs numbered 1, 2, 4, 11, 15, 19, 27, 28. 
 
 7. To be described :-The forms H^^pn, Th'S^j 'HW' ^33, 
 
 n'lji'i^, niKn, na';;^, rry\ ns, vn,nOT/nVj^,'nyg'I?p, 
 
 T : |T \ VJ— - :-■ - :- 
 
 7. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) The Pi'el, Pu'al, Hiph'il, and Hithpa'el stems of HDj^. (2) 
 The defective writing of ). (3) Waw Consecutive with the Perfect. 
 (4) Waw Consecutive with the Imperfect. (5) The form nj^l*?- 
 (6) The third radical of verbs called fl"''?. (7) The treatment of 
 this radical when final, before vowel-additions, and before conso- 
 nant-additions. (8) The Perf. 3 sg. fem. (9) Apocopated forms. 
 (10) Synopses of HCOp in various stems. (11) Inflection of H^D in 
 Perfects, in Impf's and Imv's. 
 
128 Lesson 33. 
 
 LESSON XXXIII.-CENESIS IV. 1-4. 
 
 ^^^^j^ 1. New Words.* 
 
 (1) mrr, (2) mp, (3) DK (preposition), (4) qO', (5) HN, 
 
 T T t(t " I ~ T T 
 
 (6) "^^rr, (7) nj;*}, (8) fNif, o) j^p, (lo) rrmo, di) rrniD?, 
 (12) a'?n, (13) nirir. 
 
 V. 1. nnril, for rrinil, §? 78. 2. «,- 78. 3. 6, d; 100. 1. & and 
 5. 6. (5) -n'^riv' ?? 90. 2."a (1) ; 73. 3. a. (3).-»n»Jn, ? 100. 3. 6 — 
 '*"nN. preposition ufiih. 
 
 Y. 2. t^phl, for f]p1fll ?? 90. 3. 6; 68. 5. 6. (1) ; 73. 3. a. 
 (2) and (3).-rn^'7, ?8 47.' 5,' 90. 2. a. (3).-VrTN, §2 121. 2. c; 124. 
 l.&.(2); ')=!in A^r§ 44. 4. c.-'^^rT, for "^an, 2'38. 2.-nj;'"l, abs. 
 nj^'n, §2 100. 1. c; 123, 3. 
 
 V. 3. Dp' (= D'PV), Plur. of DI' (= pV).-K5*5. for NIDN 
 g 94. 1. c.(3), and 2. a— nin**?, read by Jews 'jSn'?, ?'47. E. 2.' 
 
 V. 4. K'nn (= N15n), 2' 94. 1. 6, and 2. Z^-nl-iD5P, U 48. 
 1; 122. 3; sg. nniD3,' ? 108. 1. a, and 2.-|n5'7rrp!) (ii-me-hg- 
 I'bhg-hgn), ?§ 49. 3; 48. 2 ; ^'ppr (e defective), const, plur. of a'^ll, 
 ? 125. 4. e; ? 61. 1. d-^^B^^^i, for HJ^B''.', ? 100. 5. h. (5).— iDhjp, 
 from nmD, 22 122. 2. a. "(2^; 124. 2. ' ' ' 
 
 S. Principles of Syntax. 
 
 T. 2. — ri"|77 flpni— -4n(^ «Ae added to tear = and again she bore. 
 
 Principle 12. — When the second of two verbs expresses the 
 principal idea, the first merely modifying it, the second is often 
 an infinitive depending upon the first. 
 
 * Consult the Hebrew-English Vocabulary, or a Hebrew Lexicon. Be 
 prepared to pronounce, transliterate, describe and define each word. Let 
 this work be done before procee'Bing further in the study of the Lesson. 
 
Lesson 33. 129 
 
 4, Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. ? 86. Tabular View, Synopses of £3J3p in various stems. 
 
 2. ? 86. 1. a, h, 2. a — c, The stem-vowel, and the preformative 
 
 vowel. 
 
 3. Word-Lists, Lists II., III., Verbs numbered 61—70. 
 Note 1. — Analyze the familiar forms under 2 86. 1, 2. 
 
 Note 2.— Use for practice (1) '^'^H hegin, (2) 23D encompass, 
 (3) 77p 6e Zigf/it (not heavy). 
 
 5. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) He began (Hiph.), to hegin, 
 beginning; (2) Encompassing, lie will encompass, he was caused to 
 encompass, he will be encompassed; (3) He will be light, he will 
 make light; (4) Cause to encompass, encompass thou, he caused to 
 encompass, he thou encompassed. 
 
 (2) To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) The woman conceived 
 and hare a son; (2) The mMn hegai^ a son; (3) And the woman spoke 
 again; (4) Abel was a shepherd, and Cain was a tiller of ground; 
 (5) Cain brought to Jehovah an offering; (6) Eve was the wife of 
 Adam and the mother of Cain and Abel; (7) Abel gave to God from 
 the firstlings of his flock. 
 
 3. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Verses 1—Jt of 
 Genesis IV., from the unpointed text. 
 
 4. To be written out :— Synopses in Qal, Niph., Hiph. Hoph. as 
 indicated in ? 87, of the verbs numbered 2, 4, 5, 6, 11, 12, 14. 
 
 5. To be described :-The forms ♦PT, DD', 3D, ID', SDH, "jp', 
 
 '7nrr, 3pp, '?nirr, :id^. 
 
 6. Topics for Study, 
 
 (1) Apoeopation of ,1—- (2) Loss of 1 in Qal Impf. of verbs V'fl- 
 (3) The >_ of verbs n""? in Perf. before consonant additions. (4) 
 
 1 nS' in Hipli'il. 
 
130 Lesson 34. 
 
 The 6 in V'fi Hiph'ils. (5) The Qal Inf. const, of verbs V'fl- (6) 
 
 The ♦ of rtN before suffixes. (7) The endings H and ll in 
 
 n"*? participles and nouns. (8) The preposition "^ before nlH* and 
 D^'^'7N• (9) Synopses of lO^p in Qal, Niph., Hiph., and^Hoph. 
 (10) The vowel of the stem in verbs ^"J^, of the preformative. 
 
 LESSON XXXIV.-GENESIS IV. 5-8. 
 
 (1) rrh, (2) na"?, &) K«i'?q, (4) Q^^, (5) yQ\ (6) n^j, (T) 
 nn3, (8)'nN£3n, {9" pn, (lo) dip, (id jnrr. ^.-^^^g 
 
 2. yi/07-fs. 
 
 V. 5. nn^l, for n")n», U 100. 5. 6 (S)-, 73. 3. N. l.-j^p'?, on 
 repeated accent, I 23. 6.— l'?fl*1_, M^thegh with a sharpened syl- 
 lable ; on assim. of ^ ? 84. 2. o.— VJfl (pa-naw), 02. 3; on V_, 
 ? 124. 3. d; cf. VAN (185). 
 
 T ~ 
 
 V. 6. na'7 = no with •?, the D. f. being firmative, ? 15. 6.— 
 
 TT< T T lL t 
 
 ("Tin, with accent on penult, ? 21. 1.— T[7, pausal for TO, 2 51. 3 
 (Tab. View).— ?|»5f) (pha-ne-kha), on ♦_ [e), § 124. 3. c. 
 
 'V. 7. Kl"?!! (h-lo') = nonne, ? 46. 1 ; this 6 is for k, ? 30. 6.— 
 ri'P'ri, for 3»£p»n (cf. "^'tppri), but»^ becomes e (V) ? 30. 4. 6; 
 Hiph. Impf. 2 m'. sg. of :3^»; U 92. 2; 93. (1).— nKtf', a seemingly 
 irreg. Qal Inf. const, of K'^J, ?§ 102. 13; 84. 1. a.— iTj^'^KI, ? 23. 6; 
 prep. "^K treated as a noun in plur. before the suffix ?T, cf . Tj'jfl in 
 V. 6, § 124. 3. c; the — becomes — in an open syl.— 'jnpltj'fl, 
 R 124. 2; 18. footnotc-l^-'^tt'Dn, ?? 17. 2; 51. 3. a. 
 
 T. 8. rnN, see in v. 2.— Dnl»n5 (bih-y6-tham), on — , ? 47. 2; 
 on M^thggh, ^"^18. 6; on Hi, 2 100. l.e; D_, as in DNI^n^ (167). 
 — Dp;^ (way-ya-qom), Qal Impf. 3 m. sg. of Dip ; paradigm-form, 
 Dip*) but see ? 94. 2. E.4; the — under H, in an unaccented closed 
 
Lesson 34, V.'A 
 
 syl., must be 8.— injltl*!, on — under ♦, § 78. 2. a; on — under n, 
 2 78. 3. d; on — , § li. 2. h (1) ; on j, g 16. 2 ; on — , g 74. 2. c. (2) ; 
 the second and third syllables are half-open, § 26. 4 
 
 5. Principles of Syntax. 
 
 V. 7.— flNB' 2*y'J!l DK Nl*?!! :— /» <^ere mo< a lifting up, if thou 
 
 doest well ? 
 
 Principle 18. — A question expecting an affirmative answer is 
 introduced by i^t} [= nonne ?). 
 
 4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. S 86. 3, 4, i?"^ stems before vowel and cons, terminations. 
 
 2. 2 86. 4. R. 1, Changes of stem and preformative vowels. 
 
 3. ? 86. 5. a~c, Intensive stems in ^"J^ forms. 
 
 4. Word-Lists, Verbs numbered 71 — 80, in List III. 
 
 Note. — After a study of the principles here given, write out a 
 complete paradigm of COtOD in tlie QS^l, Niph., Hiph., and H8ph. 
 
 -|t 
 
 stems. 
 
 5. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew:— (1) She encompassed, they 
 caused to encompass, thou (f.) wilt encompass, they will he encom- 
 passed; (2) Tliou didst encompass, I caused to encompass, we were 
 encompassed, thou wast caused to encompass; (3) Thou wast light, 
 thou slialt encompass, I have encompassed, I shall cause to encom- 
 pass; (4) Cause ye to encompass, they (f.) will encompass, ye (f.) will 
 cause to encompass, encom,pass ye (f.) 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) The countenance of Cain 
 fell, because Jelwvah looked not with favor upon his offering; (2) 
 
 Why was Cain angry (Heb., why was it kindled to Cain?); (3) Bid 
 
 not God say, let there be light? (4) Did not Abel bring to Jehovah 
 
 from the firstlings of his flock? (5) Bid not Cain kill Abel? (6) 
 
 Why did Cain kill Abel? (7) God vnll bless him who shall do well 
 
132 Lesson 35. 
 
 3. To be written -with, points and vowel-signs : — Verses S — 8 of 
 Genesis IV., from the unpointed text. 
 
 4. To be written out:— Inflection of the Qal Perf. and Impf. of 
 verbs in ? 87. numbered 1, 2, 5 ; of the Niph. Perf. and Impf., of 
 3,4; of the Hiph. Perf., Impf. and Imv. of 7, 12 ; of the Hoph. 
 Perf. and Impf. of 6, 14. 
 
 5. To be described :— The forms !|'?n, tiVtlil, ^2,pil, IDf), 
 
 ni3D, ni'v'pj, ni2Drr, rn'^on, nj^ao. ^'iii^bippnD. ' 
 
 T J - T J |- : T J ' -; T JV • : t jv ^ ■ :j- : • | |" : 
 
 6. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) Kepetition of post-positive accents. (2) The ending V • (3) 
 
 D. f. firmative. (4) The ending ?|»_. (5) K"?,"!. (6) The ending Ml 
 in n"*? Inf's construct. (7) Eaph^. (8) Change of — to — . (9) 
 J/"J/ stems before vowel-additions. (10) J^"^ stems before conso- 
 nant-additions. (11) ^"y Intensive stems. 
 
 LESSON XXXV.-GENESIS IV. 9-12. 
 
 7. New Words. 
 
 (1) nx (2) piry, (3) n^a, (4) ns, (s) n», (6) rrb, (7) j^j 
 
 (na'), (8)nMnadh).' 
 
 T 
 
 2. Notes. 
 
 V. 9. -|PK*5, ? 88. 2.-?|'nN, ? 124. 1. 6. i.2).-'>t^yh, a Vfi 
 and ''7 gut. verb, cf. *f1^pp ; on the accent -^, ? 24. 4!— *113tJ*rf' 
 §2 46.1; 71. 1. a. '■■''" " ~ 
 
 V. 10. ri'^j; nxp, ?? 54. <£; 100. 3. 1.-^12% sg. abs., 0*1, 
 const. Dl, plur. abs. O'D*!, const. 'O*!, ?? 125. 2.'6; 122. 4. 6.-- 
 D'p.!^^' ^^ '!• 1- «/ 125. 3. R. 4 ; plur. in agreement with 1^\ not 
 "jlp.— ♦'PK; cf- ^'j?K in V. 7; really a plural noun. 
 
 V. 11. nriK "im, u n. i. c; ss. 2, 3.-nm3, ?? is. 2; 
 
 100. 4. and N.-h»fl, from ,13, ii 121. 2. c; 124. 1. 6/ (2).-nnD'?, 
 
Lesson 35. 133 
 
 ? 47. 5; Qai Inf. const, of np"?, ? 84. 2. R. 2; on -^ under fl in- 
 stead of — ? 37. 2.— lr|"^*19, Pa'isal for ^jl-p, ?? 38. 1. N.; 124. 1. 
 R. 2, 
 
 V. 12. "i^J^fl, corresponding to "^iOpfl I on — , ? 78. 2. a; on 
 — 2 78. 3. &/ on 0, ? G7. 1.— t]pn (tho-sgph), for ip)n> ""i »' 
 ? 90. 3. b; on -^, ? 68. 5. &. (1).— nHS-nri, on Methggh, Vl8. 4; on 
 
 ■^, heightened from — ? 84. 2. R. 3. (1); on H , ? 51. 3. a.— 
 
 "IJI VJ {na" wa-nadh), on the ~ (a) under J in each case, I 94. 1. c. 
 
 TT ^ T 
 
 (1); the roots are J^^lJ and T|J, and these forms, Qal Part's act. — 
 
 iTrrri, §? 78. 3. n.-^ i8. 5; 100. 1. b. 
 
 3. Principles of Syntax. 
 
 V. 9. — ^3!iii ^tia lOJyn — -4»i / keeping my brother, or, my 
 
 brother's keeper f 
 
 Frmciple 14. — A question asking for information, without neces- 
 sarily implying the affirmative or negative character of the answer, 
 is introduced by J^. 
 
 4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. I 94. Tabular View, Synopses of "^Ip in various stems. 
 
 2. ? 94. 1. a, The radical ") uniting with — . 
 
 3. ? 94. 1. b, The radical "), changed to ♦, uniting with i. 
 
 4. § 94. 1. c, The radical 1 rejected when it would stand 
 
 with a heterogeneous vowel. 
 
 5. ? 94. 1. N. The form of the Qal Active Participle. 
 
 6. § 94. 2. a-c, The vowel of the preformative. 
 
 7. Word-Lists, The verbs numbered 81—90 in List IIL 
 Note.— Use for practice (1) Dip rise, (2) '2W turn, (3) fllD die}- 
 
 5. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) He will rise, thou shalt 
 turn, turn thou, he will die, we shall die; (2) He caused to die, he 
 
 1 This verb has e (naturally long) in Perfect and Participle of Qal. 
 
134 Lesson 36. 
 
 will cause to turn, to cause to die ; (3) He turned, rising, dying, he 
 was turned, lie will he turned ; (4) He established (= caused to rise), 
 establish thou, he was established, he will establish. 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) I do not Jcnow the name of 
 the man; (2) Am la ruler ? (3) Who did this (f.) ? (4) Cursed am I 
 from the ground ; (5) The blood (pi.) of thy brother hath cried out to 
 
 God ; (6) Thou shalt not till the ground ; (7) Cain was a wanderer 
 and a fugitive. 
 
 3. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses 9 — IS of 
 Genesis IV., from the unpointed text. 
 
 4. To be written out : — Synopses as indicated in ? 95. of the 
 verbs numbered 8, 9, 13, 25, 32, 36, omitting Synopses of the various 
 Intensive forms. 
 
 5. To be described:— The forms rf\D\ ^iJ^'fl, Dip, Dtt'lH, 
 
 N'3n, ay, n'Kn, Dpo, i;x ix Dip< •^la*. ' 
 
 ■T ■ T (■ •• "^ T T I • 
 
 6. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) The 6 in the Qal Impf. of verbs N"£3. (2) The i of ^H, tlH, 
 and nS before suf. (3) He Interrogative. (4) The i of ,1"*? Perf 's. 
 (5) The Perf. 3 f. sg. of verbs tl"^. (6) Qal Inf. const, of verbs ft). 
 (7) — in pause. (8) Qal Impf. of verbs 'fi guttural. (9) The 6 of 
 Va Hiph'ils. (10) The i of ^'y Perfect and Part. act. (11) The 
 forms in which 1 (of )'y verbs) unites with — (12) The forms in 
 which 1 (of V'p verbs) is changed to ♦. (13) The forms in which ") 
 (of \y verbs) is entirely rejected. (14) The 8 in V'^ Niph'als. (15) 
 The pref. vowel in V'J? forms. 
 
 LESSON XXXVI.-GENESIS IV. I3jj7. 
 
 (1) ]y or flip, (2) nriD, (3) ]±>, (4) D'ni^asy, (S) DpJ, (6) 
 
 n3J, (7)bK'>, (8h»j;, oVoty. ' ' ' ' 
 
 T T - T ^ 
 
 Mj(/ '^H-i/ 
 
 
Lesson 8G. 135 
 
 2. Notes. 
 
 V. 13. ^t\Jlt, pi. Wht]^ ; on formation, ? 108. 1. a— ♦J'l^, 
 
 from 711^, of same formation as '^llj ; before ♦_, becomes _, 
 
 ? 125. 1. a. — NltJ'^p) the o being incorrectly written *) ; VQ indicates 
 comparison. 
 
 V. 14. ritrnj, for tp'^^, ? 80, 1. a; synopsis ?-!rj»J3p1, U 
 49. 2 ; 48. l'; on ♦^, i 124."' 3. c— iriDX, ?? 75. 2 ; 68. l.'a/ syn- 
 opsis ?-»n'irFl, 2 100. 3. &/ on •), ?"73.'2. 6.-»NVp. Part. N^b 
 with ♦_^-, on change of ^ to ^, ? 125. 3. K. 4.— 'J^Shj' (ya-ha-r'ghe- 
 ni), composed of j|"lil\ __ and 'J ; on change of o to —, and on — , 
 ? 74. 2. 6. (1), and c. (2) ; on change of — to -^, ? 78. 3. d. 
 
 V. 15. Dp!, pausal for Dp? ! on D. f. in p (for J), ? 84. 2. h; 
 on — in H8ph?ri 84. 2. N. l.-'btJ^'V for DK'Jl, 2 73. 3. a. (3) ; ^ 
 for ♦_, I 96. 1; root, D'tT (♦"y)-ihN-nl^n ; on Methegh, § 18. 
 4 ; on D. f. in 3 (for J),'? 84. 2. 6/ on ri, I 60. 1. a; on Jll, ? 100. 
 1. e; on flX, 2 51. 2.-M^J^, cf. 'Nyj? i^ ^- 14- 
 
 T. 16. KV*.l (way-ye-§e'); for H.'pf'X but ") is dropped and i be- 
 comes e, ? 90.' 2. a. (1) ; on — under if, ? 67. 3 ; on Methegh, ? 18. 
 6; on the accented penult, 2 21. 3.-»J5'?p, (1) p, (2) "p, (3) ♦JCp. 
 — ^Jj^-i"), for itt'VV but 1 is dropped, and i becomes e, i 90. 2. a. 
 (1) ; on shifting of tone, 2 21. 3. 
 
 V. 17. ^Tl, for J^'IV^, but 1 is dropped, and i becomes e, ? 
 90. 2. a. (1) ; on — under jf instead of — , ? 90. 2. a. (1).— "liiril, 
 see note on v. 1-— l^pJlt for l'7']f)1,-but 1 is dropped and i becomes 
 e, 2 90. 2. a. (1); on shifting of "tone, ? 21. 3.— -)»j; ,1^3 ♦rT'T, on 
 the shifting of tone in the case of nJ3) 2 21. 1; on D. 1. in 3, § 12. 3. 
 
 3, Principles of Syntax. 
 
 V. 14. — Dl*rT 'nk n^'lJ — Thou hast driven me out this day. 
 
 Principle 15.— The article often has its original demonstrative 
 force. 
 
136 Lesson 36. 
 
 V. 15. — ?'p Jl"iri"73^-4n2/ one killing Cain. 
 
 Principle 16. — 73 is used to make prominent a single one from 
 among a plurality. 
 
 4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. 2 94. 3, Inflection of verbs V'J^ before uoweZ-terminations. 
 
 2. ? 94. 4. a, b, Inflection of verbs 1"^ before consonant-termin- 
 
 ations. 
 
 3. ? 94. 5, The various Intensive forms found in V'j/ verbs. 
 
 4. Word-Lists, The verbs numbered 91—100 in List III. 
 
 5. Exercises. 
 
 \. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) / caused to rise, ye (m.) 
 caused to rise, they caused to rise; (2) Thou didst cause to turn, we 
 shall cause to rise, I shall he caused to rise, she rose ; (3) Ye turned, 
 I rose, they will rise, we shall rise; (4) Rise thou (f.), rise ye (f.), she 
 was risen (Nifph.), they were risen; (5) I died, she died, we shall die, 
 thou shalt return, she was caused to return. 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) God is greater than man; 
 (2) / drove him out from the garden of Eden; (3) Tlie woman will 
 be hidden from the face of God; (4) Any one hilling me shall die; (5) 
 Any one finding him will kill Cain; (6) Cain was avenged seven- 
 fold; (7) And Cain went out from Eden, and dwelt in the land of 
 Nod. 
 
 3. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses IS — n of 
 Genesis IV., from the unpointed text. 
 
 4. To be written out : — The inflection in Qal of Dip, 713 ; in 
 Niph., of JnO, "^lO; in ffiph. and Hoph., of Dl"), '2'W ; in P61el, 
 of t^]^; in Polal, of '^W; in Hithpd., of mj;. 
 
 5. To be described :-The forms ^12'^, !)0!)j:», rFO'j^.rr, fllOlpJ, 
 
 ni^'B'Tr, mnsr'f), y^^fa, loip^ t^'iaf, t^fymKt\iiW. 
 
Lesson 37. 137 
 
 6. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) Nouns with the original vowels S— a (= 6). (2) The Pi'el of 
 verbs 'J^ guttural. (3) The '_ (= e) before suffixes ?| and H, and 
 before the plur. fern. ,1^ (4)' The ♦_ of H""? Perfects. (5) The 
 change of — before — to — (6) The H6ph. of verbs |"a. (7) The 
 ni of rr"*? Infs const. (8) The — under ♦ of V'fl Qal Imperfects. 
 (9) The ,1— {&) of rr"*? participles. (10) The Article used as a de- 
 monstrative. (11) The separating vowel of V'J^ verbs in Perfect 
 and Imperfect. (12) The points of resemblance between verbs 
 \y and verbs i;'y. 
 
 LESSON XXXVII.-GENESIS IV. (8-22. 
 
 (1) Q\m (const, 'ntr'), (2) bnv!, (s) rrjpp, (4) t^'flri, (5) 
 -11-13, (6) 2m (7) tj'b'?, (8) trSn, (9) hB''TO, (10) hr\% 
 
 T ^ - T - T V -I : '.• : - 
 
 (11) ninK. 
 
 T 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 Y. 18. •t?)'!'], root "f?) (= n"?'); on D. f. in !), ?? 13. 2; 90. 3. a; 
 on the form, ? 68. 1. a; cor. form, vCOp'- — nH^J^'flK, the sign of 
 the def. object with a subject, see Principle 17 (below). 
 
 V. 19. np^l, for np'?*t; '? assim. like J, ? 84. 2. E. 2 ; on ^ 
 under p, § 82. i. a.— ♦flty',(§te, woi S'tg), the S'wa sile nt ; the only 
 case in the language oTit syllable beginning with two consonants 
 withoufanTntervening ^alFvoweTj' fern, of ♦JB', const, of D'Jt?'-"" 
 D'B'J, cf. (1) tJ^'K ma?i, (2) n^'K womara, (3) D^B^'^N men,' (4) 
 nti;'f< wi/e-o/, (5) ♦JTJ w«es-o/.-n»Jty''n ■ . • -nnKHf, cf .' the masc. 
 
 forms ♦j5rn....inKh. 
 
 ■ •■ - T :■ IT |. 
 
 T. 20. I'^fll, cf . note on v. 17.— 'aX, const, of 3X ; on ♦_, 
 2 121. 2.c; on accent, 2 24. 5. a.— 3B'^ like '7t3p-— '^ili*. a w-class 
 
138 Lesson 37. 
 
 Segholate, cf. "iDSi 2 106.1c,- here used collectively. — ilipD (miq- 
 n^), meaning suhsiance, cattle, and governed by some word under- 
 stood signifying possession ; on form, i 113. 2 ; on meaning of 
 form, S 114. 2. 
 
 T. 21. VriK, see note on v. 2. — j^^ah, like "^Dp— llJin, on 
 form, ? 110. 5.' c.—^^)^, on form, ? lOO.'s. 
 
 V. 22. ni'?', ? 63. E. 3 ; Synopsis in Qal, ? 90. 2. a.— t^'b'?; 
 like '^bp.-jynrr, like '?bp.-n1^^<5, const, of nlnK, and -J with 
 ~^ according to 2 49. 3. 
 
 3. Principles of Syntax. 
 
 T. 18.— Tj'J^-riN ^i^n|7 "i^f^-^nd Irad 'was horn to Enoch. 
 Principle 17. — The subject of a passive verb, which would be 
 the object of the same verb if it were active, is often preceded by 
 r\ii, the sign of the object. 
 
 V. 20.— JlJpjp?! '7^^} ^^''— Dwelling in tent{s) a»icZ (possessing) ' 
 
 cattle. 
 
 Principle 18. — Two nouns are sometimes connected with a verb, 
 when, strictly speaking, only the former is applicable in meaning 
 (zeugma). 
 
 4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. ? 90. Tabular View, Synopses of "^JO* (=t "^JQ")) in various stems. 
 
 2. ? 90. 1, The treatment of original ") when initial. 
 
 3. ? 90. 2.a ,J>, The two treatments in the Qal Impf., Imv., 
 
 and Inf. const. 
 
 4. I 90. 3. a-c. The treatment of ") when medial. 
 
 5. Word-Lists, The verbs numbered 101—110 in List IIL 
 Note 1.— In the study of verbs Vfi, follow the order indicated 
 
 in previous Lessons, analyzing exhaustively the familiar forms given 
 under ? 90. 1—3. 
 
 Note 2.— Use for practice (1) 'y2/\ sit, dwell, (2) "iyi bring forth, 
 and (3) t^y (with a in Qal Impf.) be dri/. 
 
Lesson 37. 139 
 
 5. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) Se will dwell,^ I shall 
 dwell, thou (f.) shall dwell, dwell thou (f.), to dwell, to hring forth} 
 thou (f .) shalt hring forth; (2) He will hnow,^ know thou, to know, 
 we shall know; (3) He will sleep? I shall sleep, we shall sleep; (4) 
 He will he brought forth, thou wilt he known, he mill he feared; (5) 
 He will cause to dwell, I shall cause to know, to cause to hring forth, 
 he was hrought forth; (6) He was caused to know, she will he caused 
 to hring forth. 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) I will know the name of 
 that city; (2) Gain was huilding the city Enoch; (3) Caiv, and Abel 
 were bom to Adam; (4) Lamech had (= to Lamech were) two wives; 
 (5) Adam, was the father of Gain, and Eve was his mother; (6) Abel 
 was the son of Eve, and Tubal Gain was the son ofZillah; (7) Father, 
 father-of, mother, son, daughter, husband, mfe, wife-of, brother, 
 hrotlier-of, sister, sister-of. 
 
 3. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses 18 — ZS of 
 Genesis IV., from, the unpointed text. 
 
 4. To be written out : — Synopses as indicated in ? 91, of the 
 verbs numbered 2, 3, 4, 10, 11, 29. 
 
 5. To be described :— The forms KV.!> ^5^'.!) '''t?p^ ^T]h ]^''\' 
 
 Trb^, nj;n, '\% i^nu, T'pirr, nSii- '"' 
 
 6. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) HK with the subject. (2) Assim. of '^. (3) The pronuncia- 
 tion of *f1JJ'. (4) The words meaning man, men, woman, women, 
 wife-of, wives-of (5) The e of V'fl Qal Impf's. (6) The o of Qal 
 act. Part's. (7) Z7-class Segholates. (8) Nouns formed by means of 
 preformative JJ. (9) The meanings of nouns with pref. 'O- (10) 1 
 of verbs V'Q in the Qal Impf. (11) 1 of verbs V'S in Hiph. and 
 Hoph. 
 
 1 This verb follows the treatment described in 8 90. 2. a. 
 a This verb follows the treatment described in S 90. 2. h. 
 
140 Lesson 38. 
 
 LESSON XXXVIII.-CENESIS IV. 23-26. 
 
 1. New Words. 
 
 (1) W^X irreg. fern, of D♦J£'■J^?, (2) ffK, (3) TVm, (4) ^p, 
 
 (5)i'7», (6)'nn3n or rmu, m'D'j^ap''- (,8) n^iiB'', o) nijir. 
 (10) p, (11) n'W, (12) nnN, ds) '?'?n. 'm'^/ 
 
 2. NOTES. ^ 
 T. 23. Vtr^'? (l-na-gaw); on V_, § 124. 3. d. (ef. VflK, VJ3 
 
 T. T : . T T - T T 
 
 (v. 5)).— IJ^OB', irreg. for H.iJ^OB', H— having been dropped and 
 — inserted, ? 37. 2; Qal Imv. 2 f. pi., like T\^\2!p ; on— under D, 
 § 82. 1. a.—ltX const, of Q'^J, cf. VS^'Y above.— n^fKn, for 
 
 njjrxrr nke ni'7C3pn; on n, § eo. i; on'^^, § 78. 3. &/roo't, m 
 
 t:j" -: |- t : J" |; - - )- t 
 
 — 'n"10N, cf. innjQ in v. 4; on formation, ? 106. 4. 6; on r\_, 
 
 •TI'l-iT:- T 
 
 2 124. 2.— 'flJirt, from j|")n ; synopsis in Qal ? on repetition of 
 accent, I 23.' 6.— 'n'13n, with — for 1 ; ef. innJD in v. 4, and 
 
 ■ T|., - ^ T : ■ 
 
 ^Jl^QK above ; on formation, 2 110. 7. 
 
 V. 24. Dp* (for DpJ^), see on v. 15.— n^^^tJ', the sing, form, 
 is seven, while D'J^Dtt'i the plur. form, is seventy. 
 
 T. 25. j;"I»5, see on v. n.—'bTS), see on v. 20,— ♦'?-nti'' (S^th), 
 on Methegh, g 18. 4 ; the — is a, coming from a-\-a, Jl'tJ' losing > 
 and contracting — and — , U 94. 1. c. (1) ; 96. — "ij")n == J"in+1 ; 
 iJ'nn becomes IJin, T- being volatilized, and — being heightened, 
 ?74ll. 6.(1),(2).^" 
 
 y. 26. NliTD^, the pronoun inserted thus to emphasize the 
 preceding noun.- "^nin, from the root '?'?n; uncontracted form 
 '^'Prrrr, 2 86. 2. c; what stem ?-Xnp'7, cf.^'^tyq'?, iOK^'?; Qal 
 Inf. const. 
 
 S. Parallelism in Hebrew Poetry. 
 
 ♦•pip f)?p^' rh'i) nnj; (i) 
 *moN n^rxn 'ndi ♦£J''j (2) 
 
 rt- T : ■ TV -: I- I V V J" : 
 
Lesson 38. 141 
 
 n^a^l D'j;52^' tjo^i (6) 
 
 Note 1. — The charstcteristic feature of Hebrew poetry is paral- 
 lelism. 
 
 Note 2. — In this song there are six lines or members ; the second 
 line is, in the main, a repetition of the thought expressed in the 
 first ; the fourth, a repetition of the third ; hence the parallelism 
 in the case of the first and second, and of the third and fourth 
 members is called synonymotis. 
 
 Note 3. — The same relation, however, does not exist between the 
 fifth and sixth, the latter being necessary to complete the thought 
 of the former ; such parallelism is called synthetic. 
 
 Note 4. — Another kind of parallelism not illustrated in this pas- 
 sage is the antUhetic, in which the second member is in contrast 
 with the first. 
 
 4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. ? 36. 1, The shortening of vowels. 
 
 2. ? 36. 2, 3, The heightening and volatilization of vowels. 
 
 3. 2 36. 4, 5, The attenuation of a ; the deflection of i and ii. 
 
 4. ? 36. 6, 7, The sharpening of e and o ; lengthening or contrac- 
 
 tion. 
 
 5. Word-Lists, The verbs numbered 111—120 in Lists III. and IV. 
 
 5. Exercises. 
 
 1. Explain in writing (1) the «Aorfem»sr which has taken place in 
 
 jyfl3.-'?3, ifiDN'pp, lo'?V; (2) the Aei^Afewms', in ni3£?'\ I'Krr, 
 in mn^, iritpi, D''?-!^ y}\r\, nth^\:>: *J<V'p ; (*) ^^^ ««««««- 
 
142 Lesson 39. 
 
 tion, in raii!\ '?tDp, '7»Ppri, "^Dp^ ; (5) the deflection, in Th^ii, 
 "^tSprr, lani '?'aj;rr; (6) the sharpening, in lax, Dp!; (7^ the 
 
 |: T T : V ■ v:|v Irtr-, 
 
 lengthening (contraction), in ■^^, 1J, '>T\''\ J^", Dip, D'Cp'fl, \% 
 
 ?|m ^in5. qari, Kvifi' 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) Hear ye (m.) my voice, 
 and give ear to that which ("ItJ'N'riN) I shall say; (2) Adah and 
 Zillah were the wives of Lamech; (3) Why didst thou Icill the man 
 whom I sent to thee? (4) Cain was avenged seven-fold; (5) He gave 
 him to God,; (6) They began (Hiph.) to call on the name of God. 
 
 3. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses S3-S6 of 
 Genesis IV., from the unpointed text. 
 
 4. To be written out in tabular form : — The result of the following 
 changes, — the heightening of a, i, li ; the volatilization of a, i, li ; 
 the attenuation of a, and the deflection of i,n; the sharpening of 
 e and 6 ; the contraction of a-\-a,a-\-i(y), a-\-u [w); the contraction 
 of i-\-i, i-\-y, y-\-i; the contraction of u-\-u, u-\-w, w-\-u. 
 
 6. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) The ending ")♦_• (2) The form of the fem.-ending before 
 suffixes. (3) The Hoph. of verbs f'fl. (4) The a in the V'P Qal 
 Perfects. (5) The Hoph. of verbs j^"p. (6) Synonymous parallel- 
 ism. (7) Synthetic parallelism. (8) Antithetic parallelism. (9) 
 Heightening and volatilization. (10) Sharpening and deflection. 
 (11) Shortening and lengthening. (12) Attenuation. 
 
 LESSON XXXIX.-REVIEW. 
 
 7. Word-Review. 
 
 1. Arrange in alphabetical order the roots of all verbal forms, 
 both old and new, occurring in the third and fourth chapters. 
 
 2. Arrange in alphabetical order the nominal forms of these 
 chapters, using in each case the form of the absolute state. 
 
Lesson 39. 143 
 
 3. Arrange in alphabetical order the various particles, preposi- 
 tions and adverbs occurring in these chapters. 
 
 2. Verse-Review. 
 
 1. Pronounce the pointed text of each verse until it can be read 
 aloud rapidly and without hesitation. 
 
 2. Write out on paper the unpointed text, one verse at a time, 
 and then, without the aid of either pointed text or translation, insert 
 the necessary points and vowel-signs. Compare the result with the 
 pointed text, and note the mistakes ; repeat the exercise till each 
 verse can be pointed without mistake. 
 
 3. Grammar-Review. 
 
 1. Compare the forms of the Qal Perf. (3 m. sg.) as they appear 
 in the strong verb and in the various classes of weak verbs, i 104. 
 1. Perfect. 
 
 2. Compare the forms of the Qal Impf. stem yaq-tiil (3 m. sg.) 
 as they appear in the strong verb and in the various classes of weak 
 verbs, ? 104. 1. Impf. with o. 
 
 3. Compare the same of the stem yaq-tal, and of yaq-tfl, 1 104. 1. 
 
 4. Compare the forms of the Hiph'il Perf. and Impf. (3 m. sg.) 
 as they appear in the strong verb, and in the various classes of weak 
 verbs, ? 104. 3. 
 
 5. Compare the forms of the Niph'al Perf. and Impf. (3 m. sg.) 
 as they appear in the strong verb and in the various classes of weak 
 verbs, ? 104. 4. 
 
 Note.— This includes (1) the statement of the forms, and (2) an 
 explanation of the vowel-changes which are seen in each form. 
 
 4. Exercises. 
 
 To be translated into Hebrew :— 
 1. He made man in the sixth day, and rested in the seventh day, 
 Z. He will sanctify the seventh day, and will rest in it. 
 
144 Lesson 40. 
 
 S, The woman will eat the fruit, and of it she will give to her 
 
 hushand, who will eat with her. 
 If. In the day of your ruling the earth. 
 
 5. This is the day in which Jehovah spoke to the man. 
 
 6. Let us make for ourselves large girdles. 
 
 7. I gave her fruit, and we ate. 
 
 8. She gave him fruit, and he ate. 
 
 9. Cursed is the earth, because thou didst entfrom this tree. 
 
 10. God made knovm to the woman that the man should rtde over her. 
 
 11. I shall call the name of my wife Eve. 
 
 IS. We found in the field the fruit which God commanded not to eat. 
 13. The man will serve the ground whence he was taken. 
 14- I shall put forth my hand and take the fruit and eat. 
 
 15. The woman conceived and hare a son. 
 
 16. Did not Abel bring to Jehovah from the firstlings of his flock f 
 
 17. The blood of thy brother hath cried out to God. 
 
 18. And Gain went out from, Eden, and dwelt in the land of Nod. 
 
 19. Abel was the son of Eve, and Tubal Cain was the son of Zillah. 
 SO. Why didst thou kill the man whom I sent to thee? 
 
 LESSON XL-GENESIS V. 1-16. 
 
 1. New Words. 
 
 (1) 15D, (2) njn, (3) n^p'^p, w nKa, (s) im, {&) nim, 
 (7) n5. (8) yB''ri, (9) t^'or?, do) j;3{r; (ii) nna';^ o'ria'^ (12) 
 D'^pr), (13) dV?1J<> (w) n^^, (15) D'ts'a^. ' 
 
 2. Notes. 
 
 ^' !• Iflb n? This (is the) hook-of; this book would be 
 n.trr nSDn.— nl"i'7ir| (= taw-l»dh6th), ? 115. S; used only in pi., 
 from I'pV— "N^ Ni3 Dl'5, in tJie day of tJie creating of God; 
 
 1 Twelve, not given in the Vocabulary lu this form. 
 
 2 "J< is the abbreviation of DTiSs. 
 
Lesson 40. 145 
 
 "K being definite, KIS '^ definite, and consequently DV is definite, 
 Principle 4.— {<~I3, Qal Inf. const, of ^<'^^. 
 
 : T T 
 
 V. 2. Qii^'2, on — , ? 74. 1. h. (1) ; on — under 1, ? 74. 1. 6. 
 (2) ; on — under H, i 74. 1. c. N. 1.— Tjign, U 80. 1. a; 21. 3; 36. 
 1. a. — DN"13rT, the first — , M^thSgh, the second Silluq ; on D. f., § 
 75. 2 ; the Q , same as in DM"15. 
 
 T. 3. »n»l, for rrn*") from"h»n Hve, as 'nn for n»n»1 from 
 . ._ .. . |.- T ^ . .- ... |._ 
 
 n'n 6e. — flJty nXDI d*tJ'7tJ' lit., tWr^y aiw^ a hundred of year; 
 
 T T T T ~ : • : -L • 
 
 note that (1) the word for thirty is the plural of three (tJ'7t!'), (2) 
 the word for hundred is const., (3) the word for year is sg. — n^i*!, 
 Hiph. of n"?! (n"?'), 2 90. 3. 6; on — for ^, ?? 21. 3 ; 36. 1. a; on 
 — for»_, ?73. 3.11. 
 
 V. 4. ^J2\ 2 132. 12. — '"iriti, noun in plur. const, used as a 
 preposition, i 135. 3. a. — iT'^lrii Hiph. Inf. const, (for haw-lidh) 
 with suffix i. — ri1J31 0'^3i see the various forms of these words, § 
 132. 9, 10. 
 
 Ts. 5, 6. 'H, Qai Perf. 3 m. sg. of the ^'y root "11, ? 86. 1.— 
 njp*l (way-ya-m'oth), pausal for riO*l> 2 94- 2. R. 4.-D'JB' a'DIl, 
 the numeral sg. in form, the subst. plural. 
 
 Vs. 8—10. flltS'i? D*f)5?' ^i*-' *""' ten = twelve; D'flt!', a con- 
 traction of D'nt?' (cf- 'fill', eh. IV. 19), and n'ltl'J^, aform of 
 
 lit., ^«e ten = fifteen, cf . above. 
 
 Ys. 13, 16. DT31^?, plur. of nj^^nN or ;;3"jN /ow.-D'B'ti', 
 plur. of njJ'B' or a'B'Wa;. ^^ . 
 
 5. Principles of Syntax. 
 
 V. 4.— 'JT'pin nrTl<— 4/<«'' ^'^'^ hegetUng = after he had begotten. 
 Principle 19.— Where the Hebrew uses a preposition and an 
 Infinitive, the English prefers a conjunction and a finite verb. 
 
 Five years; seven years; ten years. 
 
146 Lesson 40. 
 
 Principle 20. — With the numerals 3 — 10 the noun is put in the 
 plural. 
 
 Principle 21. — The numerals 3 — 10 assume the secondary or 
 masculine form, when the noun is feminine. [DOB' is feminine, 
 though it has a masculine ending.] 
 
 V. 5.-nJE' D'sr'^tr'; V. 9.-rTJtt' DWn; V. ll.-D'j;5ti'' 
 
 nJtJ'. — Thirty years; ninety years; seventy years. 
 
 T T 
 
 Principle 22. — The tens, formed by changing T\ of the units 
 
 to D' (except D'^^J^ twenty, from 1^JJ| ten), have the accompa- 
 nying noun in the singular. 
 
 4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. I 133. General view, The numerals 1—10, 11, 12, 20—90, 100, 
 
 1,000. 
 
 2. ? 133. 1 — 8, The formation and use of the Cardinals. 
 
 3. ? 133. 9—12, The formation and use of the Ordinals. 
 
 4. Word-Lists, Verbs numbered 121—130 in List IV. 
 
 5. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Seven years; (2) Nine 
 years; (3) Forty years; (4) Sixty years; (5) Three sons; (6) Three 
 daughters; (7) Thirty sons and thirty daughters; (8) Forty days and 
 forty nights; (9) Four heads; (10) Fifty days; (11) The seven stars; 
 (12) Seven of^ the stars; (13) Four seasons; (14) Twenty-seven days; 
 (15) One hundred and fifty-nine years. 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew:— (1) This (is) a good book; (2) 
 This good hook was given to me; (3) In his ovrn likeness God created 
 man; (4) In the day that God made earth and heaven (Heb. order, 
 In day of making of God); (5) In the day that God created man 
 (Heb. order. In day of creating of God man); (6) After he had begot- 
 ten a son (Heb., after his begetting a son) ; (7) And the man lived 
 
 1 The word of after a cardinal must be expressed by }p. 
 
Lesson 41. 147 
 
 three Tmndred and forty-eight years; (8) And he hegat four sons and 
 three daughters, and he died; (9) And all the days of the man which 
 he lived upon the face of the earth after he had begotten sons, were 
 nine hundred and ninety-nine years. 
 
 3. To be written : — A transliteration of verses 1 and 2 of chap- 
 ter V. 
 
 4. To be written :— A verbal form of the Qal Imperfect 3 m. sg. 
 in each of the classes of weak verbs. 
 
 5. To be written :— The numerals 1—10 in English letters. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR Study. 
 
 (1) Position and agreement of the demonstrative. (2) Nouns 
 formed by prefixing n» (3) The vowel-changes in D'piDp- (4) 
 Apocopation of n"*? Imperfects. (5) Position and agreement of 
 numerals. (6) V'j] Hiph'ils. (7) Prep, with plur. form. (8) ^^"J? 
 Qal Perf. 3 m. sg. (9) ^'y Qal Impf. 3 m. sg. with Waw consec. in 
 pause. (10) Formation of numerals 20—90. (11) The various forms 
 of the word for one hundred. (12) The form of the numerals 3—10 
 with fem. nouns, with masc. nouns. 
 
 LESSON XLI.-GENESIS V. 17-32. 
 
 / 7. New Words. 
 (1) Dm, (2) rrol, (3) 1\. 
 
 2. Notes. 
 
 Vs. 17—21. Vn*l, on Methegh, ? 18. 5 ; on -r-, ? 78. 2. 1. R. 2; 
 on omission of third radical, ? 100. 2; on syn. in Qal, § 102. 4.— 
 b'Qn, used with a fem. noun ; form with masc. noun, Htt'Dn ; 
 ordinal, 'B^'Dn.-D^nty, fem. of D'J^'; cf. 'n^', ch. IV^ 19.- 
 nJiy DNOI lit-) and-{a.)-hundred-of year.—\iit^MM2 (v. 21), 
 pausal for VthmnD- 
 
148 ^t/-;fe^"^ '^- 
 
 Vs. 22—24. T] vnrCV forni and synopsis ? force of Hithpa'el 
 expressed here by the word live.—^!2\~'72 *il^1. D- 1- in 3 after 
 disj. accent ; verb in sg. agreeing with 'i^, while in v. 17 it was pi., 
 agreeing with »i5».-13yN'! (w''e-n6n-nu)/on »^, ? 127. 2. E. 1; on J^ 
 (en), U 134. 2. c; 74. 2. c.(3) and N. 1; on the D. f. in J, ? 74. 2. c. 
 N. 2; four elements, 1, PX, J_, IH ; on -!^, ? 24. 5. 
 
 V. 29. nfi these accents need not be considered here. — 
 UOnj', Pi'ellmpf. 3 m. sg. of the |"fi and y gut. root DIlJ com- 
 /ort, with the suffix 1J i(s; on D. f. of Pi'el in 17; ? 80. 1. b; on ^^, 
 ? 74. 2. c. {2).-\ip}^l2D, made up of |p, il'W^^.D (? US. 1), and 1J. 
 
 g^^l'^'lc-p^V^'P''' ™**^^ "P' °* ^ ^^ *®' ^'' '^ '^ 48- 2),' 'and the const, state 
 of pivj?, the — becoming §'wa, 2 125. 3. a.— I^'T, sfl'. 1\ du. 
 □'"i* ; before suffixes the old construct ending ay is used ; this be- 
 fore'lJ is contr. to e, ? 124. 3. 6.— H'l'IfSt {'e-r»rah), Pi'el Perf. 3 m. 
 sg. of the 'fl gut., y gut. and ^^"^ verb ")"|^? curse; for *T1Ki but 
 
 *1 refuses D. f. (? 80. 1. a), hence "1")!Si ; rY_is contracted to H > 
 
 ? 74. 1. c. N. 2.— "» m^K "1!?'}:!| lit., wlvich cursed-her Jehovah = 
 which Jehovah cursed. 
 
 3. Principles of Syntax. 
 
 v. 27.— n'^ti'inO ♦)D*"'?3 ViTi^ — And were a?Z *^ days of 
 
 Methusaleh. 
 V. 31.— rtj^p'? ♦1!3'"'73 ''>n''\-And WAS «7Z </ie (faj/s of Lameeh. 
 
 Principle 23. — The verb in such cases as these may be placed 
 either in the singular or in the plural. 
 
 V. 29.— nin* m"lK lli;^.— which Jekovah cursed. 
 
 T : T-;r- V -: 
 
 Principle 24. — When the relative is governed by a verb, it 
 stands at the beginning of the clause and the appropriate pro- 
 nominal suffix is attached to the verbal form.^ 
 
 I In the majority of cases, however, the pronominal sufSx Is not employed. 
 
Lesson 41. 143 
 
 4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. ? 105. 1 — 5, What is included in inflection of nouns. 
 
 2. ? 106. 1, 2, Strong and weak Segholates. 
 
 3. ? 107. 1, 2, Nouns with two, originally short, vowels. -• 
 
 4. S 108. 1, 2, Nouns with one short and one long vowel. 
 
 5. 2 109. 1—3, Nouns with one long and one short vowel. '': 
 
 6. Word-Lists, The verbs numbered 131—140 in List IV. 
 Note. — In the study of noun-formation, copy promiscuously, on a 
 
 slip of paper, nouns of various classes, and then take up each noun 
 and classify it, noting (1) its root with the meaning of the same, (2) 
 the original vowels used in its formation, (3) the changes which 
 these original vowels have sufiPered, (4) the force of the formation, 
 (5) the meaning of the word. 
 
 5. Exercises. 
 
 1. Form nouns as follows ; — (1) From 'TIJ; a M-class Segholate, 
 a noun of the third class (a— a); (2) from JS'nn, a w-class Segholate, 
 a noun of the second class, (S — a); (3) from ^"ini an a-class Seghol- 
 ate, a i«-class Segholate (masc. and fem.), a noun of the fourth class 
 (a — i), a noun of the second class (a— i); (4) from ^2i^1 an a-olass 
 Segholate, a fem. noun of the third class (a — a); (5) from |0X, a 
 M-class Segholate, a fem. noun of the third class (i — u), a noun of 
 the third class (a — a), two nouns of the second class (a — a, a — 1); (6) 
 from priDi an i-class and a w-olass Segholate, a noun of the third 
 class (a — a); (7) from l3lp, a noun of the second class (a — i), a noun 
 of the third class (a — a). 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) Will Noah comfort 
 Lamech from the work of his hands? (2) God cursed (Pfe\) the 
 ground which he had created; (3) I will walk (Hithpa'el) with God, 
 who created (Heb., the one creating) the heavens and the earth; (4) 
 The sorrow of Cain was exceedingly great; (5) The man whom God 
 cursed will die. 
 
150 Lesson 42. 
 
 3. To be written: — A transliteration of verses 28 and 29 of 
 chapter V. 
 
 4. To be written :— A verbal form of the Hiph'il Perf . 3 m. sg. 
 in each of the classes of weak verbs. 
 
 6. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) The Qal Impf's of n'H, rTIl- (2) The word D'flty. (3) 
 
 T T T T 'J- ; 
 
 Various forms of the word for one hundred. (4) Particles with 
 verbal suffixes. (5) Synopsis of DHJ in Pi'el. (6) Synopsis of IIK 
 
 - T - T 
 
 in Pi'el. (7) Mappiq. (8) ^-class, /-class, ZT^class Segholates. (9) 
 Guttural, '^'y, j;"^, V'^, '"P and tT'b Segholates. (10) Feminine 
 Segholates. (11) Meaning of Segholates. (12) Nouns with two 
 short vowels. (13) Nouns with one short and one long vowel. (14) 
 Nouns with one long and one short vowel. 
 
 LESSON XLII.-GENESIS VI. 1-8. \' 
 
 1. New Words. ^i^ 
 
 (1) 2T}' (2) ina, (3) ])% (4) D|^ (in the text, DJIB''), (5) D^'^fl^, 
 
 ' (6) ni3ji, (7) -IV', (8) n^B'na, (Q)2^, m pi, (id om (in Mph.), 
 (i2)av^,(i3)niio,(i4)'|n! -4^ ^^. 
 
 > 2. Notes. 
 
 V. 1. '?nrF, for '7'?nr7, but the ^'s contract and — goes to 
 n, ? 86. 1. b; on -r:- under tl, ? 86. 2. h; synopsis in ffiph.?— ^h*?, 
 prep. "? with pretonic a ; ^h, for ^h"!, § 86. 1; synopsis in Qal? ^ 
 
 V. 2. 1Kn*5, Qai Impf . 3 m. pi. of HK"! ; on loss of third radical 
 (♦), ? 100. 2.— tj^ and niJ^, constructs of D'J3, nUS-— flib, cf. 
 yitD, nniE3, D^iltO, nllalb ; 6 written defectively.-njrr, D. f. 
 Brmative, U 15. 6 ; 60. 3. e.— !)np*1 (way-yi-q»hii), from Hp^ take; 
 on assim. of ^, ? 84. 2. R. 2 ; on omission of D. f ., and Raph^, 
 
Lesson 42. 151 
 
 ?U4. 2; 16. 2; synopsis in QS,! ?— D^tZ'J, ? 132. 7— nn3, pausal 
 
 ■ T |T T 
 
 for!^' — 
 
 V. 3. |"i1*, unusual for 'i)'V} Qal Impf. 3 m. sg. of pi judge, 
 rule (or, perhaps, remain), ? 94. 1. a. (1). — DJ^5i rather to be read 
 DJlti'S = in (their) wandering ; the traditional rendering in that 
 
 T - ; . . 
 
 also is based oa the analysis 3 in, • 1^} = ^ti?H: that (§ 53. 2), QJ 
 aZso.—VO', cf. VSK, VJQ, ? 124. 3. d' 
 
 T T T - T T 
 
 V. 4. Itl'K ?5"''!}n^ lit., after so, when = afterwards, when. — 
 Mi^^t cf . the paradigm-form I'^lp'; the 6 is for i, the form corres- 
 ponding to yaq-tal, not yaq-tiil ; JOi' = Hy = ^{3^ ? 94=. 2. K 3 ; 
 the Impf. designates habitual action in past time. — D*13Jllli ? H®' 
 5. c— 0*71;;, ? 109. 1.— ♦ti'JN, const, of D'B'JN, which is plur. of 
 tr»K, ? 132. 5. 
 
 V. 5. rra"), an adj. fem. sg.2 from y^ = 53"), §? 106. 2. c; 125. 
 5. 6.-rii/1,"const. of n^l-— "llf '.' ? 1^*- 1- ^--nbtrnQ, const, 
 pi. of nSlS'TO— 13"?, aLy'J?i-class Segholate; a"? = y^), U 
 106. 2. c/ 125. 5. 6. 
 
 Vs. 6-8. Dnj'l, §? 21. 3; 68. 1. a.-'2il^n% cf. ^j'^nr^*! in 
 eh. V. 22.— nnOK, on fl^, ? 100. 1. 6.— »riK12, on repeated ac- 
 cent, 2 23. 6 ; oii ^ under K, ? 98. 3. a.— 'ripni for 'fipp^^, the 
 second J being assimilated and the D. f. implied in tl I Niph. Perf. 
 1 c. sg. of DHJ ; Niph. = repent, Pi'el (ch. V. 29) = comfort.— 
 DJ-)»5J>j;7, on -^ instead of — , i 74. 1. b. (1) ; the i with jl, written 
 deJpeotively.— ♦J'Jt^a, on first l^^, ? 125. 5. a; on second ♦_, 'i 123. 5. 
 
 5. Principles of Syntax. 
 
 Principle 25.— The personal pronoun is used as the remote de- 
 monstrative (that, those), and as such stands after its noun, agreeing 
 with it in gender, number and definiteness. 
 
 1 Perhaps tIT would better be classed with Siy , and the o regarded as an 
 obscuration of a, in a stative form, § 94. 2. E. 3. 
 
 a The Qal Perf. 3 f. sg. of 331 would be n31. 
 
152 Lesson 42. 
 
 4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. § 110, Nouns with second radical reduplicated. 
 
 2. ?? 113, 114, Nouns with prefixed ; their signification. 
 
 3. I 115, Nouns with jl prefixed. 
 
 4. ? 116, Nouns formed by means of afiixes. 
 6. i 119, Nouns formed from other nouns. 
 
 6. Word-Lists, The verbs numbered 141 — 153 in List IV. 
 
 Note. — In the study of noun-formation, copy promiscuously, on a 
 slip of paper, nouns of various classes, and then take up each noun 
 and classify it, noting (1) its root, with the meaning of the same, (2) 
 the original vowels used in its formation, (3) the changes which 
 these original vowels have suffered, (4) the force of the formation, 
 (5) the meaning of the word. 
 
 5. Exercises. 
 
 1. Form nouns as follows : — (1) from HO*?, a noun with Q pre- 
 fixed (a — a), and one with Jl (a — i) ; (2) from "^OK, a fem. w-class 
 Segholate, a noun with J3 prefixed (a — a) ; (3) from "jJJ^n, a w-class 
 Segholate, a noun with Q prefixed (a — a) ; (4) from *i]3j, an a-class 
 Segholate, a noun with second radical doubled (i — ^) ; (5) from "IQt, 
 an a-class Segholate, a fem. i-class Segholate, a noun with Q pre- 
 fixed {i — t) ; (6) from "IflDi an i-class Segholate, a noun with f2 
 prefixed (i — a). 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew: — The daughters of men were 
 exceedingly fair ['2SQ) \ &) Mankind multiplied; (3) We clwse wives 
 from all ike daughters of men; (4) I have found favor in his eyes; 
 (5) From eternity unto eternity I am God; (6) I grieved in my heart; 
 (7) I will not repent that I have made them; (8) Those heroes are the 
 men of renown [name). 
 
 3. To be written : — A transliteration of verses 1, 2 of chapter VI. 
 
 4. To be written : — A verbal form of the Hiph'il Impf. 2 m. sg. 
 in each of the classes of weak verbs. 
 
Lesson 43. 153 
 
 6, Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) i^'y Hiph'ils. (2) The loss of ♦ in verbs H"'?. (3) The vari- 
 ous forms of the words for son, daughter. (4) The personal pro- 
 nouns. (5) The demonstrative pronouns. (6) The words flT and 
 D^J^S' (7) The words meaning Ms faces, his nostrils, his days, his 
 eyes. (8) The Impf. of habitual action in past time. (9) J?"J^ 
 i-class Segholates. (10) The remote demonstratives. (11) Nouns 
 with second radical reduplicated. (12) Nouns with JJ prefixed. (13) 
 Nouns with H prefixed. (14) Nouns with affixes. (15) Nouns 
 formed from other nouns. 
 
 LESSON XLIll.-GENESIS VI. 9-15. 
 
 7, New Words. 
 
 (1) pnv- (2) D'pn, (3) nn, (4) mt^, (&) Don, (6) nan, 
 (7) iipj, (8) ip, (9) i£)3, (10) pn, (11) n^b, (12) nm, (i3) 
 r|'^■^{,'cl4)^^■i, (i5)rroip. ' ai^/^ 
 
 ' ^P^ 2. Notes. 
 
 V. 9. n!?.N, ? 52. 1. d.-hi^'it^, 2 115. a-rnn"]? =. (D 5> 
 
 (2)ni'l, {3) hi (4)V_(cf.ViDN)";onthepl.endingV_afterthepl. 
 ending 6th, ? 124. 4 and N.-pH^, 2 110. 6.-D»oH, § 108. 1. b. 
 —"iin~!Mi< liere the prep, with, not the sign of the def, object. 
 
 Ts.'lO, 11. l'?1»5, U 00. 3. 6; 73. 3. a. (2), (3).-nD^'i^]> ^y^- 
 opsis?— K'poril, Synopsis? 
 
 Ts. 12, 13. nU.-l^i, pausal for nnr|B''j, Niph. Perf. 3 f. of 
 Dtl^; Synopsis ?—}i't7ti'r7, S.vnopsis?— iS"!"!, from ^"|T; cf. 
 ^^S^'and 1;;"|r, D'7V ^^^ lb'?V-i<| (^^'), either Perf. or Part, in 
 form, g 94. I.e. (U— ♦Jfl'p, I 124. 3^ a. (1). — ^r^<'?p, Synopgis?- 
 ♦Jl'l')' *^^ adverbial particle f jl or ,1^11 with a verbal suffix, 2 184. 
 2. a.— Dn'n^O, Hiph. part, of nilB''', with suf. D_- 
 
154 Lesson 43. 
 
 Ys. 14, 15. rify^. ("°se), § 100. 1. f.-n^n const, of H^ri, 
 the — being unchangeable. — 'VI^j const, of Q^VJ^, cf. ^i$ from 
 D*Jfl-— D*^p, Plur. of rp, an J/"]; i-class Segholate, ? 125. 5. 6; 
 of. i"?.— f1"1flp1, with ace. on ultima, i 73. 3. b; cf. change from 
 ult. to penult iri'")^K»T— pnjpi fl^SQ, from house and from out- 
 side = within and mthout.—n\i7]lp),'ci. ntt'J^J (ch. I. 26).— n^HT 
 (roh-bah), on — (6) under *1, ? 127.' 1. R. 2;' on'n_, ? 124. 1. R. 1.' 
 
 3. Principles of Syntax. 
 
 V. 10.— D^J^ T\\if-^^— Three sons. 
 
 ■ T T ; 
 
 Principle 26.— When the substantive is masculine, the feminine 
 form of the numeral is employed ; and when the numeral is a unit, 
 the plural form of the substantive is employed. 
 
 V. 15.— nnj< r\^)^.0 y^ii tit)— And this is (the manner in) 
 
 which (= this is how) thou shalt make it. 
 
 Principle 27.— The antecedent of the relative must in many 
 cases be supplied from the context. 
 
 4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 
 
 Various ways of forming noun-stems. 
 Relics of the nominative case-ending u. 
 Relics of the genitive case-ending i. 
 The aceus. ending a, in the form of He directive. 
 The accus. ending a as a so-called connecting 
 
 vowel. 
 Other traces of the accusative case-ending. 
 The verbs numbered 154— 1|S6 in List IV. 
 
 5. Exercises. 
 
 1. Point out the relics of case-endings in the following words: — 
 
 1. 
 
 U20, 
 
 2. 
 
 ? 121. 1. a, b, 
 
 3. 
 
 I 121. 2. a—d, 
 
 4. 
 
 § 121. 3. a. 
 
 5. 
 
 i 121. 3. b. 
 
 G. 
 
 I 121. 7ic,d, 
 
 7. 
 
 Word-Lists, 
 
Lesson 44. 155 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) Noah had (Heb., were to 
 Noah) three sons; (2) The sons of Noah were not righteous; (3) The 
 earth was corrupt, and it was full of violence; (4) The way of all 
 flesh was corrupt; (5) God will destroy the earth and all who dwell 
 upon it; (6) Thou shalt maJce a house; its length shall be twenty 
 cubits, its breadth, twelve cubits, its height, twenty-four cubits. 
 
 3. To be written : — A transliteration of verses 14 and 15 of 
 chapter VI. 
 
 4. To be written :— A verbal form of the Nipb'Sl Perfect 3 m. sg. 
 in each of the classes of weak verbs. 
 
 6. Topics for Study, 
 
 (1) The demonstrative pronoun. (2) Nouns formed by reduplica- 
 tion of second radical. (3) 'TMi, a preposition. (4) The 6 of V'f] 
 Hiph'ils. (5) The characteristics of the Niph'al Impf . (6) Primary- 
 form of M-class Segholates. (7) Adverbs with verbal suffixes. (8) 
 The e of n"'? Imv's. (9) J^'y i-class Segholates. (10) Change of 
 accent after Waw Consec. of Perfect. (11) The form of w-class 
 Segholates before pron. suffixes. (12) Relics of the nominative 
 case-ending. (13) Eelics of the genitive case-ending. (14) The He 
 Directive. (15) Other relics of the accusative case-ending. 
 
 LESSON XLIV.-GENESIS VI. 16-22. 
 
 7, New Words. 
 
 (1) nn'V' (2) ii7i;D'7D, m nv- (4) 'rirrri, (5) mt^f, m 
 w^'hii?, (7) "^laa, (8) i^iii, o) Dip, (lo) r\n'2, (ii) t^pK. , 
 
 2. NOTES. ^ 
 
 V. 16. nrtif, ? 106. 1. c— rra'j^ri (ta-"'s6), on — under n, i 
 
 78. 2. a; on 'the — under ^, ? 78. 3. b; on ,1^, 2 100. 1. b.- 
 ni'vl^r'' ^^^^ "P °* (^) n'?Dri> of which n_is dropped, (2) t^^_., 
 
156 Lesson 44. 
 
 which is for HJ , ll being assimilated backwards, ?? 75. 3; 74. 2. 
 
 c. (3) and NoteVi, 2 ; cf. '^O'T (ch. II. 2).— H'^i^O'??? (mi-l°ma'-la), 
 made up of fQ, "^j '^J^O and (1—- directive ; note (1) the Raphe, (2) 
 Zaqeph qaton, (3) simple S'wa under ^; on H— , ? 121. 3. a.— 
 
 rn2f3 (b'oid-dah), from "TiS with suf. fl , the original -=- being 
 
 attenuated in sharpened syl.— D'^fl, Qal Impf. 2 m. sg. of the ^"y 
 verb D^ti' P***- — nJJ'i^fli same as the word above, with pron. suf. pf' 
 
 V. 17. 'JKI (wa-'^ni), U 49. 3 ; 50. 3. d; here emphatic, being 
 cut ofiF by Il'bhi(a)". — *Jjn, a particle with verbal suffix, ? 134. 2. a. 
 — N'5D, for K159 ' ^^^ "1 became ♦, and yi = i, then i in an open 
 syl. became -^, ? 94. 1. b and 2. 6. — nilC'?) Pi'el Inf. const, of the 
 y gut. verb nilB', the D. f . being implied in fl, 2 80. 1. 6.— ^IJ', 
 pausal for ^]y, Qal Impf. of ^)^, § 82. 1. a. 
 
 V. 18. 'nbpni, on 1, ?§ 49^ 3 ; 73. 2. 6; on pf, 2 94. 4. I. K; 
 "^ is i, written defectively; 6 is separating vowel, ? 94. 4. a; DIpH 
 = D*prT = D'nn = D'pn, wWch before 'fl becomes 'ribpn<— 
 tjO}^) pausal for ?[rij<, the prep. nj< wiY/t; cf. ?|riN, in which piU 
 = riN, the sign of the def. object. — riJ<31i Qal JPerf. 2 m. sg. of 
 
 T T 
 
 Ki3i with Waw consecutive. 
 
 Vs. 19, 20. ♦nn, instead of ♦0,'! with D. f. implied.— J^'^fl, 
 Hiph. Impf. 2 m. sg. ; Nl^ri = N'in = i^'^fl = K^^?. ? »*• 1- 
 & and 2. a.— nVHH'?, Hiph. Inf. const, of n»n ; on Jll, "? 100. 1. e. 
 
 -: |- : T T ^ 
 
 — 1}^3', a seemingly irreg. Qal Impf. 3 m. pi. of KIS. 
 
 Vs. 21, 22. np, QM Imv. of Up"?, ? 84. 2. E. 2.-'?3Np, §2 
 113. 1; 114. 2.— '7DK', ? 78. l.-r)£)D^1, on the shifting of tone, 
 § 73. 3. h; on Mdthegh, ? 18. 1.-^!):^, Pi'el Perf. 3 m. sg. of ,11^ 
 
 T ■ T T 
 
 command; on -:-5 ? 59. 1. a; on H , ? 100. 1. a. 
 
 T 
 
 3. Principles of Syntax. 
 
 V. 17.— {<»50 'Jjn 'JNI— ^n<^ /, &e^oZc£ lam about to bring. 
 
 Principle 28.-^The Participle is often used to designate an action 
 which is to take place in the immediate future. 
 
Lesson 44. 157 
 
 T. 17.— D*23 '7)^r2n-r\ii— The flood, (that is) water; not the flood 
 
 of water. 
 
 Principle 29.— A noun in the construct state cannot receive the 
 article ; hence, in cases like this, the second noun must be in appo' 
 sition with the first. 
 
 4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. ? 122. 1, 4, The masculine singular and plural. 
 
 2. ? 122. 2. a— c, The three-fold treatment of the original f em. affix H. 
 
 3. 2 122. 3, 5, The fem. plural and the dual. 
 
 4. Word-Lists, The verbs numbered 167—180 in List IV. 
 
 5. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be written : — (1) Masc. and fem. sg., masc. and fem. pi. of 
 21£0 good, of '?l^ great; (2) Fem. pi. of fllN sign, "llNO Ivminary; 
 
 (3) Dual of ^'^ ele. 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) Behold, lam about to rain 
 upon the earth; (2) / will destroy all flesh in which is the spirit of 
 lives; (3) Thou didst establish {= cause to stand) a covenant with me; 
 
 (4) Will he keep the covenant which lie established with themf (5) 
 Male and female they shall enter the arJc, and for them thou slialt 
 take food which may be eaten; (6) Noah collected food in order to 
 preserve alive tJie fowl and the beast{a) and the cattle, and all tJiat 
 was in the arlc. 
 
 3. To be written : — A transliteration of verses 18 and 19 of 
 chapter VI. 
 
 4. To be written : — The Niph'al Perf. 3 m. sg., and Impf . 3 m. sg. 
 of a verb of each of the weak classes. 
 
 6. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) The n_ of rr"'? Impfs. (2) The suffix n|— • (3) He direct- 
 ive. (4)Eaph(g. (5) Zaqeph qaton. (6) The Qal fmpf. of verbs '"j;. 
 (7) 1 before a guttural with S'wa. (8) The vowel-changes in N*59' 
 (9) y gut. Pi'els. (10) The vowel-points in ♦ribpHj!.. (H) Dif- 
 
158 Lesson 45. 
 
 between flK with, and JlN sign of def. object. (12) 'fl gut. Niph- 
 'als. (13) The retention of the original Jl' (14) A later usage of /!• 
 (15) The origin of H (16) Affixes for plur. fern, and masc, and 
 
 T 
 
 for the dual. 
 
 LESSON XLV.-GENESIS VII. 1-8. 
 
 1. New Words. j 
 
 (1) iirr£3, (2) lijr, (3) D^yaiK, (4) hhd, (s) dip».' 'C?- 
 
 2. MOTES. U.^r. 
 V- 1. *15}^*1, ? 88. 1. — K3, on synopsis in Qal, I 102. 3.- 
 !nr)'3, on »_, ?"i25. 5. a; on -, § 124. 1. a. (2).— »ri»N"l, the i be- 
 
 P : I"' " , * ■}• T 
 
 ing attenuated from e, § 100. 3. 6.— 'Jfl? to my faces, on ♦_, ? 124. 
 3. a. (1).— nn, on 6, ? 30. 6. c. 
 
 Ts. 2, 3. nnmCp, ? 122. 2. c.-Kin, ? 50. 3. a.-nlT?'?, Pi'el 
 Inf. const, of n^ll ; of. riyVin in ch. VI. 20. 
 
 T T -: I- 
 
 Vs. 4, 5. TtpOO, synopsis in Hiph'il ; cf. Principle 28.— 
 DV D'^3'1K, the numeral being plur. in form, the subst. is sg. — 
 ♦n'npi, on V (of. ♦ri'.J^'n above), I 100. 3. 6; from HnO-— Dlp'ri 
 (ha-y"qum), on omission of D. f. from ', ? 14. 2; on forruation, 1 112. 
 3.-»ri'tr;r, on i, ? 100. 3. 6; cf. 'n'TO, and ♦n'K'l.-imV. for 
 
 m5f and in ; = inx mif (vi. 22).' "' ' "' ^ "' 
 
 T ■ T • 
 
 Vs. 7, 8. {«{i»], see synopsis, § 102. 3 ; the 3 is obscured from 
 a, ND* being for ii]yj the "| being elided, a becomes a, and this 6, 
 § 94. 2. E. 3.— V^ai, on V_, ? 124. 3. A-lnK w<A him; cf. ln}< 
 = )(-Am.-nii;5»Kj for rr-J-pN ; on V. ? 125^ 5. a; on J^, § 74. 
 2. c. N. 1 ; on the contraction, tH—, ? 74. 2. c. N. 2 ; on particle 
 with suff., § 134. 2. c. 
 
 5. Principles of Syntax. 
 
 ^' 2« — n^5^ i^P??^ — Seven, seven = by sevens. 
 T. 9.— D»J^' Q»^B>'— TVjo, two = by twos, in pairs. 
 
Lesson 45. 159 
 
 Principle 30. — Words are often repeated in order to express the 
 distributive relation. 
 
 T. 5.—t^^t^ n'lXO ^lif'}^ fiT\—And Noah (was) tlie son of six 
 hundred years = And Noah was six hundred years old. 
 ~ Principle 31. — In Hebrew " time is viewed as the parent of that 
 which is produced within it, and a person or thing as the offspring 
 of the time during which he or it has existed." 
 
 4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. ? 123. 1, 2, The Absolute and Construct states. 
 
 2. ? 123. 3, Substitution of H for H— - in the construct. 
 
 3. § 123. 4, Restoration of original ]n__ in the construct. 
 
 4. § 123. 5, Substitution of ♦_ for D'_ and D'— 
 
 ' ... .J- 
 
 5. § 123. 5. N. Explanation of the Construct form. 
 
 6. Word-Lists, Verbs numbered 181—194 in List IV. 
 
 5. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be written : — The corresponding construct forms of H^^. 
 
 2. To be translated into Helarew : — (1) The shepherd of the flock 
 was a good man; (2) What did God call the collection of waters f 
 (3) The eyes of the man were opened and he saw; (4) Noah's arh 
 was made of gopher wood; (5) Noah took into the ark of the clean 
 cattle and of the cattle which were not clean; (6) The man loas forty 
 years old; (7) God rained upon the earth forty days and forty 
 nights. 
 
 3. To be written in English letters:— Verses 1, 2 of chapter VII. 
 
 4. To be written :— Synopses of the verbs in ? 836, numbered 3, 
 5, 8, 14, in the various stems in which these verbs are there said to 
 occur. 
 
 6. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) The 6 of verbs N"iD- (2) Synopsis in QM of X13. (3) '>'y 
 Segholates before sufiSxes. (4) The i of H"'? Perf 's before consonant 
 
160 Lesson 46. 
 
 terminations. (5) Omission of D. t. (6) The vowels in HIJ'N^- 
 (7) Explanation of the Construct form. (8) The substitution of 
 n_ for n_, of »_ for D V and D»_. (9) The restoration of jl— 
 in the construct. 
 
 LESSON XLVI.-GENESIS VII. 9-16. 
 
 1. New Words. 
 
 (1) m, (2) ti^irr, (s) na'i^-n.^is'', (4) j;p3, (5) f»j;o, 
 (6) naiN, (7) nnfl/{8) n^i (9) "sm. do) ij;^.' 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 Ts. 9, 10. 1K3j synopsis, ? 102. 3. — "IjyKp, according to the 
 manner which, the prep, governing the antecedent of the relative. 
 — WtyT} nj^DB''? lit-) to ih^ heptad of days, the numeral being 
 in const, relation with the subst. — 'p, const, of Q*0. 
 
 Vs. 11, 12. n^JJ'a, on i, ? 47. 2; abs., HIlJj/, const., riJB>, the 
 
 - ; ■ T T . ~ :. . 
 
 -■r being volatilized, and Jl^- restored, ? 122. 2. — niKO'JJ'tJ', on 
 Methegh, ? 18. 4; cardinal for ordinal, ? 133. R. 11.— '-^n, const, of 
 
 D'»rr, 2 123. 5.-!i;fp5j, Niph. Perf. 3 pi. of j;p3. - nij'jfo, 
 
 const, of JTlJ*J^Di a denominative from pj/, 2 119. 2. — rTSH, fem. 
 of adj. ^"1 ; on'the D. f ., ? 125. 5. 6.— innflJ pausal for'innfil 
 ? 38. 1.— DSyJ (ge-sem) an a-class Segholate. 
 
 Vs. 13, 14. ntil DVIl DVJ^.5»'i«Ae6oweo/<Ais<£<J2/ = onthis 
 very day.— DilK, the original i being found in a sharpened syl. — 
 —11/^6' ^ ^^''l; °» ^' *• firmative, I 15. 6.— n*nn, ?? 18- 1; 45. 2. 
 — nrD*?, ?? 16. 1; 124. 1. a. (1) and R. 1.-1,1^0'?, ? 124. 1. &. (1). 
 
 T • : _ rt-* ■ : 
 
 — "llflV' ""^ formation, 2 110. 5. c. 
 
 Vs. 15, 16. D*JB' D'Jt?', repetition giving a distributive sense. 
 
 -ijyarr, cf. nti^io {iir23).-D»N3n, Qai Part. act. pi. of k13 ; 
 
 T T - ■ T : • - T - 
 
 Part, with article = a relative clause : those that went in. — "njlp'li 
 with 1 atten. from a, and o heightened from ii, ? 66. 1. a, and 2, — 
 1^jJ^5 (ba-'°dh6), prep. ^^3 around, behind, with suflf. *) him. 
 
Lesson 46. 161 
 
 3. Principles of Syntax. 
 
 Y. 9.—"ti nilif "^^f/iO— -According to (that) which God com- 
 manded. 
 
 Principle 32.— When Iti^H follows a preposition, the preposi- 
 tion governs, not the relative, but its antecedent. 
 
 Y. 11.— rrJtJ' PiMiD'lifp rjJtf'5— /» (the) year of six hundred 
 
 years = in the six hundredth year. 
 
 Principle 33. — There are no ordinals above ten; hence the cardi- 
 nals must serve as ordinals, whenever the context demands. 
 
 Y. 13.— nfiji Dni-DjS''! hi a^—Went in Noah and Shew, afid 
 
 Ham and Japhet. 
 
 Principle 34. — The predicate of several subjects united by and 
 may stand either in sing, or plur., but it is generally in sing, when 
 it precedes, 
 
 4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. ? 124. Tabular View, The noun DID with pron. suffixes. 
 
 2. § 124. 1. a, b, and R's, Masc. nouns in the sing, with suffixes. 
 
 3. ? 124. 2, Fem. nouns in the sing, with suffixes. 
 
 4. ? 124. 3. a — d, Masc. nouns in the plur. with suffixes. 
 
 5. § 124. 4, Fem. nouns in the plur. with suffixes. 
 
 6. Word-Lists, Verbs numbered 195 — 208 in List IV. 
 
 5.- Exercises. 
 
 1. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) Sis day, her day, your 
 (m.) day, thy (f.) day, our day, their (m.) day, thy (m.) day; (2) Thy 
 lives, her lives, his lives, thy (f.) lives, our lives, my lives, your lives; 
 (3) My saying, her saying, your (m.) saying, our saying; (4) My 
 signs, your signs, our signs, their signs, thy signs; (5) My father, 
 thy brother, our father, your father, thy mouth, her Tnouth. 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Our Father who {axi) in 
 heaven; (2) Talce with thee into the ark thy father and thy sons and 
 thy daughters; (3) The fowl according to his kind and the heast ac- 
 
162 Lesson 47. 
 
 cording to Tier hind shall enter tJie arJe two by two; (4) Everything 
 in which is the spirit of life shall expire; (5) I was horn in the eigh- 
 teen hundredth year of our Lord, in the seventh month, on the twenty- 
 fourth day of the month; (6) The waters of the flood were upon the 
 earth many days. 
 
 3. To be written : — A transliteration of verses 13 and 14 of chap- 
 ter VII. 
 
 4. To be written :— An exact statement of the origin and force 
 of the following suffixes (including the ending of the stem): (1) 
 V_, (2) n^-, (3) r]'_, (4) !1J'_, (5) 1, (6) f1_, (7) n_, (8) n , 
 
 ofo-, (io)''n_. 
 
 T ■ T 
 
 6. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) A preposition with the Relative pronoun. (2) Use of cardi- 
 nals for ordinals. (3) Denominatives formed by prefixing Q. (4) 
 P"J^ stems with affixes. (5) The prep. jlK with suffixes. (6) The 
 pronominal suffixes. (7) Qal Part's act. of verbs V'j^. (8) The orig- 
 inal vowels in "ijlD^ (9) Agreement of predicate. (10) Suffixes 
 attached to the stem-ending a. (11) Suffixes attached to the stem- 
 ending e (from i). (12) Suffixes attached to the stem-ending —. 
 (13) The various forms assumed by the old construct ending ay be- 
 fore suffixes. (14) Plural feminines with pronominal suffixes. 
 
 LESSON XLVII.-GENESIS VII. 17-24. 
 
 7. New Words. 
 
 (1) on, (2) -)5j, (3) nD3, (4) -in, (s) nhj, (6) rrnin, (7) nxty'. 
 
 Ys. 17, 18. 1S'1*1, on rejection of the third radical ") or ', S 
 100. 2.— !1N^'5 (way-yi-s'u), from NB'J ; J assimilated, but D. f. 
 lost, 2 14. 2 ; the §°wa remains vocal, the preceding syl. being half- 
 
Lesson 47. 163 
 
 open. — D^DI (wSt-ta-r6m), the second — , being in an tmaccented 
 closed syl., must be 6 ; usual form of \'^ Qal Impf., is with 1, e. g., 
 Onil ; but with Waw consec, o is employed, which becomes 8 
 when the tone is removed, § 94. 2. R. 4.— ll^J', (1) ♦,.(2) "IIJJ, the 
 root, (3) V 
 
 Ts. 19, 20. )lDp»5, (1) • 1 with D. f. lost from ^ U4. 2 ; (2) ♦ ; 
 (3) — = passive ; (4) D. f. in D = intensive ; (5) 1 = plur.; the root 
 being JlDD, cf. i)'?^^ (ch. II. D.-DHnn, on the — {i), ? 45. 4.- 
 D^n^Jli from fl3Jli ? 125. 1. a; but Pathah-furtive disappears when 
 n ceases to be final, nor is the Mappiq any longer necessary. — 
 n'pj^b'PP' see ch. VI. 16. 
 
 Vs. 21, 22. ^5^*1, g 82. 1. a.— nOtl'J (ni-s'mSth), construct of 
 n^K'^-VflN, froin'f^N = SJN, dual,^ Q^Bii ; on V_, ? 124. 3. d. 
 — ni*in3 (b6-ha-ra-bha), on — (6), ? 45. 4 ; ~ under fli on account 
 
 T T IT V 
 
 of rejection of D. f. from T, the formation being according to ? 110. 
 1— inp, on e under t2, ? 94' 2. H. 1. 
 
 Vs. 23, 24. noh' f 0"^ nnp*! (Qal Impf.) ; ,1^ lost, and a help- 
 ing vowel — inserted, ? 100. 5. b. (5) ; Raph^ over 0, to show that 
 no D. f. is to be expected. — V10*1> Niph. Impf. 3 plur., of same root 
 as no**— 1N£y''t another Niph.; tone receding to penult, -^ is 
 shortened to "V, 2 21. 3.— H^riS 1i^}<' ^- ^- i" 2) because of 
 preceding disjunctive accent.— Qi', sg., although pi. in sense. 
 
 3. Principles of Syntax. 
 
 V. 19.— HKip 'iH'O— Mightily, mightily. 
 
 Principle 34.— Words are often repeated to express intensity or 
 emphasis. 
 V. 22.— VANS "IJJ'K ^"2— All in whose nostrils, etc. 
 
 Principle 35.— The "IB'K which serves as, sign of relation for a 
 following pronominal suflix is generally separated from the word to 
 which the suffix is attached by intervening words. 
 
164 Lesson 47. 
 
 4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. ? 125. 1, Stem-changes resulting from shifting of tone one 
 
 place. 
 
 2. 2 125. 2, Stem-changes resulting from shifting of tone two 
 
 places. 
 
 3. 2 125. 3, Stem-changes in the singular construct. 
 
 4. ? 125. 3. R. 4, Qal act. participles, and nouns with ultimate e. 
 
 5. Word-Lists, Nouns numbered 116—133 in List VIII. 
 
 5. Exercises. 
 
 1. In the case of 'HJJ'S flesh, D'^I^^ eternity, write out (1) the 
 const, sg., (2) the form with suffix for my, (3) with suffix for your 
 (m.), (4) the plur. abs., (5) the plur. const, (6) the plur. with the suf- 
 fix for my, (7) with the suffix for your (m.). 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) This is my word which 1 
 have spohen to you; (2) The earth and all which (is) in it is God's; 
 (3) All tJie mountains were covered, and the waters prevailed upon 
 the earth; (4) Three men were left with him in the arh; (5) The man 
 to (3) whose word Ilistened was forty years old; (6) And he destroyed 
 man and beast, creeper and cattle from upon the ground. 
 
 3. To be written : — A transliteration of verses 22, 23 of ch. VII. 
 
 4. To be written : — Exhaustive analyses of (1) 0*0(1"), (2) 
 
 onnrr, (3) rr'7rp'?o. (*) non55i. (&) onx^p. ^"'' 
 
 6. Topics for Study, 
 
 (1) Loss of ") or ' in verbs Jl"''?, (2) Assimilation of J in verbs 
 pS. (3) The vowels in V'^ Qal Imperfects. (4) The article with 
 — . (5) The suffix and ending V_- (6) Each vowel in n5*l and 
 VlO*!. (7) D. 1. after a disjunctive accent. (8) When does the 
 tone move one place ? (9) When does it move two places ? (10) 
 The vowel-changes in either case. (11) The formation of the singu- 
 lar construct. (12) Nouns with e in the ultima. 
 
Lesson 48. 165 
 
 ON XLVIll.-GENESIS VIII. I-JJ? V^ 
 
 V' . - - 
 
 (1) *l3r, (2) nnir, (3) nDtjr, (4) -)DD, (5) N'?3, (6) nOH, (7) 
 
 -T -'t |-t -t TT, "T 
 
 nvp, (8) -in, (9) n'?n, do) 3-ij^, (id ts^n*. |^ ; v<^ 
 
 2. /l/orfs. 
 
 V ^, 
 
 V. 1. "I3f*1, f atten. from a, o height, from iL ; Qal Impf. 3 m. 
 
 sg. ; synopsis ? — ^^5V'!1' '^^ "^ instead of ♦ , ? 68. 5. 6. (1) ; synopsis? 
 
 — ISSJ^'Jl, from tjDd', I 86. 1, and 3; the — height, from orig. — ; 
 the with first radical instead of with second; the D. f. represent- 
 ing the tsontracted radical. 
 
 Vs. 2, 3. n?^*!, Niph. Impf. 3 m. plur. of "lDD = n^p.- 
 K'73*1, ? 75. 2.— 13a'»'), for ^y\ti/'<^ -, basis of the form is bltr' 
 (like yaq-tiil), but w+u = u, and 3, in an open syllable becomes a, 
 ? 94. 1. a. (1), and 2. a.-rit>tl, Inf. abs.; on 3 (= a), 2 70. 1. h. (1). 
 — 3'"H:>"1, on — , § 49. 4; on ^'iV, Inf. abs., for "^fWif, I 94. 1. c. (1). 
 — 11pn*l, on — before H, 2 78. 2. as; on — under "pl, ? 78. 3. c— 
 rrVpb (m^i-*!'?^)' ^O"" <"TV(?P ; on omls. of D. f ., 2 14. 2; on — under 
 p, instead of — , 2 125. 6. 6; off H— (&), 2 123. 3. 
 
 Ys. 4, 5. mni, from ftli (cf. inm!:'! ch. II. 15); usual Impf., 
 niJ», but the form with Waw consec. has o, 2 94. 2. c. R. 4; but the 
 gut. changes the usual o to a.— Hn, const, pi. of IPT, which is from 
 ^nn ; hence the -r is unchangeable, and stands in the const., 22 125. 
 5. 6; 31. 4. N. 2.— "llDfl, Inf. abs. ; on 6 (= a), 2 70. 1. h. (1).— 
 1N"),3. Niph. of UN"!- — *tyN1, const, plur.; another case of un- 
 changeable — in const. ; irreg. plur. of tJ^N"), 2 132. 17.— DnrTil 
 (h6-ha-rim), on the — under H, 2 *5. 4. 
 
 Vs. 6, 7. nriD"!, ? 82. 1. a.-rhf^'iX, on -^ under •?, 2 82. 1. h. 
 -NV*!' ? 90- 2- «i (D.-KllfS 2 70' 1- 6- {l)--n^?|, a fern. Inf. 
 const., 2 90. 2. 6. R. 1. 
 
166 Lesson 48. 
 
 8. Principles of Syntax. 
 
 T. 3. — ^i^l Tll7n 13^*1 — -And they returned, going and re- 
 turning. 
 T. 7.— ^ItJ'T NW N^f*!— ^»w^ it ivent forth, going forth and re- 
 
 T ^ .. ._ 
 
 turning. 
 
 ^T. 5. — "liOni T]l7n Vn O'Sni — -And the VMters were going on 
 
 and diminishing. 
 
 Principle 36.— The Infinitive absolute, coming after a finite 
 verb from the same root, gives to the latter the force of continued 
 and lasting action. This idea of continuance is also expressed by 
 the use of the verb ThTl, in which case the principal idea is added 
 in the form of a second Inf. abs. The thought of the phrases given 
 above is: (1) "They went on going backwards"; (2) "It went re- 
 peatedly to and fro "; (3) "And the waters were abating continually." 
 V. 5.— tS^irf? inN3 '>'y'P^^—In the tenth (month), on the first 
 
 (lit., one) (day) o/(iit., to) the morUh. 
 
 Principle 37.— In dates (1) the words day and month are often 
 omitted, (2) the cardinals are often used instead of ordinals, and 
 (3) instead of the construct relation, a periphrastic expression by 
 means of "^ is employed. 
 
 4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. ? 125. 4. a—f. Stem-changes in the inflection of Segholates. 
 
 2. ? 125. 5. a, h, Stem-changes in the inflection of V'_J^, "I'y 
 
 and ^"^ Segholates. 
 
 3. I 125. 6. a, h, Stem-changes in the inflection of H"*? nouns. 
 
 4. Word-Lists, Nouns numbered 134—151 in List VIII. 
 
 5. Exercises. 
 
 1. In the case of l'7^>, niO, H.n, ph, nVp, write (1) sg. const., 
 (2) sing, form with suffix yolr, (sTplur. abs.,^ (4) plur. const., (5) 
 
 plur. form with suffix my. 
 
Lesson 49. 167 
 
 2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Remember thou the days 
 in which God Messed thee; (2) God caused the waters to return from 
 upon the earth; (3) He died in the sixth year^ in the seventh month, 
 on the fifth day of the month; (4) The words of God are good; (5) 
 He mil live unto eternities of eternities; (6) The Icings of the earth 
 shall return unto their land. 
 
 3. To be written : — A transliteration of verses 2, 3 of ch. VIII. 
 
 4. Write a complete analysis of the following forms : — (!) 
 
 nj'^fo. (2) tr'in'?, (3) n^fi, (4) dkpi, (5) n'r^'n. 
 
 6. Topics for Study. 
 
 (1) Vowels of the Qal Impf. 3 m. sg. of a strong verb. (2) ^"^ 
 Qallmpf. (3) V'P Qallmpf. (4) Niph'al Impf. 3 m. sg. (5) Form 
 of Inf. abs. (6) The 6 of the Inf. abs. (7) The 4 of T\"'l nouns. 
 (8) Unchangeable — in const.plur. (9) Article with — . (10) '*? gut- 
 tural Pi'el Impf. (11) V'fl Qal Impf. (12) Various forms assumed 
 by Segholate stems in inflection. (13) 1"^ and '"J? Segholates. 
 (14) l^'y Segholates. (15) n"*? nouns ending in n_. 
 
 LESSON XLIX.-GENESIS VIII. 8-14. 
 
 7, New Words. 
 (1) nJV, (2) '7'7p, (3) nUO, (4) fjS, (5) '7^^^, (6) '^♦rT, (7) nilK, 
 
 (8) nj;/(9) nn, do) f)n^, hi) brr, (12) fitJ'K-i, ds) anrr, (w) 
 iiD, (15) rrppp. 
 
 2. Verbal Forms. 
 
 [In the case of each form, state (1) stem, (2) tense, (3) pers., numb., gen., {i) 
 class, (5) root, (6) meaning of root, (7) corresponding; form of 7 13 p, (8) the varia- 
 tion from the strong form, the reason for the variation, and the section in the 
 "Elements" which explains it. The superior figure indicates the verse in 
 which the word occurs.] 
 
 (1) vh^\' (2) niN'}'?,^ (3) t?\>? (4) nNV^,« (5) :im? (6) 
 
168 Lesson 49. 
 
 (12) K3fi," (13) inn," (14) 'ji-r-n,!^ (15) aitiy,i2 (le) ♦ri^i^^ (i7) 
 D")n,i3 (18) nD»i,^' (19) NT"),i3 (20) ntyn;." 
 
 3, Nominal Forms. 
 
 [In the case of each form, state (1) aba. sg., (3) meaning, (3) formation, (4) 
 const, sg., (5) abs. and const, plur., (6) its form with one or more suffixes in sg. 
 and plur.J 
 
 (1) rraiN|,« (2) T\byy.& 'n\? (4) D'py» (5) Dn^," (6) nn," 
 
 (7) t^'-jn,!' (8) npDo.i3 
 
 4. Particles, Prepositions, Suffixes, etc. 
 
 [In the case of each, state all that may be known concerning it.] 
 
 (1) -nj<,8 (2) |o,8 (3) j^j^s i^^ith), (4) rr,8 (5) ■ n,8 (6) '^jjr.s (7) y 
 
 (8) n'?,^ (9) -'?t{,3 (10) 's," (11) 1.9 (12) n,9 (13) "p," (14) nirr." 
 
 (15)V_.i2 
 
 T 
 
 5. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. § 126. 1 — 5, Classification of Noun-stems. 
 
 2. § 127. 1. Tab. View and R's, Strong and Guttural Segholates. 
 
 3. g 127. 2. Tab. View and R's, V^ '"JT, H"'? and ;^";r Segbo- 
 
 lates. 
 
 4. Word-Lists, Nouns numbered 152 to 168 in 
 
 List VIIL 
 
 6. Exercises, 
 
 1. To be written : — A word-for-word translation of verses 8 — 14 
 of Genesis VIII. 
 
 2. To be written: — A transliteration of verses 9 and 10 of 
 Genesis VIIL 
 
 3. To be written : — Five Hebrew sentences of not less than eight 
 words each, based on the verses constituting this lesson. 
 
Lesson 50. 169 
 
 LESSON L.-GENESIS VIII. 15-22. 
 
 /. Nev/ Words. 
 
 (1) 15*1. (2) nnsB'p, (3) rarp, (4) ri?i^, & nn (6) nn, (7) 
 nh'j, m nnm> (9) ">'Vp. (w) ip, ud dK (12) i^^p., ds) 
 
 m- 
 
 2. Verbal Forms. 
 
 [In the case of each form, state (1) stem, (2) tense, (3) pers., numb., gen., (4) 
 class, (5) root, (6) meaning of root, (7) corresponding form of SbD, (8) the varia- 
 tion from the strong form, the reason for the variation, and the section in the 
 " Elements " which explains it. The superior figure indicates the verse in which 
 the word occurs.] 
 
 (1) lyV/^ (2) iON'?/^ (3) NV^s (? 90. 2. a), (4) NV>"1" (ace to 
 Q-ri, NV!rr ; usual form would be NVlrT, U 19. 1, 2, 3 ; 90. 3. 6), 
 
 (5) nfli!" (6) Kvn.'' (7) ii<v;/' («) W-^^' (^^ nf?*!''" (i^) '^jin''' 
 
 (in Hiph.,not Qal), (11) PTl^'^ (cf. mril,v.4), (12) fjpN,^^ (13) 
 
 '7^p'7,2i (14) -ii3n'7,2i (15) ♦n»^j;;,2i (i6) mlp^?.^ 
 
 5. Nominal Forms. 
 
 [In the case of each form, state (1) abs. sg., (2) meaning, (3) formation, (4) 
 const, sg., (5) abs. and const, plur., (6) its form with one or more suflBxes in sg. 
 and plur.] 
 
 (1) n»n^," (2) -1^3," (3) rrDna," (4) trp>" (s) pxa," 
 
 (6) hnsWi-'' (7) nip.^" (s) nirrD-^" o) n*?;^,^" do) la'?,^! (id 
 ir.^' (12) vy^jj^^ (13) jnt'^' (14)}*!^..'^ (15) fi"i.n.' 
 
 I 22 
 
 4. Particles, Prepositions, Irregular Forms. 
 
 [In the case of each, state aU that may be known concerning it.] 
 
 (1) fP,i« (2) r|ntrN,i« (3) ^^Jai" (4) 'Crf " (3) ^pN,i« (6) 
 1fW,i« (7) J<'7,2i (8J Sl3J[^^,2i (9) n^>||^,2i (10) ♦pj.^a 
 
170 Lesson 50. 
 
 5. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 
 
 1. ? 128. Tab. View and R's, Nouns of the Second Class. 
 
 2. § 129. Tab. View and E's, Nouns of the Third Class. 
 
 3. I 130. Tab. View and R's, Nouns of the Fourth and Fifth Classes. 
 
 4. Word-Lists, Nouns numbered 169-185 in List VIII. 
 
 6. Exercises. 
 
 1. To be written: — A word-for-word translation of verses 15-22 
 of Genesis VIII. 
 
 2. To be written : — A transliteration of verses 17, 18 of G.enesis 
 VIIL 
 
 3. To be written : — Five Hebrew sentences of not less than ten 
 words each, based on the verses constituting this Lesson. 
 
MANUAL, 
 
A HEBREW MANUAL 
 
 FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 Text, Teansiation, TEANsriTEEATioir, Vocabuxaeies 
 
 AND WOKD-LlSTS ^ 
 
 WILLIAM R. HARPER, Ph. D. 
 
 PROFESSOK OF SEMITIC LANGUAGES IN TALE IIHIVEHSITT ; PRINCIPAli OF 
 THE SCnOOI^ OF THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF HEBIIEW 
 
 ELKVENTH EDITION. 
 
 NEW YORK 
 CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS 
 
 1894. 
 
 '•/■ 
 
COPTKIGHT 1886 BT 
 
 The AMEniCAN PuBiiiOATiou Society op Hebrew 
 Chicago 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 This Manual is intended to accompany the author's Introdtictory 
 Hebrew Method. It can be used to advantage, it is thought, by any 
 who desire to begin the study of Hebrew. It contains some matter, 
 not to be had elsewhere, which will be found of real service in the ac- 
 quisition of the language. A few words of explanation are offered: — 
 
 1. The text of chapters I. and II. is printed with only the 
 most important accents ; that of chapter III. with the accents of 
 secondary value, while in the remaining chapters, all the accents 
 are given. The beginner is thus saved much needless difficulty and 
 annoyance. The text is that of Baer and Delitzsch, which differs 
 in a few particulars from that which is in common use. 
 
 2. The word-for-word translation of the first four chapters of 
 G-enesis is not intended to serve as a help in the rendering of the 
 original. The student will compare, in each case, the Hebrew word 
 with the English equivalent. He will note, for example, that the 
 equivalent of ri'ti'N'nS is In-beginning. He will then proceed to 
 learu the Hebrew word. He will pronounce it and write it until he 
 has mastered it. He will, however, continually associate with it the 
 English equivalent ; and the phrase will be mastered only when the 
 sight or sound of the English suggests the Hebrew, and vice versa. 
 The first word ^ being mastered, he will take up the second in the 
 same manner, and so on, until each word in the verse is learned. It 
 is understood that he has been given the correct pronunciation by 
 an instructor, or that he has learned it from a transliteration. 
 When, now, each word has been studied, it remains to learn the 
 verse as a verse. With the English translation before his eye, ho will 
 
4 Preface. 
 
 write and pronounce the Hebrew, each time comparing his work 
 with the original, until he has obtained a perfect mastery of it. 
 When the verses of a given chapter have been learned, the chapter 
 as a chapter must be mastered. 
 
 3. The unpointed text of Genesis I. — IV. is inserted, because 
 no exercise will be found more profitable than that of pronouncing 
 the unpointed Hebrew. It is well also to copy the unpointed text 
 on the black-board, or on paper, and to supply the points and vowel- 
 signs. 
 
 4. A Hebrew-English Vocabulary is added, containing, besides 
 the words with their meanings, etc., the number of times each word 
 occurs in the entire Old Testament, and a transliteration. The lat- 
 ter is inserted, not to assist in pronunciation, but to indicate the 
 character of the sounds. Corresponding to the Hebrew-English 
 Vocabulary there is also an English-Hebrew Vocabulary. In this 
 way there is kept continually before the mind the origin and value 
 of each particular vowel-sound. In no other introductory book is 
 this feature so emphasized. 
 
 5. The words occurring most frequently in the Old Testament 
 are inserted in "Lists." Each word is numbered, and the corre- 
 sponding number in the English Lists is in each case the equivalent 
 of the Hebrew. The translation is separated from the Hebrew, in 
 order that the "Lists'' may be used to better advantage in the 
 class-room. 
 
 For further particulars as to the method of instruction em- 
 ployed, the reader is referred to the Preface of the author's Intro- 
 ductory Hebrew Method. 
 
 W. E. H. 
 New Haven, Conn., July 1st, 1887. 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 I. Genesis I.-IV., The Hebrew Text 7-17 
 
 H, Genesis I.-IV., A Literal Translation 18-28 
 
 III. Genesis I.-IV., The Unpointed Text 29-38 
 
 IV. Genesis I., A Transliteration 39-41 
 
 V. Genesis V.-Vin., The Hebrew Text 43-52 
 
 VI. VocABiTLARr (Hebrew-English) of Gen. I.- VIII B3-71 
 
 VII. Vocabulary (English-Hebrew) of Gen. I.-VIIl 7»-78 
 
 VIII. Word-Lists— Hebrew 79-87 
 
 IX. Word-Lists— Translation 88-83 
 
EXPLANATION OF SIGNS 
 
 USED IN THE TRANSLATION AND TBANSLITERATION. 
 
 1. Parentheses { ) enclose words for which there is no equivalent in 
 
 the Hebrew. 
 
 2. Brackets [ ] enclose words which are in the Hebrew, but are not 
 
 to be rendered into English. 
 
 3. )( stands for 'eth, the sign of the definite object. 
 
 4. The Hyphen (-) connects those English words which, in Hebrew, 
 
 form a single word. 
 
 5. The sign of Addition (+) stands for Maqqeph. 
 
 6. The Asterish (*) stands for the 'Athnah. (-pp) ; the Dagger (t), 
 
 for S'gholta (— ) ; the Period (.), for Soph Pa?uq (j —) pre- 
 ceded by Silluq. 
 
GENESIS I-IV. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 P . (T T •• ; -J- T - ■■ /,- v: TT - - : 
 
 : D'XDH ♦JiD-'?;^ nfimo D»n'7i< 
 
 ■ It - '^- V JV - : ■ v: 
 
 niNrr ra D^rf^K "^i^'i aita-'a iiKrr-riN DTf^K ki'i 4 
 
 T I •• v: •■ : — rt • T V ■ v: : — 
 
 v^iv - :1- T :rtT t|jt I V J - : t ■ v: t|: *- 
 
 una DV"ipn-'rrn 
 
 It V Iv J • :|- 
 
 f'5 ':'n?9 'rt'i o'^li ^'1^5 j/'p^j 'H! D'n'7}< "iDN»i 6 
 tp-'rr:,! i?'pn!? '^^^ ^^'^ °'.^'':' rsi j^'p^,"? 
 
 dV np3-'n'i an;?-'n''i D'otr' j^'pi"? d^h'^k Nip*i s 
 
 )vJ • :|- :<!:■ • :|- -rtTT "- \- t|t • v: tJ:- 
 
 I T V -J- T - - J- ■ .J- - (t* • v; V J- 
 
 :p"M'"i tfji^yn rrNini ma 
 
 tr ' •\~ rtT T-- V T|" : T V 
 
 D'D' Kip D^an mpD"?!! pK HB'a*'? d^H'^k xnp'i ♦ 
 
Gekbsis 1. 
 
 )a 
 
 11 inf }?^^m 2t^r Nt^'i v^an Ntj'in D^riba noN'i 
 
 12 ^j;i irrrp*? ^x :?n\o :^^i m^_. pxrr Nv'irii 
 14 '?n5n'7 DroB'rT j?'pn5 nhKp ♦.*!! wti^ noN>i 
 
 :p-'n'inNrr-'7:^-i'j<n'p oip^'n ;;'pi5 n'liKp'? vni 
 
 16 TiKsn-nN D^'^un nhkarr ♦Jsj'-nK DTf^K tyr»i 
 
 17 : ni?C''^^ "I'^O/" Q*.?^'-^ ^'P15 O'H'?*:? orix ]m 
 
 3 fja'i;^^ t]'!;?"! (TH trfi^ n??' °-P^ ''^?'* o'^^"^^ ""P^'i 
 f|J3 flip-"?! nx"! Drrr^'p D'on ivib' "i^'Nt n^Dh|7 
 
Genesis I. 
 
 ■J V ; • : : A •• ■ Vi T I .JT. 
 
 nona nyD"? n»n trsj p^n xtfin. D»rl'7N npN-'i 24 
 
 T •■ : T ■ : T ~ v-i'.' t V-iT T •■ ... J 
 
 D»n'7« xTi in^.^p'? noiK^ tJ'?:?-'?? riNi^ nj^p"? 
 i^-!»i^ wpioi? iJp>V5 D"j« n^i?^, D'n'?^ -ipN*l 26 
 
 j: nf<n-'7j; a'p'ip tr'P^'i 
 
 TT • v: VJV : •" * T T |T 
 
 ' |T T T \.t|" : T T rt 
 
 |T : T : ■-• : I" • t fyr j 
 
10 Genesis II. 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 3 nn?'' 13 '3 ink tj^'ipp. 'i^'it^^rr DV-ni< D^ri'?!!? rj-i^'i 
 
 4 n'ltj'ji^ D'V5 D^$']|?^5 fl^Ol o?P?'''^ riin^iip n^x 
 
 V T - ■.' ^" T : I V T T •.■ : 1* VJV v t - - • : 
 
 I V T T •^ ■ ',■: T : ■ : ■ • At : • v-i-.' 
 
 7 nfl-n na-iKn-|D iSii? cnarrna d'H'^k rr'irr nif»i 
 
 - ■- T T -; It I • t't- t t It v ■ v: t : v J-- 
 
 It - ■.-]■.■ : TT|T •:- ft-- -:• t-: 
 
 8 DnK.;7-n}^ ck; am D-ij^p n^-5 1^ ^'^"^^ ^'Vl i^^'^- 
 
 |TT V -: 
 
 ~ : t : V P '^•* T T T -: It I ■ • v: r : - : ~ 
 
 ov.4. si'j?t 'n 
 
Genesis II. 11 
 
 n'm nns' otyoi nrt-na nipt^'n'? pro nv' in^i ' 
 
 |- T 'tt ; - ; 
 |TT- T V -; 
 
 p.N-'?3 n« nhiDH Nirr fin^j 'iwn irtin-Q\if) 13 
 -n^'}« mip rphji Nin '^p^n ♦tr'^'pt?'!! nn|n D£i''i w 
 
 nin;;'? nJi^'P? ''•^n^-'^ o^.^C'"''^^ °*''^'^^: '^^t^- "^P-^- ^"^ 
 
 |T ; T : 
 
 -rrtrj^^ ns"? Dl^?i7 ^'vn riito-N"? d'H"??^ n)n^ ipN*l is 
 
 :i9?' Nin n*rT b^'O). dix.;7 I'^-N-jp! i^^'f^ '731 
 '7b'?i orbE^'D fii;?'?! riDri^ri-'?^'? r\)w D"i«i7 «"JP*^- '' 
 
Genesis III. 
 
 21 nm njpn fg'^n DiN.p-'?;^. nm^ D^ri^it:^ n)n\ "^s^i 
 
 22 D>Ni.;i-fp ^p'7--l^■^{ J;^l?^r■n^« D'rl'?{< n'p* |5:':5 
 
 : D-iNrr-'?N nay) rtm"? 
 
 |T T It V T JV • : - at ■ ; 
 
 iDii^-nnp^ tr>NO '3 nb'K n"!j5» mifp 
 
 |T V T T : 
 
 nj . !iB>-^3;i» f^"?"! ■jji^K') DlNjl D'oh^f Drr'Jtf' Vrr^l 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 K n'ti^i; im rrntrrr n»n "y^D nnj; hm ty'mni 
 
 T T V -: V T - ^T T T T T - : 
 
 3 i'75Kji n'? d'H*?};!! noN }|n-niji5 i^ii Yj;rt napi 
 : pippin |5 13 i:^^n K*?! lipp 
 
 ' I -. J rtT • |T V , T T - -.J - 
 
 o V. 25. tyjia 'D 
 
Genesis III. 13 
 
 7 
 
 •^pNfii insa nj^rii '?*5^d'? TJ^n nsfi^i d:j'j;^ 
 D'Tp^ np\ mo iri^8<l o"i«!;] NanjTi Di»n 
 
 T |V ~ V J l*|T T |T '.' • . ■ T . T p . 
 
 -nanp. Nirr naj; nnnj ■l^■^; na^'N.;i dikji ipN^i 12 
 
 :'7p^^l r^n-fP "? 
 
 :'?;)Ki ♦JX'ty'n a^'iniii na'K.p 
 
 T T J' 't ■ T T - V .. -T . . -• 
 
 irf^p ♦p^-'73 "^SNn ")fi:;;i 
 
 o V. 10. S-';>'7D 
 
14 Genesis III. 
 
 :np.3; i^aiB^'/i nm) mi ^jOitf' Nin 
 1^ KJ^OIP '^^Nf'T ?iW'^ '^P'? ^-S^P?' '5 ^Oiji D'jN'pi 
 
 T T -: |T T -: rtv • - ■• I J- • ■ V -: 
 
 :^;*rr 'Q' "73 n|'?5Ni^ fnyj;? ^"ii^J^I 
 
 18 :n;7frr ^tj'^Tii^ n*??^! t])? n'oyfi "t?"!"!! ppf 
 
 19 '3 nb"if<(i-'7{:? ri5i5^ "ij^ or?'? "^iKri ^♦^x ni^r? 
 
 :3ifn "ifij^-"??*! nnx ifij;-';? ni^jp^ map 
 3 DK nn^ri xin 'd run ■int5''N dlj'' dinh inpi 
 
 T : |t ■ ■ rtT- : ■ " T T |t Tf. - 
 
 ^ : T -; : • : t t : • v: t : ^j — 
 
 22 mD inK3 rr»rr mNpr in d'h'^k nin* noK^ 
 
 V ■ ~ ~ : T T T T |t I ■■ ■ v; T : v j- 
 
 :D|?i^'? 'ni '75Jiti D»*nip fj;p 
 
 23 nbnK.;i-ni^ nii;^ H^'I^^ Q'^t'^J^ n)n' inn^B'»i 
 
 tDJi^'p np"? im 
 
 24 D'i?^?n-n{^ n^l^"? °"!PP I^?'-^ °?t^P"'^^ '''l^!^ 
 TJ^ n^T'"'^? "ips?''? n5|iDri^?n ^inn ton'? dki 
 
 rD^np 
 
Genesis IV. 15 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 1 1 
 
 vp-nni i?r\') nnni ints^N mn-riN i^t onxm « 
 
 |-|- V v-i"- - -- rt : ■ -IT- V ^ t-T T T JT : 
 
 It : V I- • r )t 
 
 fNif nji^n '^5'T'rT*;L ''^^[J'^i^ vriK-nj^t n-j';?'? f|phi 2 
 
 :^^^^? n;jy rr:o npi 
 nmo rro-i«n nsa rp nS^i d»d' fpa 'n'T 3 
 
 I.T : ■ -JT T -: |T s* : ■ I -J - " r - h' t | ) j" • i.- : - 
 
 I T : • V : V vv ' '.■ T : _ 
 
 iKj? np*? nr?;! n^,?'' n"? 'inrnp-'^j^') Hi?-"'^'^'! " 
 
 : ?i»^,fi i>0; rra:?')^ r]^ mh ns^^ irj^;"??? n>'^! "^P^^n « 
 riNcsn nn£3'7 a^b^n k*? dni nkt:' b'ta^n-oK iit>n 7 
 
 - ^: -T J V - t f\- T v-iv *." I1|- T . .- < 
 
 : nniN,rr 
 
 It T-: |T 
 
 n'ij-riN nniffl "wtk rroixn-fp nrix nnx nrij;'! " 
 
 T • V JT : |T JV -: T T -: (T P ■ t rtT -it kt . 
 
 :?l7:p?l»^N^PTn^<n^Tp^ 
 
16 Genesis IV. 
 
 13^ : K'lf 10 'J'w^ ^inj 'IP '""^^ T)?- "'?^<-5' 
 
 14 nnDj< ?|'j|)pi ^rb^^?.;^ ♦j^ '"^J?? di'D ♦h« fi^'n-i ]rr 
 
 ID DB'^i Dip* D'n;;n£r' pb j-)n-'73 j:)'? riin^ i"? laK-n 
 :ii<VJ?"'73 inN-ni^n ♦ji'pa'? riVx pp'p rtint 
 
 " T • : rt"T I : V v-T T ^- : t ^- v ) -: |- <"t-- 
 
 ] V |T V j-T k" T I : ■• T J : V -T 
 
 19 r^'<^wr^ Dtri ni;; nnxn Dt:'' D'tr'j 'nss'' riQ':' i'?"np'i 
 
 I.- ■• - !■■ : T*!- It <•• rt- T J" : | v i.v i \ 
 
 1V|: V ^ ;■• • -: t t j att v i.t'^ v )- ~ 
 
 21 : riJijr'i nto tj'£)h-'?3 'iK n'n Nin- '?a')> vnx Dtyi 
 
 J T I • (- - J V T : [T • - JT • : 
 
 23 VB^-j"? ^0'? "^^ah" 
 
 '•pip |j?p^' h'pvi rrij; 
 
 rt- T : ■ TV"-: |- I V V J- ; 
 
 o V. 18. " Tn'. 
 
V Genesis IV. 17 
 _:::., 
 
 10^-nijj Nnpni [5 T'?fi5 ini^'N-DJ* nij; oix n.h_ ^n 
 m '3 "^ib iT75 "iHjst p% b'ri'??} '^n^' ^s ni^' 
 
 "^hn fK ti'i^x ipB'-nK Nip'i p-n*?' nih-dji ntr''?i 26 
 
 jnirr>DtJ''3Knp'? 
 
 It ! ;■■ : <.): ■ 
 
OENESIS I-IV. 
 
 CHAPTER 1. 
 
 1. In-beginning created God* )( the-heavens and-)( the-earth. 
 
 2. And-the-eartli was (a) desolation and-(a)-waste ; and-darkness 
 (was) upon+faces-of abyss;* and-(tlie)-spirit-of God (was) 
 brooding upon+faces-of the- waters. 
 
 3. And-said God: Sliall-be+(or, let-be)+light ; * and-(there)- 
 was+ light. 
 
 4. And-saw God )(+the-light that+good ;* and-caused-to-divide 
 God between the-light and-between the-darkness. 
 
 5. And-ealled God to-the-light day, and-to-the-darkness called-he 
 night;* and-(it)-was+evening, and-(it)-was+morning, day 
 one. 
 
 6. And-said God: Let-be (an) expanse in-(the)-midst-of the- 
 waters;* and-let-be (a) dividing between waters to-waters. 
 
 7. And-made God )(-|-the-expanse,t and-caused-to-divide between 
 the-waters which (were) from-under to-the-expanse and-be- 
 tween the-waters which (were) from-upon to-the-expanse;* 
 and-(it)-was+so. 
 
 8. And-called God to-the-expanse heavens ;* and-(it)-was+even- 
 tng, and-(it)-was-j-morning, day second. 
 
 9. And-said God: Let-be-coUected the-waters from-under the- 
 heavens unto+place one, and-let-be-seen the-dry (land) ;* and- 
 (it)-was+so. 
 
 10. And-called God to-the-dry (land) earth, and-to-(the)-eollection- 
 
 of [the]-waters he-called seas ;* and-saw God tliat+good. 
 
 18 
 
Genesis I. 19 
 
 11. And-said God : Let-cause-to-spring-forth the-earth grass, herb 
 causing-to-seed seed, tree-of fruit making fruit to-kihd-his 
 which seed-his+Qi-liim (i. e., whose seed is in it) upon+the- 
 earth ;* and-{it)-was4-so. 
 
 12. And-caused-to-come-forth the-earth grass; herb causing-to- 
 seed seed to-kind-his, and- tree making+fmit which seed-his-f 
 in-him to-kind-his ;* ajid-saw God that+good. 
 
 13. And-(it)-was+evening, and-(it)-was+morning, day third. 
 
 14. And-said God: Let-be luminaries in-{the)-expanse-of the- 
 heavens, to-cause-to-divide between the-day and-between the- 
 night ;* and-they-shall-be for-signs, and-for-seasons, and-for- 
 days and-years. 
 
 15. And-they-shall-be for-luminaries in-{the)-expanse-of the-heav- 
 ens to-cause-light upon+the-earth ;* and-(it)-was+so. 
 
 16. And-made God ){+(the)-two-[of] [the]-luminaries the-great;* 
 )(+the-luminary the-great, for-ruling-of the-day ; and-)(+the- 
 luminary the-small, for-rulrag-of the-night, and-)( the-stars. 
 
 17. And-gave ){-them God Ln-{the)-expanse-of the-heavens ;* to- 
 cause-light upon+the-earth[.], 
 
 18. And-to-rule in-the-day and-in-the-night, and-to-cause-to-di- 
 vide between the-light and-between the-darkness ;* and-saw 
 God that+good. 
 
 19. And-(it)-was+evening, and-(it)-was+morning, day fourth. 
 
 20. And-said God : Let-swarm the-waters swarm(s), soul-of life ;* 
 and-fowl shall-fly upon+the-earth, upon+faces-of (the) ex- 
 panse-of the-heavens. 
 
 21. And-created God )(+the-sea-mofts.ters the-great ;* and-)( all+ 
 (the)-soul(s)-of [the]-life the-creeping (or, which-creep), (with), 
 which swarmed the-waters to-kinds-their and-)( every+fowl. 
 of wing to-kind-his and-saw God that+good. 
 
20 Genesis I. 
 
 22. And-blessed. )(-them God, to-say {or, saying) :* Be-ye-fruitful 
 and-multiply-ye and-fiU-ye )(+tlie-waters in-the-seas, and-the- 
 fowl let-multiply in-the-earth. 
 
 23. Aiid-(it)-was+evening, and-(it)-was+moming, day fifth. 
 
 24. And-said God: Shall-cause-to-come-fortli the-earth. soul-of 
 life to-kind-her, cattle, and-creeper, and-beast-of+(tlie)-eartli 
 to-kind-her ;* and-(it)-was+so. 
 
 25. And-made God )(+(tlie)-beast-of the-earth to-kind-her, aiid-)( 
 +the-cattle to-kind-her, and-)( every-fcreeper-of the-ground 
 to-kind-his ;* and-saw God that-|-good. 
 
 26. And-said God : ■We-will-(or, Let-us)-make man in-image-our, 
 according-to-likeness-our ;* and-they-shall-have-dominion in- 
 (the)-fish-of the-sea, and-in-(the)-fowl-of the-heavens, and-in- 
 the-cattle, and-in-all-(- the-earth, and-in-all-|-the-ereeper(s) the- 
 creeping [or, which-creep) upon+the-earth. 
 
 27. And-created God )(-l-the-man in-image-his ; in-(the)-image-of 
 God created-he )(-him ;* male and-female created-he )(-them. 
 
 28. And-blessed )(-them God,t and-said to-them God: Be-ye-fruit- 
 ful and-multiply-ye, and-flll-ye ){ -f the-earth and-subdue-ye- 
 her;* and-have-ye-dominion in-(the)-fish-of the-sea, and-in- 
 (the)-fowl-of the-heavens, and-in-every-|-beast the-creeping 
 upon-f the-earth. 
 
 29. And-said God : Behold ! I-have-given to-you )(-|-every+herb 
 seeding seed which (is) upon-f faces-of aU-|-the-earth, and-)( 
 all-l-the-tree(s) which-1-in-him (i. e., in-whieh) (is the) fruit-of 
 -f (a)-tree seeding seed ;* to-you it-shall-be for-food. 
 
 30. And-to-every-1-beast-of the-earth, and-to-every-|-fowl-of the- 
 heavens, and-to-every creeping-one upon-f the-earth vsrhich-f 
 in-him (i. e., in-vrhich) (is the) soul-of life, (I have given) )(-f 
 every+greenness-of herb for-food;* and-(it)-was-f so. 
 
Genesis II. 21 
 
 31. And-saw God )(+all+ which he-had-done, and-behold+good 
 exceedingly ; * and-{it)-was+eveniiig, aiid-(it)-was+momiiig, 
 day the-sixth. 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 1. And-were-finished the-heavens and-the-earth and-all+host- 
 their. 
 
 2. And-finished God, in-the-day the-seventh, work-his which he- 
 had-done;* and-he-rested in-the-day the-seventh from-aU+ 
 work-his which he-had-done. 
 
 3. And-blessed God )(-fday the-seventh and-sanctifled )(-it;* 
 because in-it he-rested from-all+ work- his which-|-created God 
 to-make. 
 
 4. These (are) (the) generations-of the-heavens and-the-earth in- 
 being-created-their ;* in-(the)-day-of (the) making-of Jehovah 
 God earth and-heavens. 
 
 5. And-every shrub-of the-field not-yet had-been (lit., will-be) in- 
 the-earth, and-every-f-herb-of the-field nol^yet had-sprouted- 
 (2i«., will-sprout )-forth;* for not had-caused-to-rain Jehovah 
 Godupon+the-earth and-man was-not to-serve )(+the-ground. 
 
 6. And-(a)-mist used-to-go-up {lit., will:go-np) from-1-the-earth * 
 and-cause-to-drink (i. e.,used-to-water) J(:+all-|-(the)-faces-of 
 the-ground. -«r»- \ i ^ '"'' 
 
 7. And-formed Jehovah God ){+the-man (out of) dust from+ 
 the-ground, and-breathed in-nostrUs-his breath-of lives ;* and- 
 was the-man for-(a)-soul-of life {i. e., and-became the-man (a) 
 soul-of life). 
 
 8. And-planted Jehovah God (a) garden in-Eden from-east,* 
 and-placed there )(-|- the-man whom he-formed. 
 
22 Genesis II. 
 
 9. And-caused-to-sprout-fortli Jehovah God from+the-ground, 
 every+tree pleasant to-sight and-good for-food,* and-(the)- 
 tree-o£ [the]-lives in-(the)-midst-of the-garden, and-{the)-tree- 
 of [the]-knowmg good and-evil. 
 
 10. And-(a)-river goes-forth {lit., going-forth) from-Eden to-water 
 ){+the-garden* and-from-there it-is-divided and-becomes 
 four heads {lit., and-is for-four heads). 
 
 11. (The) name-of the-one (is) Pishon;* it {lit., he) (is) the-(one)- 
 encompassing {or, which-encompasses) )( all+(the)-land-of 
 [the]-Havilah, 'which+ there (i. e., where) (is) the-gold. 
 
 12. Aiid-(the)-gold-of the-land the-that {lit, she) (is) good ;* there 
 (is) the-bdellium and-(the)-stone-of [the]-onyx. 
 
 13. And-(the)-naine-of +the-river the-second (is) Gihon ;* it (is) the- 
 (one)-encompassing )( alI+(the)-land-of Cush. 
 
 14. Aiid-(the)-name-of the-river the-third (is) Tigris ; it (is) the- 
 (oiie)-going eastward-of Assyria ;* and-the-river the-fourth is 
 {lit., he) Euphrates. 
 
 15. And-took Jehovah God )(+the-man,* and-caused-to-rest-him 
 {i. e., placed-him) in-garden-of+Eden to-serve-it (Zii.,her) and- 
 to-keep-it. ' 
 
 16. And-commanded Jehovah God upon+the-man to-say (i. e., 
 saying):* Erom-every tree-of+the-garden eating thou-mayest- 
 eat[.] ; 
 
 17. Buj-from-(the)-tree-of [the]-knowing good and-evil, not shalt- 
 thou-eat from-it {lit., him);* for, in-(the)-day-of eating-thy 
 from-it, dying shalt-thou-die. 
 
 18. And-said Jehovah God : Nofr^-good (the)-being-of [the]-man 
 to-separation-his ; * I-will-make+for-him (a) help as-over- 
 against-him {or, as-his-counterpart). 
 
Genesis III. 23 
 
 19. And-formed Jehovah God from+the-ground every+^east-of 
 the-fleld and-)( every+fowl-of the-heavens, and-caused- to- 
 come [i. e., brought) unto-j-the-man to-see what+he-will-call 
 -fto-it, [lit., him),* and-all which will-call-l-to-it the-man, 
 soul-of life, is (lit., he) name-its (lit., his). 
 
 '20. And-called the-man names to-all-|-the-cattle, and-to-(the]- 
 fowl-of the-heavens and-to-eveiy beast-of the-fleld ;* and-for- 
 man not-|-did-he-flnd (». e., there was not found) (a) help as- 
 over-against-hlm. 
 
 21. And-caused-to-f all Jehovah God (a) deep-sleep upon-f-the-man, 
 and-he-slept,* and-he-toot one from-sides-his and-closed (the) 
 flesh instead-of-it. 
 
 22. And-built Jehovah God ){+the-side whieh+ he-took from-f the- 
 man for-(a)-woman,* and-ca'V»ed-to-come-her (i. e., brought 
 her) unto+the-man. 
 
 23. And-said the-mant: This, the-tread (i. e., now), bone from- 
 bones-my, and-flesh from-flesh-my;* to-this it-shall-be-called 
 woman, for from-man was-taken+thJs. 
 
 24. Upon+so (i. e., therefore) Bhall-leave-}-(a1-man )(-l-father-hi3 
 and-)(-l-mother-his,* and-shall-cleave in-wife his, and-they- 
 shall-be for-flesh one. 
 
 25. And-were (the) two-of-them naked, the-map an^-wife-his ;* 
 and-not were-(Mt., will-be)-they-ashamed. 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 [In the two remaining chapters, the translation of the pronoir'iTi' "^ufflx is 
 placed before Instead of after the noun which it limits.] 
 
 1. And-the-serpent was crafty from-every beast-of the-fleld T\>dch 
 had-made Jehovah God ;* and-he-said unto+the-woman : (Is 
 it) so that+has-said God, not shall-ye-eat from-every tree-of 
 the-garden[.] ? 
 
24 Genesis III. 
 
 2. And-said the-woman unto+the-serpent :* rrom-(the)-fruit-of 
 (the)-tree{s)-of+the-gardeii we-may-eat[.] ; 
 
 3. But-from-{the)-fruit-of the-tree which (is) In-midst-of+the- 
 garden,t has-said God : Not shall-ye-eat from-it, and-not shall- 
 ye-touch in-it,* lest ye-die. 
 
 4. And-said the-serpent unto+the- woman : * Not+dying shall- 
 ye-die. 
 
 5. For knowing (is) God that in-(the)-day-of your-eating from- 
 it, then-{lit., and)-shall-be-opened your-eyes,* and-ye-shall-be 
 like-God, knowers-of good and-evil. 
 
 6. And-saw the-woman, that good (was) the-tree for-food, and- 
 that (a) delight-(was)-|-it to-the-eyes, and-desirable (was) the- 
 tree to-make-wise, and-she-took from-his-fruit and-she-ate ;* 
 and-she-gave also-f-to-her-husband with-her and-he-ate[.] ; 
 
 7. And-were-opened (the) eyes-of (the) two-of-them, and-they- 
 knew that naked (were) they,* and-they-sewed leaf-of fig-tree, 
 and-they-made for-them-(selves) girdles. 
 
 8. Aad-they-heard )(-|-(the)-voice-of Jehovah God walking in- 
 the-garden to-(or, at)-(the)-breeze-of the-day;* and-hid-him- 
 self the-man and-his-wif e f rom-f aces-of Jehovah God in-midst- 
 of (the) tree(s)-of the-garden. 
 
 9. And-ealled Jehovah God unto-f-the-man,* and-said to-him: 
 Where-art-thou[.] ? 
 
 10. And-he-said : )(-l-thy-voice I-heard in-the-garden,* and-I-was- 
 afraid, because-f-naked (was) I ; and-I-hid-myself . 
 
 11. And-he-said: Who caused-to-know {i.e., made known) to- 
 thee, that naked (wert) thou;* ?-from-|-the-tree, which I-com- 
 manded-thee to-not eat-(-from it, hast-thou-eaten[.] ? 
 
 12. And-said the-man :* The-woman whom thou-gave (to be) with- 
 me, she gave-)-to-me from-fthe-tree and-I-ate. 
 
Genesis III. 25 
 
 13. And-said Jehovah God to-the-woman : What+(is)+this thou- 
 hast-done ?* And-said the-woman : The-serpent corrupted-me 
 and-I-ate. 
 
 14. And-said Jehovah God unto-f-the-serpent : Because thou-hast- 
 done this,t cursed (art) thou from-all+the-cattle, and-from- 
 every beast-of the-field ;* upon-1-thy-belly shalt-thou-go, and- 
 dust shalt-thou-eat an+(the)+days-of thy-lives. 
 
 —] 
 
 15. And-enmity will-I-put between-thee and-between the-woman, / 
 
 and-between thy-seed and-between her-seed ;* it [lit., he) shall- \ 
 bruise-thee (as to the) head ; and-thou shalt-bruise-him (as to / 
 the) heel. 
 
 16. TJnto-f-the- woman he-said: Causing-to-be-great I-will-cause- 
 to-be-great {i. e., multiplying I will multiply) thy-sorrow and- 
 thy-conception (i. e., the sorrow of thy conception); in-pain 
 thou-shalt-bring-forth sons * and-unto+thy-husband (shall-be) 
 thy-desireand-he shall-rule+in-(or, over)-thee. 
 
 17. And-to-man he-said: Because thou-hast-heaikened to-(the)- 
 voice-of thy-wife,t and-hast-eaten from+the-tree which I- 
 commanded-thee, to-say : not shalt-thou-eat from-it * cursed 
 (is) the-ground for-the-sake-of-thee ; in-sorrow shalt-thou-eat- 
 (of )-it all (the) days-of thy-lives. 
 
 18. And-thorn and-thistle shall-it-cause-to-spring-forth to-thee;* 
 and-thou-shalt-eat )(-f(the)+herb-of the-fleld. 
 
 19. In-(the)-sweat-of thy-nostrils, shalt-thou-eat bread, until thy- 
 return unto+the-ground ; for from-it (lit., her) wast-thou- 
 taken ;* for+dust (art) thou, and-unto+dust thou-shalt-return. 
 
 20. And-called the-man (the) name-of Ms-wife Eve,* for she was 
 mother-of all-|-living. 
 
 21. And-made Jehovah God for-man and-for-his-wife tunics-of 
 skin, and-caused-to-put-on-them. 
 
26 Genesis IV. 
 
 22. And-said Jehovah God: Behold! the-man has-become like- 
 one-of [from]-us to-know good and-evil;* and-now lest+he- 
 put-forth his-hand and-take also from-(the)-tree-of [the]-lives, 
 and-eat and-live f or-ever. 
 
 23. Therefore-{Zii., and)-sent-him Jehovah God from-(the)-garden- 
 of+Eden * to-serve )(+the-grouiid which he-was-taken from- 
 there. 
 
 24. And-he-drove-out )(-fthe-maii* and-caused-to-dweU {i. e., 
 placed) from-east to-(the)-garden-of+Eden, )(+ the-Cherubim, 
 and-)( (the) flame-of the-sword [i. e., the flaming sword) the- 
 (one)-turiiiag-itself to-keep )(+(the)-way-of (the) tree-of [the]- 
 lives. 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 1 . And-the-man knew )(+Eve his-wif e ;* and-she-conceived, and- 
 she-bore )(+Cain ; and-she-said : I-have-gotten (a) man with-}- 
 Jehovah. 
 
 2. And-she-added to-bear {i. e., and again she bore) )(+his-brother 
 )(+Abel;* and-was+Abel (a) shepherd-of flock(s), and-Cain 
 was (a) tUler-of ground. 
 
 3. And-it-was, from-end-of days,* and-caused-to-come (i. e., 
 brought) Cain from-(the)-fruit-of the-ground (an) offering to- 
 Jehovah. 
 
 4. And- Abel caused-to-come, also+he, f rom-(the)-firstluigs-of his- 
 flock and-from-thelr-fats;* and-looked-with-favor Jehovah un- 
 to+Abel and-unto+his-oflering. 
 
 5. And-unto+Cain and-unto+his-oflering not did-he-look-with- 
 favor;* and-it-kindled to-Cain [i. e., and Cain was angry), 
 exceedingly, and-fell his-faces (or, countenance). 
 
 6. And-said Jehovah unto + Cain: Eor-what [or, why) has-it- 
 kindled to-thee, and-for-what have-fallen thy-faces[.] ? 
 
Genesis IV. 27 
 
 7. (Is there) ?-not, if+thou-make3t-(or, doest)-good, (a) lifting-up 
 (of the countenance) ? and-if not thou-makest-good, at-the-door 
 sin (is) crouching ;* and-unto-thee (shall be) hls-desire, and- 
 thou shouldst-rule+in-(or, OTer)-him. 
 
 8. And-said Cain unto+Abel his-brother ;* and-(it)-was in-their- 
 being in-the-field, and-rose Cain unto+Abel his-brother and- 
 killed-him. 
 
 9. And-said Jehovah unto+Cain : Where (is) Abel thy-brother ?* 
 And-he-said: Not haYe-I-known(i. e.,do-I-know); ?-keeper-of 
 my-brother (am) I[.] ? 
 
 10. And-he-said: What hast-thou-done?* (The) voice-of (the) 
 bloods-of thy-brother (are) crying unto-me from-f the-ground. 
 
 11. And-now cursed (art) thou,* from+the-ground which has- 
 opened )(+her-mouth to-take )(+(the)+bloods-of thy-brother 
 from-thy-hand. 
 
 12. When thou-shalt-tiU (or, serve) )(+the-ground, not-f-will-it- 
 add to-give+her-strength to-thee;* (a) fugitive and-(a)-vag- 
 abond shalt-thou-be in-the-earth. 
 
 13. And-said Cain unto+Jehovah :* Great (is) my-iniquity f rom- 
 bearing. 
 
 14. Behold ! thou-hast-driven-out )(-me the-day (i. e. , to-day) f rom- 
 upon (the) faces-of the-ground, and-from-thy-faces shall-I-be- 
 hid ;* and-I-shall-be (a) fugitive and-(a)-vagabond in-the-earth, 
 and-it-shall-be (that) any-fflnding-me will-kill-me. 
 
 15. And-said to-him Jehovah : Therefore {lit., to-so) any+killing 
 Cain, seven-fold shall-he-be-avenged;* and-placed Jehovah 
 for-Cain (a) sign to-not smite+)(-him any-f-flnding-him. 
 
 16. And-went-forth Cain from-to-faces-of (i. e., from the presence 
 of) Jehovah;* and-he-dwelt in-(the)-land-of+Nod, eastward- 
 of+Eden. 
 
28 Genesis IV. 
 
 17. And-knew Cain ){4-his-wife and-she-conceived, and-bore )(+ 
 Enoch ;* and-he-was building (a) city, and-be-called (the) name- 
 of the-city accorduig-to-(the)-name-of his-son Enoch. 
 
 18. And-there-was-born to-Enoch )(+Irad; and-Irad begat )(+ 
 Mehujael ;* and-Mehujael begat )(+Methusael ; and-Methusael 
 begat )(+Lamech. 
 
 19. And-took+to-him Lamech two-[of| wives ;* (the) name-of the- 
 one Adah, and-(the)-name-of the-second Zillah. 
 
 20. And-bore Adah )(+ Jabal ;* he was (the) father-of (the) inhab- 
 itant-of tent(s) aad-(the-possessor-of )-cattle. 
 
 21. And-(the)-name-of his-brother (was) Jubal;* he was (the) 
 father-of all-|-performing-on (the) harp and-(the)-flute. 
 
 22. And-Zillah, also+she, bore )(-)-Tubal Cain, hammerer-of every 
 +cutter-of {i. e., cutting-instrument-of ) bronze and-iron;* 
 aDd-(the)-sister-of Tubal+Cain (was) Naamah. 
 
 23. And-said Lamech to-his-wives : — 
 Adah and-Zillah, hear-ye my-voice, 
 Wives-of Lamech hearken-unto my-saying ;* 
 For (a) man I-have-killed f or-my-woundlag ; 
 And-(a)-youth, for-my-hurt. 
 
 24. If seven-fold shall-be-avenged+Cain,* 
 Then-Lamech seventy and-seven. 
 
 25. And-knew Adam again )(+his-wif e and-she-bare (a) son ; and- 
 she-called )(+his-name Seth :* For has-put-fto-me God seed 
 another instead-of Abel, for slew-him Cain. 
 
 26. And-to-Seth, also+he, was-bom+(a)-son ; and-he-called )(-f- 
 his-name Enosh;* then it-was-commenced to-call on-(the)- 
 name-of Jehovah. 
 
OENESIS I -IV. 
 
 THE "CriSri'OIiCrTEXi HEBISE"Vy TESSIT. 
 
 CHAPTER r. 
 
 nm Dinn 'js'?^ '^]t:^tl^ mm inn'nn^'rr pNf?i 2 
 : niN 'H'l niK 'rr* D»n'7« la^^n 3 
 
 mj^ ♦nn n'?''? xip "[jj'n'?") dv "nN*? d'h'^k ^<1p♦l " 
 
 p3 '?'nnD 'n*! D'arr ^inn j;p") 'n* D»n'?N naxn e 
 
 nrrno na'K D'on pa "^nri'i j;»pnrr riK D'n'^K tJTi ^ 
 
 ;p ♦n'l :;'pn'7 "^j/o ntj'N D'on pm i^'pn"? 
 DV "ipn^rrn :3i;^»nn d'osj' rpi*? d'h'^J^ J<"ip''i ^ 
 
 Dipa '?ii D'Dt:^n nnno D^arr Tip* n'rt>ii ^m"\ 9 
 
 :p 'n't nsj'n'n rrNini nnx 
 D'D' Nip D'crr mpo'?i pN ntra*'? D'n'?« xnpn ♦ 
 
 : :3iD 'D D»n'?N kti 
 jnr ;rnro ::£j';r ai^^-i p-ixn ke'id d'h*?}"? "ion'i " 
 pan b^ la mr iB'K iJ'o'7 nfl ns:'^ ns fp 
 
 29 ' 
 
Genesis I. 
 
 12 Yi^) )nyd? ^nt ynm :i^v J^tJ'T f"iKn Nifini 
 
 13 ; ♦B'''?£j' DV npn ♦rr'i nnj; 'n^i 
 
 14 '^nnn'? D'otrn i^^p-o rnxo ^rv d'h'^x n^Nn 
 
 la pKn "iv '^*^<•^':' Q'otJrr y'pnn miNQ'? vm 
 
 :p ♦iTi 
 
 16 mKorr riN D^'^ijrr mxarr ♦JtJ' nx D»rF'7« tJ';;'i 
 
 17 : yian b:! y^rh D'ocrn ;;'p"ia D'rT'?^ onx fnn 
 
 18 ']irnrr pm "iwrr p '?nnn'7i n'7''7:ii dv3 '^sj'o':'') 
 
 19 :Ta") DV npa 'nn anj; 'n'") 
 3 fli;;i rr'n c'fij pt^' D^arr iifisr* D'n'^x nx:N'i 
 
 tD'atrn rpi ♦ja "^j^ pxn *?;; ^la^r 
 
 21 tj'SJ '?:) riNi D''?iJin nnn'n nx D»rr'7X ^nnn 
 riN") Dni'0'7 D^orr lifnty "ib'n ntroirr irnn 
 
 22 D»Qn nx 'iN'70') "13-11 na noN"? d^h'^n dhk "i"i2n 
 
 23 :'B'»on DV npn 'nn an;; 'rrn 
 
 24 nann nj^D*? rr^n c'Aj pKrr Nif"in D'n':'^ noxn 
 
 :p 'nn nj^o"? pK wm tj'o-ii 
 
Genesis II. 3] 
 
 n")'i iniQia ijx:7ifn dik ntj'j;^ D'n'7K laxn 26 
 
 :pxn "^y t^^nirt tj'ain "^Dni 
 Nnn D\i'7N D'^ifn in'^ifn dinh nK D'rr'??* Nian 27 
 
 •oil nfl D'n':'}^ orr"? loxn dtt'^n onx 'innn 28 
 
 jnr ;i£ry "^^ nx dd"? 'nnj mrr d'h'^k idn'i 29 
 i:} nsj'N fyn ':'5 nNi pKn bo 'j«3 "^^^ "ie'j^ yit 
 inb^a'? rr'n* dd"? nf int fi^ na 
 
 'nn iND riiD njm ntj';; nc'K '73 nx d'h"?}* ki^i 31 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 : nB'r iJJ'K inDK'70 "^djd ♦j;'3£j'n orn 
 
32 Genesis II. 
 
 4 mif j; Dva DK"i3na pKm D'otrn nn'^in nba 
 
 6 : nman 'j*3 "^d hk rrpjjrri pan p n"?];* -ini 
 
 : rrn b'Sj'? Dnxn ♦nn D»»n nam vflN!j 
 8 DiNH nx DtJ' Dtr*") Dipa p;^a p d'h'^n nin* ;;tD'i 
 
 ♦ rrm ma* oa^ai prr riK mpjiri'? pyo j<if» nnji 
 
 11 n'?nr»rr px b:i na anort Kin ptj^'iD mati d^ 
 
 12 : Drrtrn pNi r?'7nan Dsr y\tD Ninrr pKrr rinn 
 
 13 pK "^o nx :}aiDrr xin pn'j 'JtiTr irrjn Da't 
 
 :£ri3 
 
 14 iitj'N nonp ^"^nr? Kin bpm ♦t;'''?2'rr nn^rr dlj't 
 
 ^<^ mnj^"? pr pn inmn oiNrr nx d^h'^k mn» npn 
 
Genesis III. 33 
 
 ns"? D-ij«n nvrr died n*? D'n'^x nin* naxn is 
 
 tiotr Nin .Tn tj'flj DiNH "i"? Knp' isj'n '?d'i 
 D'Dtyn f]iy'7') norrnn "^i"? matj' dikh xnp'i ^ 
 
 np'i ft:'"') D-ixn "7;^ nanin D^rr'^N mrr* '?fl'"i 21 
 jrr^nnn ntr^a njD'i vny'?ifo ma 
 
 :nKr nnp"? ti"ND '3 ntJ'N «np' mr"? 
 intrND pnn iqx hni vdn hk tr'K :iry' p '?]; 24 
 
 :iB't:'in» N'71 ihli'ni d-inh D^any dh'jjj' vnn f^^ 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 n^i; iti^a niti^n n^n "^dd mi;? n^n trmm « 
 
34 Genesis III. 
 
 2 J '7:)W prr f ;^ had tj'mr? "^k nt^'Nn "lOKm 
 
 .•^rm DID 'j^T DM'?jo Dn»ni 
 "^DKm v-)flo npm 'r'nc^'n'? frrr nomi D'J*;;'? 
 
 7 "nflnn on Don'y 'o i;rin Dti^i^ 'ly rrjnpfim 
 
 8 rrn"? pn "I'^rrno dtt'^k mn* "^ip nx i;;os^n 
 D'n'?« mn' 'J5o ^r\t^ii^ Diart Krjnn'i Dvn 
 
 :pn y:; yr\2 
 
 : NrirtNi 
 
 11 "isj^K Yi;n fan rrnK on^y ♦n 'i'? -i»jin ♦» laK*-) 
 
 12 rjjnj Nin no;r nnn^ nc'x nsj'Nrr Dixrr loxn 
 
 :'73Ni f^n p ''y 
 
 :'?DN'i 'JN'trn t^mn ntJ'Kn 
 
 o V. 10, hyho 
 
Getstesis ITT. 35 
 
 :Dp;^ ijaiBTi rrriNi cr^xn ^ait:'* Nirr nr^f 
 
 nDiart rrnnx ijod '7DNn n"? ion"? ^n^iv ntrx 
 
 :rnB'rr sty;; nx n'7DN'i ^'7 n»Qvn mn-n ppi is 
 o noian '?k ^iili' ny on"? '7DKn 7fl« nyn i^ 
 
 -ii;; mjriD mtf'N'^i din'? d^h'^k mrr tr'i^'i 21 
 
 fi?D DJ fp7) n' n'?c:'» p nn;;i ni ^^£3 n;;i'? 
 
 :D'7;;'? 'm '75ki D^nrr 
 
 D'snsn m pj; p"? mpo ptr'i Dian m ^'^\y^ ^ 
 f j; "^m riN nats''? noflnnon nnnn \Drh m) 
 
 : D"nn 
 
36 Genesis IV. 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 « pp DK n'^rrj nnm ins:'^ mrr riK i^i* dinhi 
 
 ;nDiN -O); rr»n fpi 
 3 rrnjD nonNrr had pp ay) d»o» fpD '.ti 
 
 ^ iND pp"? nm n;^E' n"? inmD "^ki j'p '7x1 
 c I'^fiji ,1071 'p n"in nD"? pp "^k mn* idx'i 
 
 8 m&:i Dnrnn 'fri vnj< .'^nrr "?« pp -lo^n 
 
 9 ah iQN'i 7hK "^nrr 'n pp "^n m.T -laN'i 
 
 11 n'fi DK nnys ntrx riDiNn p rrnx nnx rrnpi 
 
 :pKa n^nn n^i 
 
Geitesis IV. 37 
 
 jNitr^io 'Jiy b)ii mn' '?n fp nox'i 13 
 
 7JfiD") noiKH 'jfi '^^D Dvn 'nx nEJ'"iJi p i* 
 
 Dp* D'n:;^!^ I'p jnn "^d p"? mn* i*? noj<'i i^^ 
 :iNifD "72 inx m^n ♦n'Tp'? m^ ]'pb nin* dc^i 
 
 :p;^ nonp im pj<n nsr'n mrf ♦jfi':'a j'p nv'i is 
 
 'nn "|i3n DK n'^m nrrrT) intrK nx j'p vy^ " 
 
 DtJ'") m;^ nnxn di:' d^ltj 'ns:' 'i^:'? t> npn 19 
 
 ■^nx 3£:'» OK n^n Nirt by na mr I'^ni ^ 
 
 : njpo"! 
 
 : Djnj^i "iiJD ran "73 »2n h'h nih "^nv vhn DtJ'i 21 
 
 tj'nn b^ ^di pp '^nin riN m"?' Nirr d:i n'?yi 22 
 
 :nDj;j pp "^mn mnNi "^nai ntj'm 
 
 VtJ'J'7 ^O'? laxn 23 
 
 'bip fj^QB' n'71:') mi^ 
 
38 Genesis IV. 
 
 24 pp Qp» D^ny^ii^ 'ij 
 
 ♦D "^nrr nnn im inr D»n'7K ♦•? riB' 'd na' 
 
 :mrr' Dcra Nip"? 'pnirr 
 
Xransliteration of Oenesis I. 
 
 1. B're'-Mth ba-ra' "B-him* 'eth haS-Sa-ma-yim W'etli ha-'a-re§. 
 
 2. W'ha-'a-reg ha-y'tha tho-hil wa-bho-M, w'ho-Sekh "al+p"n^ 
 th'h6in ;* w'ru(a)h ''16-him tn'ra-he-phetli 'Sl+p'ne ham-ma-yim. 
 
 3. 'Way-y8'-iner ''lo-him, y'hi+'or ;* wa-y'hi+'6r. 
 
 4. Way-yar' '=16-him 'eth+ha-'6r ki+tobh ;* way-yabh-del "16-him 
 ben ha-'6r u-bhen ha-ho-Sekh. 
 
 5. Way-yiq-ra' "lo-him la-'6r y6m, w'la-lio-Sekh. qa-ra' la-y'la;* 
 wS-y'hi+'^-rebh wS-y'bi+blio-qer yom '6-tadh. 
 
 6. Way-y8'-mer '°16-him, y'hi ra-q}(a)' b'thokh ham-ma-yim ; * 
 wi-hi mabb-dil ben mS-yim la-ma-yim. 
 
 7. WSy-ya-'as "16-Mm 'etli+ha-ra-qi(a)' ; t way-yabh-del ben 
 ham-ma-yim '"ser mit-ta-hath la-ra-qi(S)" u-bhen ham-ma-yim 
 '"Ser me-"al la-ra-qi(a)";* wa-y'hi-1-khen. 
 
 8. Way-yiq-ra' "W-him la-ra-qi(a)' sa-ma-yim;* wa-y"hi+'e-rebh 
 •wrS.-y°hi-t-bho-qer yom se-ni. 
 
 9. Way-yo'-mer "lo-him, yiq-qa-wu ham-ma-yim mit-ta-hath 
 has-sa-ma-yim 'el+maqom '^hadh, w'the-ra-'e hay-yab-ba-sa ;* 
 wa-y'hi-|-khen. 
 
 10. WSy-yiq-ra' '»16-him lay-yab-ba-ga '6-reg, u-1'miq-wg 
 
 ham-ma-yim qa-ra' yam-mim ;* way-yar' '°16-him ki-]-t6bh. 
 
 39 
 
40 Genesis I. 
 
 11. Way-y6'-mer '°16-him, tadh-se' ha-'a-reg d6-ie', "e-sebh maz-n{a)' 
 z6-ra', "§5 p'ri '6-s^(p) p'ri l°mi-n6, '"ser zar-'6+bh6 'al+ 
 ha-'a-reg ;* wa-y'M+klien. 
 
 12. Wat-t6-5e' ha-'a-re§ de-se', 'e-sebh maz-ri(a)' zd-ra' I'mi-ne-hu, 
 w'"eg '6-s6(p)+p''ri '°ser zar-'6+bh6 I'mi-ne-hu;* way-yar' 
 'i6-Mm ki+t6bh. 
 
 13. Wa-y'hi+'e-rebh wa-y"hi+bho-qer yom S'li-si. 
 
 14. Way-yo'-mer "16-him, yhi in*'6-r6tli bi-r'qila)" haS-sa-ina-y5fm, 
 l°habh-dil ben hay-yom ii-bhen hal-la-y'la ;* Wha-yu l''6-th6th 
 1i-l°m6-'''dhim u-l'ya-mim w'ia-nim. 
 
 15. W'ha-yu li!-m''6-r6tli bi-r"qi(a)' has-sa-ma-yim, I'ha-'ir 'al+ 
 ha-'a-rej ;* wa-y°lii+khen. 
 
 16. Way-ya-"as "16-Mm 'eth+s'ne ham-m"'3-r6th hag-g'dhS-lim * 
 'eth+ham-ma-'or hag-ga-dli61 l"mem-s6-leth. hay-y6m, w''eth+ 
 ham-ma-'6r haq-qa-toa l'mem-s6-leth hal-la-y'la, w^'eth 
 hak-ko-kba-bhim. 
 
 17. Way-yit-ten '6-tham "16-him M-r«qi{a)" has-Sa-ma-yim * l-ba-'ir 
 'al+ha-'a-regL.], 
 
 18. W'lim-sol bay-y6m fl-bhSl-lS-y'la, fi-Phabh-dil ben ha-'6r 
 u-bhen ha-ho-§ekh ;* way-yar' "loMm ki-)-t6bh. 
 
 19. Wa-yhi+'^-rebh wa-y"hi+bho-qer yom r'bhi-'i. 
 
 20. Way-y6'-mer "16-him, yis-r'^xL ham-ma-yim 5^-reg, ne-phe§ 
 hay-ya;* w''6ph y''6-pheph 'al+ha-'a-reg, 'al+p'ne r"qi(a)' 
 has-sa-ma-yim. 
 
 21. Way-yibh-ra' "16-him 'eth-fhat-tan-ni-mm hag-g«dh6-lim,* 
 w''eth kol-f-n^-phes ha-hay-ya, ha-r6-m6-seth "ser sa-r'gii 
 ham-ma-yim I'mi-n^-hem, w''eth kol-"6ph ka-naph I'mi-ne-hu ; 
 way-yar' ''16-him ki+t6bh. 
 
Genesis I. 41 
 
 22. Wa-rbha-rekh '6-tham "16-him, le'-mor * pTa a-r«bha fi-mtl-'u 
 'eth+ham-mS-yim bay-ySm-mim, w'ha-'dph yi-rebh ba-'a-reg. 
 
 23. "WS.-y'hi+'^-rebh wa-y'hi+blio-cier yom b.*ini-st 
 
 24. WSy-yo'-mer ''lo-him, t6-§e' ha-'a-reg n6-phes hay-ya l'mi-n3,h, 
 b'he-ma wa-rj^-mes w'faa-y'tho+'^reg I'mi-nih;* wa-y'lii+khen. 
 
 25. Way-ya-'as "16-him 'Sth+hay-yath ha-'a-r^g l°ini-nah, w''eth 
 +hS,b-b''he-ma I'mi-nah, w''eth kSl-)-r4-mes ha-'°dlia-ma 
 I'ml-ne-hu ; * way-y^r' ''lo-him ki+tobh. 
 
 26. Way-yS'-mer "lo-Mm, na-'»s6 'a-dham b'gal-me-nii, 
 ki-db^md-the-nu ;* w'yir-dfi bhi-dh'ghatb hay-yam u-bh^'opb 
 has-Sa-ma-yim fl-bhab-b'he-ma u-bh'klidl+ba-'a-rS§, ii-bh''kh.61 
 +ba-r^-mes ha-ro-mes 'al+ha-'a-reg. 
 
 27. Way-yibh-ra' "16-him 'gth+ha-'a-dham b'gal-mo, b'g^-lem 
 ''16-him ba-tu' '6-th6",* za-kfaar u-n''qe-bha ba-ra' '3-tham. 
 
 28. Wa-rbha-rekh '6-tham "16-him,t way-y8"'-mer la-hgm "13-him, 
 p°ru u-r'bhu u-nii-l''u 'edi-|-ha-'a-reg w'khi-bh'su-ha,* u-r'dhil 
 bi-dh'ghath hay-yam u-bh'''oph has-sa-ma-yim, u-bh'khSl-f- 
 hay-ya ha-r6-me-seth 'al-fha-'a-reg. 
 
 29. Way-yo'-mer "16-him, hin-ne na-that-tl la-khSm 'eth-fkoH- 
 "e-sebh K6-re{a)' z6-ra' '*§er 'al-f p'ne khol-l-ha-'a-re?, W'eth 
 kol-l-ha-'eg '»ser-|-b6 ph-ri-l-'eg z6-re(a)' za-ra" * la-fchem yih-ye 
 l''okh-M. 
 
 30. u-l'khSl+hay-y»th ha-'a-reg fi-l'khol-l-'Spli ha§-sa-ma-yim 
 u-l'khol ro-mes 'al-j-ha-'a-reg "ser-l-bo ne-phes hay-ya, 'eth-1- 
 koH-ye-req 'e-sebh l''6kh-la-,* wa-yhi-Fkhen- 
 
 31. Way-yar' 'i6-him 'eth-l-k81-f"'§er'a-sa,w"hm-ne-f-fcobhm"'odh;* 
 wa-y'lu+'^-rebh wa-y'hi-|-'bh5-qer yom haS-Sis-si. 
 
TUB HEBiaE-KT TESIT. 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 nioia DiK b^rf^N j^na oib dik m'?in nab rrr « 
 
 ■* ■ T T • v: < : : rtr t 1:1 v - j-.- 
 
 I JT "t I- v: 
 
 onx bDa'-nx N"ip*i dhk n^i^'i d^is '"i^pJi "i^r 2 
 
 T T T ; V <t|: *- T I vjt:- rtr t : i.t|" : jt r 
 
 1D'7V3 inioi3 n"?!*"! njtr' hKOi D'sr'^jy dik ♦n»i 3 
 
 ^- T T 
 
 
 J • I •■ -:|- 
 
 ;nijai D'ja n'7i»i rrJtJ'' 
 
 T T V T :• J~ AT T 
 
 V : TT •' ^ <r i - :• —. tt <■•: t : |- - 
 
 .•tr'iJiN-nK i'7i*i mtr nxoi D'JB'' tr'on ntb-'ri'i e 
 
 Tv: V V I- rtTT J- : k- T r' T ■■ • :|- 
 
 :nip') D'Jis I'^i*') rr)^ niKO 
 
 T T <' T '■' J" ATT I, •• 
 
 ' ll^l" V V I- ATT 5^ : • I. v: r :- 
 
 TT •• : *\' <■• -: Pt I" V J • I "—I- v: J- :- 
 
 :n'ijni D»^3 'i7''\^^ mtz^ niNa mbti'i 
 
 43 
 
44 Genesis V. 
 
 11 miif n'iNZ3 j^ty'm D'k* t^'on ^ta 'O'-'^s m 
 
 13 ni?'' n'^T\ii '^k'p'pqp-nj;? 'n^'pir;! nii|< fi'p 'nn 
 
 :n'ipi D'J3 i'7¥'i njt:'' n'lNo mbsri 
 
 It ^- t V j - At T \. " jv : 
 
 14 :npn ma'' nixD i^t^'rii d'jb'' -i^j;. frp ♦p^-'?3 vn-n 
 
 v|T V V t.- At T J- • : V T J" T ■' : - -:p J- :- 
 
 16 rria^' o^'??'' Tt^ 'n*'?'^'7 ^"^^ '^*^'?'?tip 'P!5 
 jnipi D»J3 n"?'!*! nJEj'' n'lxo ti^bm 
 
 T T J- 
 
 18 n'^vi njt:'' nuD) ratif D'trtri o'njr' Ti'-'n»"i 
 
 -.* 1.- ATT -I- : ut. y ■ : • 5- : vv • :|- 
 
 :nij:n d'J3 i'?i*i rr.5tj'' niNQ ty':'^'' 
 
 it I.- t V J- At t k. - J : 
 
 V •• y : TT ■ • ; <■• T J A -; J- ; t v :- 
 
 |TT 
 
Gbstesis VI. 45 
 
 ■i'?¥'i rrJtr nxai rutr' D'Jbtri yntr' ti^y^ntz 'm ^^ 
 
 :n'ipi D»J3 n'^'i-^i mtr" n'iND ;;aiyi n^tr' 
 :?3 i":)'!'! mtif nxoi njtr D»Jbi:''i D'nty' rio'^-'nn 28 
 
 'r V *- Mr J- : I.TT V : T- : | v v • :|- 
 
 |T : VT-:[" jv -: r t -:jt I ■ -t 
 
 :n'ipi d»j:i n*?'!*"! nJtj'' ni^o tr'am 
 
 IT- rtT T 
 
 Drrnti Djy-nx m I'^vi mof dikq u'bn-p lij-'nn 32 
 
 CHAPTER VI. -^ 
 
 I. T AT T -; |T -1" : "^ ^ T - T T |t J" ■• 1 .| 
 
 TA-' \, ^* TT |T -I : V • v:jT " : < . 
 
 :nrT3 ntr'N '^bo d'B'J bn"? inp*i 
 
 |T T Jv -: ^ • ' T V T < I : ■ - 
 
 V-. ■ 
 
 ov.29. Nty'jnn Dnip tffijn D'j?£3' xiipni, ■'dj;q nn 
 
46 Genesis VI. 
 
 3 Nin D0^ D'j'^'p DiKp ♦fin pT-K'j' riin* npN»i 
 
 4 im p-nrji^ dji bnrr D'p*5 f"!Na vrr D^'pajr? 
 narr orj'? n'pn DiKp niJ?-'7{< b'Jl'^i^i.;! y^ ^ny 
 
 : DYiD-"?? I'T pn ■^'7 nbi^'no 
 
 -" • T T .' ; <T T |t V '." : '.' T : v j - 
 
 D'mn ^)^-i^_) m-i-ij; nm-'^^. b-jNp rrbnj^.p 
 
 It : J" '^- : K" t jt - : 
 
 .nj riB'nfi 
 
 11 jDprr pNrr K^orii D*n'^??rT 'JO"? p^rr mwr\] 
 
 5 . I TrtT , • J" ■ : I vvt T V -J* v: :s — 
 
 :pNrr-'7j; lani-riK ijj'3-'73 
 
Genesis VI. 47 
 
 ;t . It -t : JT T T T P !<•• - : • v: v - 
 
 nht^rf ^">^* nfex niKO t^'7{j'' nriK nts'i^n ne'^ n'h i^^ 
 : nnoip rrax n^t^f^m niim noN D^Lron 
 
 |T T 1 1 ^T - J- : T : T T - <' ' ~'' ._ - 
 
 - J-: T^: - : ■ t-iv- : t - v : t •■ - -iv *^: |- - J 
 
 } n'mri D'£r''75!^i D'i^ D*nnn D^it'n ni5f3 nnnn 
 
 T |v ^: i- v.* • : J" • : ■;•■:- f^^ r jt • : vt " - 
 
 4.T " - V J- T •; • -S- : T T T • - T T 
 
 iT T -: |T V ;v -y • t • : t " : - I ' • f j t | 
 
 : ri'i;Dp'? ^''2^ ^iiy "^^P O'P-'^' I'T^"? 
 : n^j; p D^rf^Js* inx niv n^'Nt "i^h nj b':;*! 22 
 
48 Genesis VII. 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 « -^3 nDnrr-'7K :in'3-'7Di nna-ii:! rih hin^ -ion'i 
 
 /iT ■■ - V t.| : I" T ; JT ~ I : t . . < 
 
 : ri:tn im \id7 pnv ♦n'N-j ?]ni< 
 
 2 B»>{< n:?2^ ni^ntr' ?i'7-npri rrnirrtsr? rrDnarr i ^bD 
 
 J. '^T : ■ 'jT : ■ -J) : |- I" t : - jt •■ : - j • 
 
 D'Jti' Kin nnnca k"? iti'W' nbnan-foi intj^'Ni 
 
 3 ni'D"? '"rnp^i "iDf ri:^5ty" rr;^3ti' o'P^'n fii^o a? 
 
 7 'jflQ nann-'7K in« -vja-'p^'Ji in^'Ni vjaC ni Nan 
 
 8 nnrrta naya iti^'N rrortarr-rQi mintsn rrDn^n-p 
 
 rtT : TI.V •• jv -: T •• ; - I ■ t : - t •' : - I • 
 
 •;v -;F ftrl" : JTT IT" - V -V V ST - : •-: 
 
Genesis VII. 49 
 
 J innfij D'Dtj^n niaiNi nian 
 
 |T : ■ • I- T - / •■. -:|- T - 
 
 |T " - V u ■ VTT r : V s : 
 
 -'731 ni'0'7 TOn2rr-'?3i ni'D'? n*np-'7D'i narr 14 
 
 T : T • : T " : - t : t - : jt - r t : t " 
 
 n£i'arr-'73iD b'JC'' o'Jtr nnnn-'?K m-'7K iNn*i it^ 
 
 : l"|I^;3 nini "liipn D'j1'7i< 
 wt:'^ D'sn lan*"! pxri-'^j; di» d>;;3"in '7122311 ♦rtn'^ 
 : pNn '7j;a onni ninrr-nj^ 
 
 -•7^. nnnrr r]'7rii pNO"'^J^- "'i^? ''?1-^- ^-^-'"^ ''1?^-^- ^^ 
 
 : D?^rr ',?.$ 
 
 bnr?ii-'73 iDop. p.NrT-'7;; Txp tnp n5| D'^ni 19 
 
 : Dnniji id3»i D'arr n^^^ rr'7rb'70 nax nni?')^. tm ^ 
 
 J DpN.;7 '7bi n^O"'^i^- ri'^''^ Pf •'^"'^^^i ninni 
 
50 Genesis VIII. 
 
 IT T |T V jv -: -J ■ T - : . - - - : • .■ . 
 
 <T T I" T T -: |T -I- : ^- -IV ~: I-" ■ " t • ~ 
 
 pNn-fP ina'i Drbts^rr «iij^-ij;i t^'pY"'^ Hon^-nj? 
 : n^m l^^i "i,^'^,l nJ'H?* "^W^- 
 
 I I- : r • -: I vrtT t "- -i" - j : : ■ - 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 T ■• : - T V : T - |- ,T <■■ ; - v * v: <: ■- 
 
 ^'^'p'^ p^n-'^j^ hn D^rl'?^ niij^p. naria iriN '^B'■^| 
 
 2 Dtriirr n'?3»"i D^Dtyn naiNi Dihn nj';;» h^p^i 
 
 3 D»arr npfi'i aiB'! r)i'?rr pxr? '7:5;p D^prr iai^;;i 
 
 I V- : V • -: -j: ■ 
 
 It T -: >" T '- 
 
 " h't?'!?;? *75?'^vf ^"^h^ ■'^- 'Ti^rt? n^i'O '^''7 o'^ni 
 : onrrrr ♦tj'Nn iKii tyin"? nnxa 
 
 |- T |v J" T << :■ V - JT V : 
 
Genesis VIU. 51 
 
 D»»rr ntify-1^ ^ilb^i n15;' n^'i ani^n-nx n'^tyn 7 
 
 •1, :■ I : ^- T T <■■••- A"'^ |T V I :- 
 
 ♦;|) "^j^a D!arr i'?p.q hix'i'? iiixp rrJi*n-ni< n'ptt'p. « 
 
 T" T<T- t:-J-: ~ T T- T:pr : 
 
 nnp*i h» n'?t:'*i pNrr-'?^ ♦ja-'?;^ d'd-'3 nhnrr 
 
 T V It ■- T <-:•-! vrtT T T J" : ^~ ■^- T •• - 
 
 : rrann-'7N v'^n nnx Kn»i 
 
 It ■■ - V IT ■• ■It 1"T~ 
 
 : n^nn-fp 
 n'fl3 niED n'r-n*?;^ n:irTi ani^ n:h miM v'^n Nnni n 
 
 rrinn nppp-nj< m npj^ p^rr "^^p D^arr i;jnrr 
 : nnian 'js mn wm xi'n 
 
 ' It T -: It ;•■ : I : |t J" ■ : : 
 
 VT ~T V rt ~ ^ -J" : - : ST : • : 
 
 iyab ti'i-bt^ D'Tpii nai'i ^<' 
 
62 Gekesis VIII. 
 
 17 -"^^ii nouMi tii;;a -)jj>3-'730 ^inK-ntr'K n*nrT-'?3 
 
 T : -JT *' : - ) ^s T T T T • P ■ • V -: t - |- t 
 
 I • WT I" : J ; • : j-rr - A ■•(,— 
 
 19 pNCr'^Ji? tJ'pii ■?? H'ii'O"'^?? J^'pIC"'^? nfnp-"?! 
 
 T : - JT •• : - J • I AT |- -I": • -•/ ]:-j-- 
 
 : ♦n^^j; im^ \n-'73 
 22 fi-iiii f ,71 Dm y) Tvpi ri n^O 'T"^^ "'^ 
 
 o v.ir. 'p Krn 
 
VOCABULARIES. 
 
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 
 
 USED IN THE VOCABULARIES. 
 
 act., active, 
 adv., adverb, 
 apoc, apocopated, 
 c, common, 
 cf., compare, 
 conj., conjunctive, 
 consec, consecutive, 
 const., construct, 
 dem., demonstrative, 
 f., feminine, 
 gutt., guttural. 
 Hiph., Hiph'il. 
 Hithp., Hithpa'el. 
 Impf., Imperfect. 
 
 Imv., Imperative. 
 Inf., Infinitive, 
 interrog., interrogative, 
 m., masculine, 
 n., noun. 
 Mph., Niph'al. 
 Part., Participle. 
 Perf., Perfect, 
 pers., personal, 
 prep., preposition, 
 pr. n., proper noun, 
 pron., pronoun. 
 sg., singular, 
 suf., suffix. 
 
 In the Hebrew-English Vocabulary the numeral immediately following 
 the Hebrew word indicates the number of times it occurs in the Old 
 Testament. 
 
 In the English-Hebrew Vocabulary the numeral immediately following 
 each word indicates the number of the corresponding Hebrew word in the 
 Hebrew-English Vocabulary. 
 
H:EBIiJEW-EIVG3L.ISII VOC-A.BXJ3LcAR,TE' 
 
 GENESIS l-VIII. 
 
 ^2. 
 /•7. 
 
 ^8. 
 
 /^lO. 
 11. 
 
 ^12. 
 x'lS. 
 ^14. 
 
 3N (const. '^JO [1155] 
 
 T ■ -; 
 
 {'abh), -m., father. 
 
 : [266] ('6bhgn),f., stone. 
 
 15. 
 
 16. 
 
 IK [2] Cedh), m., mist, 
 
 vapor. 
 
 D"JK [560] Cadham), m., 
 
 man; of. {J^'K. /"IT. 
 
 rTOnK(const.'nDlN)[225] 
 
 T T -: - : - 
 
 ('"dhama), f., ground, earth. 
 ^T\ii [350] Cohel), m., tent. ' 18. 
 TIN [102] ('6r), 6e light, 
 shine, ('fi Gutt. and 1"^^). ^19. 
 Hiph., g'lDe ZipA*. Inf. with 
 prep. "7, n'Nn'?,i. 15,17, &c. 
 IIK [120] ('6r)," m., light. _^20. 
 n'lK [76] ('6th), f., sign, pi. 
 nm. /21. 
 
 fK Caz), adv., then. ^22. 
 
 frk[42] ('azan),Qalnotused. 
 Cfi Grutt.), Hiph., listen. 
 
 give ear, Imv. 2d pi. HilfKrF, 
 
 r- -: |- 
 
 iv. 23. 
 
 '23. 
 
 nX (const. ♦HK) [688] ('ah), ^24. 
 
 T • -: 
 
 m., hroiher. H -1' 
 
 n)m (const. ninK) [1131.- 25. 
 
 CatSth), f., sister. ^26. 
 
 nfia [1000] ('6hadh), m., 
 one, f . const. rillN, iv. 19. 
 
 - - Ou 
 
 -iriX (const. nilK) [180] 
 Caher), m., another, pi. 
 
 DnriK. 
 
 nrrN bm Cahar), prep, 
 a/ier, pi. only in const. 
 
 ♦K (const. 'K) Cay), interrog. 
 adv. where? HS'^K where 
 
 TJV - 
 
 art <AoM.^ iii. 9. 
 
 na'N (const, nya.) m 
 
 Cebha), f., enmity 
 
 f'N Cayin), [nothing), there 
 
 is not, const. pK, with m. 
 
 suf. IJirX, V. 24." 
 
 B'^'N [1700] ('is), m., man, 
 
 cf. DIK. 
 
 T T 
 
 'TIK ('akh), surely, only. 
 ^5k [821] Cakhal), eai, «^c- 
 ijow, (K"f3), Impf. '75K'*1 
 '7DNn5.iii-6,'75KJ,iii.2^ 
 Mph. Impf. '7^N^ vi. 21. 
 n'75K [18] ('6khia),f :,/ood 
 7K ('el), prep, imto, with 
 suf., ♦'pK, M***" wie- [HN 
 n'pN ('§116), pron. t^ese, cf. 
 D^HSn [2500] Cnohim), pi. 
 m., God (sing. Hl'^N used 
 in poetry). 
 
56 
 
 VOCABULABY OF GENESIS I— VIII. 
 
 / 
 
 '27. 
 
 '28. 
 29. 
 30. 
 
 /31. 
 
 32. 
 
 /-33. 
 
 34. 
 
 (^^35. 
 >*36. 
 
 /.37. 
 
 /38. 
 
 ^39. 
 ^40. 
 ^1. 
 
 Dl< [220] Cem), f ., mother, 
 with m. suf . iOXi 
 DK Cim), conj. ?/. 
 naN[240]{'amina),f.,cu6i«. 42. 
 l6ii [5026] Camar), sai/. 
 (K"£)&''7Gutt.). Inf. const. _^3. 
 
 iONf, with "p iDK"? = 
 iQK'?, i. 22, V. 29. Impf. 
 with Waw consec. "lON^I, 
 i.3,6, &c., -)OKfl5,k2,^44. 
 13, &c. 
 
 n'^tpii (const. nnpN) [35] ^45. 
 
 Cimra), f., utterance, song, 
 
 iv. 23. [(man). 
 
 trlJN ("n6§), pr. n. Unosh, 
 
 'DJK('anokhi),pers.pron./. 46. 
 
 P)D}«J [214] {'asaph), gather, /47. 
 
 Cfl Gutt.), ri5p«, vi. 21. 
 
 t]{>i [282] ('aph),'^m., nose, y48. 
 
 arap'er, pi. with prep, and suf. /'49. 
 
 VSK?, Dual D'flK. 
 
 HK {'aph), conj. yea more, 
 
 hut even, »3 tl{< ts t« irwe v50. 
 
 that? iii.tT""' — 
 
 n3")K ('"riibba), f., lattice, 
 
 imndow, pi. ri13'lK» 
 
 ysiJ* (m. rrj^^SN) [320] 
 
 {'arbk'), f.,/oMrIord.'_j;>5*l. y51. 
 Ipii [96] Corekh), m., Zen^^A. 
 pN [2000] C^reg) f., earth/^b2. 
 ISk [57] Carar), c^rse, {'tj 53. 
 Gutland^";;), Pass, part./ 
 
 nnX, iii. 14, iv. 11. H"el, 
 1*1K, with fern. suf. nilK. 
 
 T-.|.. 
 
 V.29. 
 
 pr. 
 
 n. 
 
 t3-nK ("rarat),. 
 
 T T-: 
 
 Ararat. 
 
 nt^ii (for ntl^'AX) (const.l 
 
 ntbi<) [470] CiisE), womaji, 
 
 withsuf. ln^J<,vii.2, pi. 
 
 D'tyJ, const. '♦B'lvi. 18. 
 
 "ItyN ('"ser), rel. pron. who, 
 
 which. 
 
 JIK Ceth), particle placed 
 
 before definite accusative; 
 
 before Maqqeph "HK, with 
 
 suf. "IDN, nm, i. 217, 28. 
 
 T 
 
 ilK Ceth), prep. wtV/i. 
 nnX Catta), personal pron. 
 
 T - 
 
 thou. 
 
 5 (b'), prep, m, on, amiong. 
 15 [11] (badh), m., separa- 
 tion, "l'^5'7l *" ^** separa- 
 tion=alone, ii. 18. 
 "^la [42] (badhal), Qal not 
 
 -T 
 
 used. Hiph. separate, di- 
 vide; Impf. with Waw con- 
 secutive '^'li'l, i. 4, 7, &c.. 
 Part. 7''l50i dividing, i. 6. 
 n'713[2V(b''dholah), bdel- 
 Hum, ii. 12. [ness. 
 
 in3 [3] (bohu), m., empti- 
 nm [300] (b'hema), f., 
 beast, dumb brute. 
 
VOCABULAEY OF GENESIS I— VIII. 
 
 •57 
 
 ^M. 
 
 -55. 
 
 ^56. 
 /57. 
 
 58. 
 
 •59. 
 ^0. 
 
 61. 
 62. 
 
 -^ 63. 
 
 64. 
 
 consec. ^ 66. 
 ^67. 
 
 N'la [2619] {b8'), ^0 in, , 
 come. 0";; and K"*?). QSl " 65 
 Perf . K3, vi. 16. Hiph. Perf . 
 
 T 
 
 N'5D' ^'■*'"9'i i'''- 4. Impf. 
 apoc. with Waw 
 N3J5, ii. 19, iv. 3. 
 B'i3[109] (b6s), be ashamed, 
 (V'j;), Hfthp61el Im EJ. 
 ILJ^'tt'Sn?, ii. 25. 
 
 ^na [102] (bahar), c^oose^^ 68. 
 Cy and '"7 Gutt.). /69. 
 
 pa {from pa) [168] (ben), 
 {interval) prep, fteitoeem, for 
 ■f5--p5, occurs'7...pa. 70. 
 
 n^a (const. n*3) [2100]/ 
 
 •J— 
 (bayitb), jcn., house, house- 
 hold, with suf . ?|ri*a. vii. 1, 
 pl. D^na (Mtim).' " 71. 
 
 rTjDa^[120] (b-khora), f., 72. 
 first-born, pi. ni"iD3. ^ 73. 
 ♦fl'pa (bilti), adv. of nega- 
 tion, lest, not, that not, iii. 11. y 74. 
 fa [4500] (ben), m., son. '^ 
 r?ja [380] (bana), build, '75. 
 (rf""?), Impf. with Waw 
 consec. ta""). ") 22. 
 m3, iv. 17.' 
 
 nia^^:^ (ba"bhur), prep./or, 
 i?i behalf of, comp. of a and 
 "Tia^ from^ai^.pass* over. 
 nj/a (b"adh), prep. 6eAi«ci, x^8- 
 after, with suf. HI^Si «/*e'' 
 
 Part.^ 76. 
 
 77. 
 
 him, vii. 16. 
 
 i^pa [51] (baqa'), cZeave, 
 divide. Niph. 6e broken up, 
 vii.ll. ('*? Gutt.) [inj?, cZaiura. 
 Ipil [210] (boqer), m., mom- 
 Nia [53] (bara'), cm*, /orw, 
 create, ('J,* Gutt. and K""?), 
 Impf. with Waw consec. 
 
 "^na [73] (bSrzel), m.,tVoM. 
 n*'ia [280] (b"rith), f., cov- 
 enant, 'a D*prF) establish 
 a covenant. 
 
 T]"ia [413] (barakh), bend 
 thelcnee. ('^ Gutt.) Pi'el 
 tt")a, bless, Impf. with Waw 
 consec. ITSyX i- 22, v. 2. 
 "la'^ [270] (basar), m., flesh. 
 na [400] (bath), f ., daughter. 
 nSj [35] (gabh8(a)h), adj. 
 
 - T 
 
 ^igrA, pi. D'naij. 
 
 I'laJI [150] (gftbdr), m., ^ero, 
 man of valor. 
 
 ^5J [23] (gabhar), be strong, 
 be mighty. (Cf. n'laJI). 
 ■^nj [330] (gadh6i), m., 
 
 T 
 
 great, elder. 
 
 yy [24] (gawa'), die, expire, 
 {'•^Gutt.). Impf . VIJ*, vi. 
 17. 
 
 fira [2] (gah6n), m., belly. 
 ■\ iii. 14. 
 
58 
 
 Vocabulary of Genesis I— VIII. 
 
 
 79. 
 80. 
 
 81. 
 
 / 
 
 82. 
 
 ' 84. 
 
 ^85. 
 
 86. 
 
 87. 
 
 89. 
 90. 
 91. 
 92. 
 93. 
 
 /■' 
 
 /' 
 
 S7. 
 
 pn»J (gihSn), Pr. n. Gilm.. 94. 
 DJ (gam), conj. also, DJ- ■ • 
 QJ, 6oiA. . -and. 95. 
 
 7J [3] (gan), c. or f. garden, 
 park. {pitch-wood. 
 
 Ifii [11 (gopher), ni.,j3ifcA, •'96. 
 tr")J [47] (garas), drive, cast 
 out,\y Gutt.). Pi'el, tj*"!-! 
 expel, iv. 14. Impf. with 
 Waw consec. ti^njl'l, iii. 24. 
 D^J [35] (gdSem), m., gush- 
 ing rain, heavy shower. 99. 
 p5'^ [54] (dabhaq), cleave, 
 adhere, ii. 24. 
 
 rrJ^(orj|'lm.)[33](dagha}, 
 f . ,ys7j, const, nj"!, i. 26, 28. 
 fnorp'7[23]((illnordin), 
 rule, judge, (V^). Impf. 
 pT,vi.3. 
 
 ni*! [170] (d6r), m., age, 
 generation, pi. im and 6th. 
 0*1 [360] (dam), m., hlood, 
 Pl- bW, const. ♦0'l,iv. 10. 
 mai [25] (d'mutii), f ., like- 
 ness, image. 
 
 tm [2] (dardar), m., 
 thorny plant, thistle, iii. 18. 
 'rpl [690] (derekh), c. way, 
 journey. 103. 
 
 N^'l [2] (dasa'), sprout. 
 
 (N'''7),mpli.Impf.Kjr-in, 
 i. 11. 
 
 /lOO. 
 
 y' 
 
 101. 
 102. 
 
 N:rT [14] (dd§e'),m.,<ewcZer 
 
 V -IV 
 
 grass. 
 
 "Jl ("^n) (ha), Article, the, 
 
 other forms are: H, H, i7, 
 
 cf. Arabic al. 
 
 Jl (h'), Interrog. particle, 
 
 same as Latin ne, other 
 
 forms: 11, fl. 
 
 "^^r? (hebhiel), m., pr. n. 
 
 Abel. l{ \i^ 
 
 J«{in (hu'), pers. pron. he. 
 
 TVT\ (haya), he, happen, 
 
 come to pass, (H"'?), 
 
 nn'rr, i. 2, vn\ 1 14, 15, 
 
 T : |t , t : 
 
 Inf. const. hVn with 3 and 
 
 suf. Dnvna, iv. 8, impf. 
 rr'r?', i". 29, h^rr^, iv. 12, 
 
 apoc. ^}^^1, i. 3, 6, with Waw 
 conjunctive ♦H^'), i. 6, with 
 Waw consec. 'n*Vi. 3, 5, &c. 
 Tlbn [526] (halakh), go, 
 Part.act.T]"7rT,ii.l4,mth. 
 walk, go about, Impf. with 
 Waw consec. ^'?nn*1, v. 
 24. [behold Jo! 
 
 fll, n^n (hen, hinne), adv. 
 niirT (henna), pers. pron. 
 f., they. 
 
 T]£)n [95] (haphSkh), turn, 
 change into, ('fl Gutt.). 
 ffithpa'el Part. DD^tinD 
 turning itself, iii. 24. 
 
VOCABTJIiAET OF GENESIS I— VIII. 
 
 59 
 
 '104. 
 
 >105. 
 
 ^106. 
 
 107. 
 108. 
 
 109. 
 
 110. 
 
 111. 
 
 .112. 
 113. 
 114. 
 
 115. 
 
 "iri [560] (hSr), m., mount- 116. 
 aiii, pi. D'"in> 
 jnrr [IW] (haragh), IciU, 
 slay, ('£) and y Gutt.), iv. ^ 117. 
 
 23. Impf.withsuf.'ll-in*, 
 iv. 14, with Waw consec. 
 
 n'ln [431 (hara), conceive, 
 Cfiand ';r Gutt. and n"*?)- ^118. 
 Impf. rrinn, apoc. with 
 Waw consec. "liirili iv. 1, 
 17, &c. ' ^19. 
 
 VT^n [2] (her6n), m., con- 
 ception. 
 
 1 (w"), conj. and, other 
 forms 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, depend- 
 
 — T ■' V 
 
 ing on tone and following 
 
 vowel. 
 
 (If [13] (z6), dem. pron. 
 
 m':', this, f. nxr, cf . rr*?};?. 
 
 :inr [368] (zahabh), m., 
 
 T T 
 
 T\i\ [38] (zayith), m., oZwe- ^124. 
 tree. \ber. 
 
 *l3f [169] (zakhar), remem- 
 "iDf [82] (zakhar), m., male. >-125. 
 rri^f [1] (ze'a), f., weai, 126. 
 const, rij/fi iii- 19- 
 j;nf [55] {zara'), sow, {'^^^127. 
 an'r'"? Gutt.). Part, ^'j^f 
 i. 11, Hiph. yield seed, 
 Part. j;nrO, i. 11, 12. 
 
 120. 
 121. 
 
 122. 
 ^123. 
 
 ;;Tjr [220] (z^ra"), m., seed, 
 in pause, V"1f, i. 29, seed- 
 ii'mc, viii. 22. 
 
 a^n [33] (habha'), Qal not 
 used. Cfl Gutt. and K"'?). 
 Hith. hide oneself, Impf. 
 with Waw cons. K5nr)*1i 
 iii. 8. - • 
 
 n")13n [29] (habbiira), f., 
 bruise^ wound^ with suf., 
 
 ♦nn^n, iv. 23. 
 
 nTm [6] (h^gh6ra), f., 
 girdle. [HiddeJcel, Tigris. 
 •^pirr (Mdd^qgl), pr. n. 
 jyi'h [300] (hodhes), m., 
 new moon, month. 
 il)tl (hawwa), f., pr. n. Eve. 
 '7)in[64](Ml)and'7»rT(hil), 
 be pained, wait, Qal Impf. 
 3 m. s. with Waw consec. 
 •^m, viii. 10, Cfl Gutt. 
 
 andV')?)- 
 
 pn[172] {huq),m.,outside, 
 street, y^HD n^.pf2,f'>-om 
 witMn,from without, vi. 14. 
 nXCan [3] (hatta'th), f ., sin. 
 TT [500] (hay), m., life, pi. 
 
 |-I»n [264] (haya), live, ('£) 
 
 Gutt. and n"'7),inf-nYn, 
 
 Impf. nW, apoc. 'n», with 
 Waw consec. '>TV^, v. 6, 9. 
 
YOCABTJLAKT OF GEKESIS I— VIII. 
 
 128. 
 
 129. 
 
 3 131. 
 
 V>-132. 
 
 -»^133. 
 
 * 134. 
 
 ^>rt35. 
 
 ^136. 
 '^137. 
 
 ^138. 
 
 /'139. 
 ^140. 
 
 J^ 141. 
 ^142. 
 
 n»n [500] (hayya), f ., liv- >143. 
 ing creature, beast, const. 
 
 n*rT, poet, -in'n, i. 24. ^m. 
 
 «n [23] (hayay), live, {'fi 
 dutt.andp";;), ♦n,m.22, 
 V. 5. , [fatness. 
 
 a'?n[90]{helebh),m.,/a*, 
 fl"?n [31] (ballon), c, hole, >145. 
 window. 
 ^'7n [139] (halal), loose, >^46. 
 
 - T 
 
 set free, ('fi Gutt. and 
 );'y), Hiph. "^nn, begin, ^U7. 
 vi. 1, Hoph. '^niHi it was 
 begun, iv. 26.' 148. 
 
 on [16] (ham), pr. n. Ham. 
 dFi [14] (horn), m. , heat. t^U9. 
 "lOn[20](hamadli),cZes-;re, >n50. 
 {'£ Gutt.), Mph. part. 
 
 nam, iii. e. 
 
 T : V 
 
 Don [60] (hamas), m., via- 
 i^/hh [44] (liame§), t,five, 152. 
 ordinal »ti'>pn,./?AA. /153. 
 
 |n [69] (hen), m., favor, 
 grace. [Enoch. 
 
 TjUr? [8] (h-nokli), pr. n. /•154. 
 IDPT [22] (baser), be di- 
 minished, fail, ('fi Gutt., ^155. 
 mid. e). ^ 156. 
 
 3")n [40] (harebh), dry up, 
 ('£)Grutt.,mid. e). 
 3")n [400] (hdrebh), f., ^157. 
 
 [Jience. ^151. 
 
 sword. 
 
 / 
 
 158. 
 
 n^'nrr [S] (harabha), f., 
 
 dryness, dry land. 
 
 mn [92] (liara) , burn, glow 
 
 T T 
 
 (with anger), ('S and '^ 
 
 Gutt. and n"'?)- Impf. 
 
 apoff. with Waw consec. 
 
 in\ iv. 5. 
 
 f]ill [7] (horeph), m., 
 
 winter. 
 
 J5'"in [11 (hores), m., tool, 
 
 cutting instrument, iv. 22. 
 
 'WTJ [78] (hoSekh), m., 
 
 darkne.'!S. 
 
 nirrtD [92] (tahor), adj., 
 
 T 
 
 clean, i. mlntp.vii. 2. 
 ^'tCO [550] (t6bh), m., good. 
 Dr\tD (t^rera), adv. not yet, 
 
 VJV 
 
 before. 
 
 f11£3 [1] (taraph), adj. 
 
 fresh, neioly plucked. 
 
 /"y (yabhal), pr. n. Jabal. 
 
 ^y [60] (yabheS), he dried 
 
 " ^ 
 up. Qal Inf. const. riB'D*, 
 
 viii. 7, (V'£3). 
 
 rrtJ^'Jl^ [14] (yabbasa), f., 
 
 T T - 
 
 dry land. 
 
 1> [1580] (yadh), f ., hand. - 
 
 jrV [1045] (yadhr), know, 
 
 (1"5 and '•? Gutt.), Inf. 
 
 const, n^^'l' 
 
 riln' (y'h6wa), Jehovah. 
 
 7!3T (ydbhal), pr. n. JubaL 
 
VOCABTJLABY OF GENESJS 1— VIII. 
 
 61 
 
 ^ 160. 
 161. 
 
 162. 
 
 / 
 
 ^163. 
 ^164. 
 
 ^165. 
 
 .166. 
 167. 
 
 /^ 
 
 168. 
 
 DV [2250] (y6m), day, pi 
 . D'a^i const. »J3\ 
 rrji''[33] (y8nS)^, f., dove. 
 ^^* [23] (yatabh), 6e good, 
 (♦"fl5, Hiph. Impf. 3't3"., 
 iv.7. 
 
 "iy [490] (yaladh), 5ear, 
 hrikg forth, (V'fi), Inf. 
 const, ni'?, with ^, TT^ 
 iv. 2, Impf. "if iv.'"''l, 
 17, &c., Niph. he horn, 
 Impf. n'pr, iv. 18, Hiph. 
 heget, -I'V^ln, v. 4, 7, &c., 
 Impf. ~h^\ with Waw 
 consec. n'?1*l v- 4, 7, &c. 
 l'?' [88] (y^lgdh), m.. Mid. 
 D* [380] (yam), m., sea, pi. 
 
 ftp' [210] (yasaph), acZcZ, 
 0"fl), Hiph. Impf. fj'pV, 
 apoc. flpi*! with Waw 
 consec. ^pl^li iv. 2. 
 nfl* [11] (y^pheth), pr. n. 
 
 VJV 
 
 Japheth. 
 
 Klf» [1075] (yaga'), go out, 
 (V'fl and K"*?)- Impf. with 
 Waw consec. NV.*5' i^- 1^- 
 Hiph. hring out. Impf. 
 {<VV, 3d f. with Waw con- 
 see, xvi^v i- 12. 
 
 SV [62] (ya§ar), form, 
 0"£) and '•? Gutt.), Impf. 
 
 with Waw consec. 1V'*V 
 ii.7. 
 ^169. ny* [9] (yeger), m., /orm, 
 imagination. 
 170. Dip' [2] (y'qum), m., wliat 
 exists, living heing, (root 
 
 Dip). 
 
 /171. «-)♦ [315] (yare'), fear, 
 (V'fl,';; Gutt., and K"*?). 
 Impf. XT', 1st sing, with 
 
 T ■ 
 
 Waw consec. KTKI, iii. 10. 
 ,172. T\i (in pause" Tl'), 
 
 /^ V-IV V|T 
 
 (y^redh), m., pr. n. Jared. 
 173. .p"lU6] (y6req), m., g'reen- 
 ness. 
 
 174 
 
 175. 
 
 .176. 
 
 177. 
 
 178. 
 
 179. 
 
 3^> [1050] (yasabh), sit, 
 dwell, (V'fi), Impf. nty>, 
 with Waw consec. ^t^% ■ 
 iv. 16, Part. Act. i^>, 
 
 iv. 20. 
 
 |SJ^» [16] (yasen), deep, 
 (T'S), 1^'", with Waw 
 consec. IB*'*!, ii. 21. 
 3 (k'), prep, as, ZiAie. 
 ^'23 [15] (kabhai), ireacZ 
 upon, subdue, Imv. with 
 fern, suf . n^'33, i- 28. 
 MD (const. 'rJ^D) [36] 
 (kokhabh), m., stor, pi. 
 
 (13 "[120] (k6(a)h), m., 
 strength, might. 
 
62 
 
 VOCABULAKT OF GENESIS I— VIII. 
 
 / 
 
 180. 
 181. 
 
 182. 
 
 .183. 
 
 y 
 
 y 
 
 184. 
 
 .185. 
 186. 
 
 187. 
 
 188. 
 
 189. 
 190. 
 191. 
 
 192. 
 193. 
 194. 
 
 195. 
 
 196. 
 
 197. 
 
 198. 
 
 '3 (ki), conj. that^for. 
 73 (kol), m., totality, all, 
 every, with Maqqeph ""^S. 
 N'73 [18] {kala'), hold, re- 
 strain, (K"*?). 
 n'73 [206] (kala), he ended, 
 
 T T. 
 
 ( n" 7), Pi'el, complete, 
 finish, Impf . Vh'2'', vi. 16, 
 apoc. with Waw conseo. 
 '-?y\ ii. 2. Pii'Sl Impf. 
 apoc. with Waw consec 
 
 1 •'Op_, ii. 1. 
 
 75 (ken), adv. so, <Ams, 
 
 |5"7j^ therefore, on ac- . 
 
 count of this, ii. 24, JD*?, 
 
 therefore. 
 
 "I'li? [42] (kiiiii6r), in.,/199. 
 
 t]J3 (const. f^J5) [110] 
 (kanaph), f., roi'rag'. ^200. 
 
 nD3 [149] (kasa), cotier, 
 
 T T 
 
 Pii. he covered, Tii. 19, , 201. 
 
 (rr'"?). ^ 
 
 f]5 [280] (kSph), m., palm x202. 
 of hand, «oZe of foot; dual 
 
 ")i33 [100] (kaphSr), cover 
 
 " T 
 
 (with pitch), vi. 14. 
 nn? [90] (k'rubh), m., 
 cherub, pi. D'^nS. X203. 
 
 njh3 [28] (knhoneth), f., 204. 
 coat, tunic. 
 
 ^ (1") prep, to, for. 
 ii'j (16'), adv. not, no. 
 2^ [620] (lebh), m., heart, 
 with 3d m. suf. I^*?. 
 tJ^'D'? [116] (labhas),pMi5 0M 
 (clothes), Hiph. clothe (an- 
 other). Impf. with Waw 
 consec. DB'^'?*!), iii. 21. 
 ton'? [1] (lahSt),m.,^ame, 
 glittering hlade (of a 
 sword), iii. 24. 
 Dll"7[300](ldliem),c.,/ood!, 
 hread. 
 
 ti'to'? [5] (latas), hammer, 
 forge. Part. act. ti'tli'7, iv. 
 22. 
 
 •^'J? [224] (layil), usually 
 ri7V with He of ace, m., 
 night. 
 
 no'^ (lamma), adv. why? 
 ('?, HQ). 
 
 TTQ"? (l^mekh), pr. n. La- 
 mech. 
 
 rrp'? [966] (laqah), talce, 
 ('*? Gutt.), Inf.const.rinj5, 
 Impf. np*, with Waw con- 
 sec. US*!, ii. 15, iv. 19. 
 Pii'al, he taken, i^tlp'7< 
 ii. 23. [very. 
 
 nXa [286] (m-'odh), adv. 
 
 ,1x6 (const, nan) [6oo] 
 
 T ■• — ; 
 
 (me'a), hundred. 
 
VOCABTTLARY OF GBKBSIS I— VIII. 
 
 6S 
 
 / 
 
 r- 
 
 220. 
 
 221. 
 
 205. niKO (const. n'IKP) [19] -^216, 
 (ma'or), m., ligM, lumi- 
 nary, pi. ri"ikD» 
 
 206. "^DXp [30] (mS'-khal), in.,_^ 217, 
 food. 
 
 207. "^^laD [13] (mabbAl), m., ^218, 
 deluge, flood. 
 
 , 208. no (ma), interrog. pron. 
 
 T 
 
 wJiat? Other forms are ^19 
 
 •no, no, no 
 
 209. '7N'?'?np (mah'lal'el, pr. 
 n. Mahalaleel. 
 
 210. nj;'iO [2OO] (m8"edh), m., 
 set time, season, plural 
 
 x211. mo ' [857] (muth), die 
 CS'y], Perf. no, vii. 22, 
 Inf. abs. niO, ii. 17, Impf. ^ 222. 
 niO*, jussiye nO*, with 
 
 T . T 
 
 Waw consec. nO*!, v. 5,^223. 
 8, &c. \altar. 
 
 212. n5rp[310](mizbe(a)h),m., 
 
 213. nnO[34](maha),wipeoM*, ^224 
 cZ Jj5ro2/, CpGutt. and n""?), 
 Impf. nnON, vi. 7, QSI y 225. 
 Impf. with Waw consec. 
 nOjV vii. 23. y 226. 
 
 214 '^N'TnO (m-huya'el), pr. n. 
 
 MeJiUQael. 
 215. n5l2'r:[D[53](mah»sabha), 227 
 
 f., plan, purpose, pi. const 
 
 nbcr'nO, vi. 5. 
 
 / 
 
 /^ 
 
 It/ 
 
 nt30 [18] (matar), Qal not 
 
 used, Hiph. "l^CpOn O^ve 
 
 rain, ii. 5. 
 
 '0 ('^'''' interrog. pron. 
 
 who? 
 
 D»0 (const. '0) [600] (ma- 
 
 ■J- 
 
 yim), pi. m. (of obs. form 
 ♦0), water. 
 
 rO [31] (min), m., hind, 
 species, with prep.- and m. 
 
 sg. suf. •^♦0'? or !irr;!'o'7. 
 
 i. 11,12. 
 
 \np3p (const. np?o)ti5] 
 
 (mikhs^), m., covering. 
 N'70 [247] (male'), ie/u?;, 
 (^<■'''7), Imv. 2d pi. !|N'7p, 
 i. 22, 28. 
 
 noK'^o (const, npi*"??) 
 
 [172] (m'la'kha), f., work. 
 n'^tJ'OO [17] (memSala), 
 
 T T : V 
 
 f., dominion^ rule^ const. 
 
 n'^^'oP' i- 16. 
 
 |0 (mm), prep, from, 
 
 uop=in-fo-fO' "i- 3- 
 
 rriJO [7]. (mkn6(a)h), m., 
 a resting, resting place. 
 
 nnjo (const, nn.50) 
 
 [200] (minha), f ., an offer- 
 ing, present. 
 
 rn^O [23] (ma'yan), m., 
 fountain, spring, plural 
 
 D»j^o and niJ^i'Q. 
 
 
64 
 
 Vocabulary of Genesis I— VIII. 
 
 / 
 
 228. 
 
 ^229. 
 ^230. 
 
 231. 
 
 232. 
 y. 233. 
 
 234. 
 
 ^235. 
 
 236. 
 
 /'237. 
 
 ••238. 
 
 -^239. 
 
 '?j;p [137] (ma'al), adv., 
 above, used only in com- 
 position; with n loca- 240. 
 
 tive, iT7^t2 upwards, with 
 •p andprn'pi^p'pOlit. 
 from-to-upwards, vii. 20. ,241. 
 
 rrB*i?p (const, ne'j;^) 
 
 [240] (ina"'se), m., work'. 
 
 NyO [486] (ma§a'), ;ind;,^242. 
 
 di"^), ii. 20, Part. act. ^243. 
 
 NVb, iv. 14. 
 
 / 
 
 244. 
 
 n'pD (const. nipQ) [8] /a45. 
 (miqw^), m., collection, 
 gathering, i. 10 
 DlpO (const. DIpP) [380] 
 (maqom), c. place. 
 
 rr^jpp (const, rjjjpo) [76] 
 
 (miqn^l, m., substance, 
 wealth. /'246. 
 
 rr^jfiQ (const, nn'ip) ^247. 
 
 [101] (mar'e), m., appear- 
 ance, look. 
 
 ■^^'Q [79] (ma^al), rule, 
 with 3i over, Inf. const, 
 with prep. "7, ^'tdl' ^248. 
 nPTStra [270] (mispaha), 
 f., family, pi. n'lnSB'O. 
 ':'N^'i;7)P(m''thusaM),pr. 
 n. Methicshael. 
 r?'70np(m«thug61ah),pr. 
 n. Methusaleh. 
 nj^ [379] (naghadh), QSl 
 
 249. 
 
 250. 
 
 not used (f"f)), Hiph.Tjri 
 tell, show, iii. 11. 
 lii [ndghedh), prep, be- 
 fore, in presence of, with 
 suf. njj, ii. 18. 
 PJJ [148] (nagha'), touch, 
 smite, (pa and '•? Gutt.), 
 Impf. i;r^n, iii. 3. 
 "IJ [24] {nMh) m., fugitive. 
 inj [123] (nahar), m., river. 
 TlY(n6dh), pr. n. Md. 
 n: [64] (nu(a)h), rest, 
 (j"£), V;^ and '•? Gutt.), 
 Hiph. n^JHi cause to rest, 
 Impf. with suf. and Waw 
 consec. 1(111.3*1, ii- 15, Qal 
 Impf. 3 f. sg. with Waw 
 consec. rUnii viii. 2. 
 flj (n6(a)h), pr. n. Noah. 
 DHJ [106] (naham), Qal 
 not "used, {|"£3 and y 
 Gutt.), Niph. repent, pity, 
 Impf. Dm', vi. 6, K'el 
 comfort, Impf. DllJ*, v. 29. 
 a^'llJ [30] (naha§j, m., ser- ^ 
 pent. 
 
 n^nj [135] (n'boseth), 
 m., bronze. 
 
 V^\ [58] (natS"), plant, 
 (f"i3 and '•? Gutt.), Impf. 
 with Waw consec. J^G*1, 
 ii. 8. 
 
Vocabulary of Genesis I— VIIl. 
 
 65 
 
 y 
 
 y^ 
 
 / 
 
 251. 
 '252. 
 
 253. 
 254. 
 
 255. 
 256. 
 
 257. 
 
 •258. 
 
 259. 
 
 260. 
 261. 
 
 263. 
 
 -n 
 
 hh'J [43] (nih8(a)h), m., 
 
 rest, pleasantness, 
 
 HDJ [499] (nakha), Qal not 
 
 used, (ffl and n"'?),HipL /264. 
 
 nsr?, smite, strilix,. Inf. 
 
 const. n'13il, iv. 15. -^ 265. 
 
 yj [43] (na'), m., wanderer. 
 
 nbj^^_ (na"nia), pr. n., 
 
 Naamdh. 
 
 DH;?^ 146] (n"'urim), (def. 266. 
 
 writing for OHiyj), used 
 
 only in pi., m., youth, i. e., 
 
 time of youth. 267. 
 
 nflJ [12] (naptah), blow, 
 
 breathe, (?"f3 and '*? G-utt.), 
 
 Impf. with Waw consec.^ 268. 
 
 nfl»1, ii. 7. 
 
 •^'bi [2] (naphil), m., u.sed/269. 
 
 only in pi. 0*7^4' S'*'^''^*- 270. 
 
 ■^fij [417] (naphk), fall, 
 
 (\'h), Hiph. Impf. apoc.y27L 
 
 with Waw consec, /Si\ 
 
 ii. 21. 272. 
 
 tyflj [780] (nephe§), f., 
 
 v-iv 
 
 breath, soul. [female. 
 
 nap4 [22] (n^qebha), f.j^273. 
 QpJ [34] (naqani), avenge, 
 [] b-, Hopli.Dj'p»,inpause^274. 
 Dp», iv. 15. '■ 275. 
 
 262. . fC^j [706] (nasa'), lift up, 276. 
 < (pVand {<"':) ), Inf. 277. 
 const. ilNJJ', iv. 7. 
 
 J?tJ»'J [17] {na§a'), Qal not 
 
 T T 
 
 used, Hiph. deceive^ seduce^ 
 q"flandi<"'7). 
 
 rrDa'j (const, notr'^) [24] 
 
 T T : - ; ■ 
 
 (n'sama), f., breath, spirit. 
 \r\l [2090] (nathan), give, 
 (|"fl), Inf. const, nri, iv. 
 12, Impf. with. Waw con- 
 sec. \r\\ i. 17. 
 MD [156](§abhabh), turn, 
 encompass {^"^), Part, 
 act. 310, ii- 11, 13. 
 ^JID [90] (saghar), shut, 
 
 " T 
 
 Impf. with Waw consec. 
 ijp-n, ii. 21. 
 ^1D [293] (sur), turn aside, 
 (V^). [shut up. 
 
 -I5p [3] (sakhSr), (=njp) 
 ^SD [172] (sepher), m., 
 
 V-l" 
 
 writing, book. 
 ^riD [83] (sathar), fo'tZe, 
 Niph.Impf.inpK,iv.l4. 
 15P [286] Cabhadh), serve, 
 till, Cfl Grutt.), Inf. const, 
 with prep. *?, 'i'2^'7, ii- 5. 
 "15^ [551]'{"abharj, pass 
 over {'£] Gutt.). 
 "t^ ('adh), prep. ?if?, MM<t7. 
 my ('adha), pr.n. ^(Za. 
 n^P] Cedhen), m., Eden. 
 nKj; [4] Tilghabh), m., 
 pipe, reed, organ. 
 
ii^' 
 
 VOCABTTLAEY OF GeIIESIS I— VIII. 
 
 -/ 
 
 X 
 
 279. 
 
 280. 
 
 281. 
 
 ^ 
 
 282. 
 
 X 
 
 283. 
 
 / 
 
 ^ 
 
 278. Tij; Codh), adv. still, yet, 293. 
 
 n'7'ij; (const, n"?'!)^) [sse] ^ 294 
 
 ("61a), f., burnt-offering, 
 
 pi. n'i'?i^. ^95. 
 
 p;; (const, fi;^) [226] ^296. 
 Cawon), m., grjet'Zt, sm. 297. 
 
 D^iy [430] Colam), m./ 
 age, eternity. 
 
 fjlj; L32] Cuph), fly, ('5 
 Gutt. and Vy), P61el/298. 
 Impf. t^fllj?', i. 20. 
 fjiP [70] ('6ph), m., bird, ,299. 
 fowl, collective. 
 
 ")1j; [95] Cor), m., skin. 300. 
 
 '2UI [114] Cazabh), Zeaw, /301. 
 forsake, ('fl Gutt.), Impf 
 "^|5^i^"-24. ^302. 
 
 1.r^.[21] Cezer), m., help. 
 Pj/i872]("ayfa),f., ej/cpl. 303. 
 with suf. l^yy^H, iii. 5. ^-SOi 
 1^;^ [1074]'Cir)','f.,ci<2/,pl.'^ 
 
 ninj;. 
 
 in'jj Ciradh), pr. n. Irad. 
 
 fV^,, [10] ("erom), adj./ 305. 
 
 mafcecZ, pi. D0"1*^, iii. 7. 
 
 "^J^ Cal), prep, ajjoji, with ^306. 
 
 f D, 7j^X3, /rom upon. 
 
 ri"?^ [862] Cala), ^o up, .307. 
 
 Cfl Gutt. and f\"b), Impf/ 
 
 n'^J^'i ii. 6, Hiph. offer 
 
 up. 
 
 284. 
 /285. 
 
 /286. 
 
 /287. 
 
 ■288. 
 
 ^289. 
 
 290. 
 
 ^ 291. 
 292. 
 
 rr*?]; (const. ti7^)im 
 
 (%\€), m., ?eo/. 
 
 DJ^ ("im), prep. wifA, aforagi 
 
 ")fl^[108]('aphar),m.,cZt«s<. 
 I'i^ [326] ('§§), m., tree. 
 Dv!r [1*^] Cagabh), si#ej- 
 pain, Cfl Grutt.), Hithp. 
 w. Waw conseo. Dlf J/n'l, 
 grieve oneself, vi. 6. 
 
 JDv;^ (const, fnyj?) [3] 
 
 (iggabhdn), m., labor, pain. 
 DVJ;?.[120]("^§em},f.,6oJie. 
 
 :jpj' (const, npj;; [i4] 
 
 ("aqebh), m., heel. 
 y\^ [132] ("6rebh), m., 
 evening. \raven. 
 
 Dip [10] ('6rebh), m., 
 
 Dn;r and tr\}}^ [le] 
 
 Carom), adj. naked, pi. 
 
 d'o'^ij;, but D'anjf 
 
 C'rummim), ii. 25. 
 On^^ [11] ("arum), m.. 
 prudent, crafty. 
 DtJ'j;. [33] Cesebh), m., 
 green herb, plant. 
 n^V [2521] Casa), do. 
 «»«^«e, ('5 €rutt. and H"?), 
 Impf. apoe. with Waw 
 consec. JJ*P*1_, i. 7. 
 
Vocabulary of Genesis I— VIII. 
 
 67 
 
 30& n'ji>;^ [26] ("°siri), ordinal 
 num. tenth. 
 
 309. n^;; [333] Casar), cardinal 322. 
 number ten, used only in 323. 
 compounds with units, as 
 
 in Ijj'^ ^^tK eleven, fern. 
 iTlB'ji/Cesri), V.8. /324. 
 
 310. ntj'il^.'dn. rrW:^) [172] 
 CdsSr), f., ten. y 
 
 y 311. TSV, [300] Ceth), c, time. 
 ^ 312. (IflJ^ Catta), adv. now. 
 ^ 313. nfl [480] {p6), TOOMf/t, with 
 
 fem. suf. rf*fl, iv. 11. ^ 
 ^ 314. "|Q (pgn+), conj . lest, with 
 
 Impf. 
 ^ 315. D^JS [2000] (panim), m., 
 
 faces, const. 'JS, i. 2. 
 316. D;^fl[110](pa'am),f.,«j-ea(^ 
 
 or step, once. 
 ^ 317. r7V3 [15] (paga), rewc?, opeji 
 
 [T\'b) iv. 11. 
 • 318. i^yS [7] (p6§a') , m., woMJwf- 
 
 mg'" with suf. ♦];y3,iv.23. 
 __^ 319. npS [20] (paqah), opera 
 
 (theVes) ('"^Gutt.), Niph. 
 
 npfiJii iii- 5- Impf. with 
 
 Waw consec. nJnDflnV 
 
 111. 7. 
 ^ 320. Tlfl [26] (paradh), sepa- 
 
 rafeVj^Gutt.), Niph. Impf. 
 
 in|)», ii. 10. 
 321. ,lSfl [28] (para), hear fruit 
 
 325. 
 
 326. 
 
 327. 
 
 328. 
 
 329. 
 
 330. 
 
 331. 
 332. 
 
 333. 
 
 334. 
 
 (';; Gutt. and n""?), Imv. 
 T\^ i. 22, 28. 
 ♦"13 [115] (p'ri), m., fruit. 
 rtriS [141] (pathah), open, 
 
 — T 
 
 Niph. he opened, in pause 
 
 inpfij, vii. 11, ('•? Gutt.). 
 
 nrifl [160] (pathah), m., 
 
 opening, door. 
 
 jKlf [268] (go'n), c, sheep, 
 
 flock, collective. 
 
 N3if [13] (gabha'), m., 
 
 T T 
 
 army, host. 
 
 Tii [33] (gadh), m., side, 
 
 with prep, and suf. (1'1V5' 
 
 vi. 16. 
 
 pnV [203] (gSddiq), m., 
 
 just, righteous. 
 
 nrlV [24] (gohar), f., light, 
 
 collective, lights, windows. 
 
 mi? [509] (gawa), Qal not 
 
 used, (n""?), Pi'ei ni^, 
 
 T ■ 
 
 put, command, Impf. apoc. 
 with Waw consec. IV'V 
 
 D^V. [16J (gelem), m., im- 
 agre, likeness, i. 26, 27. 
 
 y'?V [^] (5^'^'^' ™-' *''*' 
 
 ni' pi. niy'7V' 
 
 hblf [31] (gamah), sprorti, 
 (''? Gutt.), Hiph. make 
 sprout, Impf. with Waw 
 consec. (105^*1. "• 5. 
 
68 
 
 Vocabulary of Genesis I— VIII. 
 
 / 
 
 335. 
 
 336. 
 337. 
 338. 
 339. 
 
 .340. 
 
 341. 
 
 342. 
 
 343. 
 
 344. 
 345. 
 346. 
 347. 
 348. 
 
 .349. 
 
 /* 
 
 pi^V [54] (ga'aq), cry out 
 (,y Gutt.), Part. act. plur. 
 
 *T)Q^ [39] (5ipp6r), c, little 
 hird. 
 
 □"Ip [61] (qedhem), m., 
 front, east, as adv. hc/ore. 
 nonp [4] (qidhma), f ., east 
 ward, const. JlQ^p. ii.l4. 
 B'-fp [171] (qadhas), he 
 pure, clean, holy, Pi'el 
 consecrate, Impf. with 
 
 Waw consee. tJ^^P^I' "■ ^■ 
 
 nip [48] (qawa), he strong 
 
 (H"?), Niph. assemble, 
 
 gather together, Impf. Up*, 
 
 i. 9. 
 
 b'ip [500] (qol), m., voice, 
 
 sound. 
 
 Dip [450] (qum), rise up, 
 
 iXy), Impf. with Waw 
 
 consee. Dp'V iv. 8, Hiph. 
 
 □'pn.vi.is' 
 
 nOlp [45] (qoma), f., stat- 
 
 ure, height. 
 
 1(yp [12] {q6§), m., thorn. 
 
 fbp [56] (qaton), adj. little. 
 
 I'p (qayin), pr. n. Cain. 
 
 P*p (qenan), pr. n. Cainan. 
 
 fj^m] (qSyig), m.,/™if-^362, 
 
 harvest, summer. 
 
 '7'7'p [82] (qalal), he light 
 
 350. 
 351. 
 
 352. 
 ,353. 
 
 354. 
 
 355. 
 356. 
 
 357. 
 
 358. 
 
 359. 
 
 360. 
 
 ^61. 
 
 in weight, he diminished, 
 (j;"j;), H'el make light of, 
 curse. 
 
 \p [13] (qen), m., cell. 
 iTJp [81] (qana), get, ac- 
 quire (H"?), iv. 1. 
 rp [65] (qeg), m., end. 
 nVp (const. nVp) [90] 
 (qag^) (=^*p), m., end. 
 I'Vp [54] (qa§ir) m., har- 
 vest. 
 
 "ip [1] (qor), m., coM. 
 N"1D [855] (qara'), ca?? ('V 
 Gutt. and Ji?"7), Impf. with 
 Waw consee. N'lp''1, i- 5, 
 Niph. Impf. Kip'', ii. 28. 
 MK"! [1295] (ra'al, see, look 
 CS and 'y Gutt. and H''?), 
 Impf. apoc. with Waw con- 
 sec. J^TI, i. 4, vi. 2. 
 tr}<"1 [600] (ro's), m., head, 
 pl. D'ti'NI. 
 
 piyN"! [177] (ri'son), adj. 
 first. 
 
 n'^Xn [51] (re'Slth), f., 
 denom. from tt'ji"), hegin- 
 ning. 
 
 ^"1 [466] (rS,bh), m., much, 
 many, fern. n3"1« 
 Di"! [17] (rabhabh), multi- 
 ply A'ti Gutt. and ]}'y\ 
 Inf. const. 3h, vi. 1. 
 
VOCABULAKY OF GBNBSIS I— VIII. 
 
 69 
 
 363. 
 
 /'364. 
 
 365. 
 
 ^ 
 
 367. 
 
 / 
 
 368. 
 
 369. 
 
 370. 
 
 371. 
 
 372. 
 
 373. 
 
 374. 
 
 375. 
 
 nD"1 [243] (rabha) , increase 
 
 T T , 
 
 ('fl Grutt. and tT'/)i Impf . 
 apoc. ::T, i. 22, Imv. ^T\, 
 
 i. 22, 28T iKph. nann, 
 
 Inf. abs. nain, iii". 16, 
 
 T : ~ 
 
 Impf. 1st pers. nSl^t) "i- 
 
 16. 
 
 yyi [30] (rabhSg), lie 
 
 down, crouch, Part. act. 
 
 ph, iv. 7. 
 
 '7X1. [260] (r^ghel), o.Joot, 
 
 with suf . n'7J*l. viii, 9. 
 
 (iTn [25] (radha), have 
 
 dominion, rule ('fi Grutt.^ 376. 
 
 and n"*?), Impf. IT)!, i- 
 
 26, Imv. n"), i- 28. 377. 
 
 nn [11] (ru(a)li) and nH 
 
 (ri(S)h),Qal not used, Hiph. 
 
 inhale, smell, 3 m. s. with 378. 
 
 Waw consec. H'^*!.. viii. 21. 379. 
 
 nn [375] rfl(a)lj), f., 
 
 breath, spirit. ^380. 
 
 on [193] (rum), 6e high, 
 
 become high, rise, Qal Impf. 
 
 3 f. s. with Waw consec. 
 
 D"lflV vii. 17. CflGutt. 
 
 and'V'jr). 
 
 Sn'-l [21] (rohabh), m., 
 
 — J 
 
 breadth, with suf. nSm^ 
 
 T : T 
 
 vi. 15. 
 
 tin") [3] (rahaph), Qal not 
 
 usedl Cfi and y Gutt.),^383. 
 
 381. 
 
 382. 
 
 Pi'el f]tyi, brood, hover 
 
 over, Part. fem. HfifTlQ, 
 
 i.2. 
 
 nn. [56] (re(a)h), m., fra- 
 
 grance. 
 
 tJ'OT [14] (ramas), creep, 
 
 ('«3 Gutt.), Part. act. with 
 
 art. B^O^rr. i. 26, fem. 
 
 nti'phrr,r2i. 
 
 liihn [17] (r^mgs), m., 
 
 ■/ J'.' 
 
 creeping thing, 
 
 1^1 (f- nj;n) [eso] (ra"), 
 
 adj. bad, evil. 
 nyi (ra'a), f., badness, 
 wickedness. 
 
 mn [183] (ra'a),/eec?, tend, 
 ( 'fiand'y Gutt. and n"*?). 
 Part. act. const. J'\^^,iv. 2. 
 pT (raq), adv. only. 
 ;;'[?") [17] (raqi{a)'),m., ex- 
 panse, const. J7'p"1i i- 20. 
 nNty [131] (ia'ar), remain, 
 Niph. be left, vii. 23, [y 
 Gutt.). 
 
 j;5J2'' (m. nii^t^) [96] 
 
 (sdbha'), f., seven, yyif 
 seventh, ii. 2, D?riif3K' 
 sevenfold, iv. 15. 
 ri5ii' (70] (gabhath), rest, 
 cease, Impf. with Waw 
 consec. r\3^*5' "• ^' 
 DJ5J' [1] (saggam), only in 
 
70 
 
 VOCABTTLARY OF GENESIS I— VIII. 
 
 384. 
 
 ,385. 
 
 386. 
 
 387. 
 
 y 
 
 y 
 
 389. 
 
 390. 
 
 X 
 
 391. 
 
 392. 
 
 393. 
 394. 
 395. 
 396. 
 
 397. 
 
 398. 
 
 vi. 3, with ]3i («™ tlievi) 
 
 wandering. 
 
 DilSJ' [11] (soham), m., 
 
 onyx, sardonyx. 
 
 y^^ [1100] (subh), turn, 
 
 (r'y),impf.2dsg.nvtr'f), 
 
 iii. 19. 
 
 flltJ' [3] (suph), bruise, 
 
 crush, (Vy), Impf. ^W\ 
 
 iii. 15. 
 
 nntif [151] (Sahath), Qal 
 
 not used, (y Gutt.), Pi'el 
 
 destroy, corrupt; Niph. 
 
 Impf. with Waw oonsec. 
 
 nn^'rir vi. n. 
 
 n*^ [85] {sith), put, place, 
 [1"'^), Perf. na'', iv. 25, 
 Impf. 1st sg. ri'a''N,iii-15. 
 
 T 
 
 TIDJJ' [5](sakliakh),.sM6sicZe, 
 Impf. 8 m. pi. with Waw 
 cons.lSB'^rviii.l,!;^"^). 
 p^' [127]'{sakhan), abide, 
 dwell, Hiph. Impf. with 
 Waw consec. fSJJ'^V '''^ 
 
 ti7t^ [837] (taiah), setid, 
 put forth C*? Gutt.), Impf. 403. 
 n'pjJ''*, Pi'el Impf. with 
 Waw consecutive and suf . 
 
 W'it^lm. n0\if) (§al6s), v404. 
 f., three; ordinal ♦ty'^'^ti', 
 i^iVrf, pi. D'ti'''7ty, third- 
 
 399. 
 
 400. 
 
 401. 
 
 402. 
 
 story cells, D'ty /tS'i thirty. 
 OJJ^' (sam), adv. <Aere. 
 DJJ' [850] (sem), m., name. 
 DtJ? (sem), pr. n. Shem. 
 D*I25J' [400] {samayim),m., 
 
 ■ J- T 
 
 only in pi. heavens. 
 
 r^±)p (m. mbty') {s-ms- 
 
 n6), f . eight, D*JJ3B'i eighty. 
 yt2^ [1104] (sam'a'), Aear, 
 Zisiere to C"? Gutt.), Impf. 
 3 pi. with Waw consec. 
 
 iv. 23. 
 
 ")QB' [460] (samar), feep, 
 watch, Inf. const, with 
 prep, and suf. H'lQti''?, ii- 
 15, Part. act. ^05J',"iv; 9. 
 njB' [22] (Sana), f., year, 
 
 pl^b'Jti'' 
 
 'JtS' [150] (seni), adj. sec- 
 ond, 'pl. Q^i^, second-story 
 cells, vi. 16. 
 
 D'Ja' (const. »JtJ') [680] 
 (s'nayim), m., cardinal two, 
 f-D'ntJ', const. »riB',iv. 19. 
 ny^' [15] (sa'a), iooJe, re- 
 gard {y Gutt. and n""?), 
 Impf. apoc. with Waw 
 consec. yjj'*!, iv. 4. 
 l^T)li/ [74] (§aqa), Qal not 
 used, Hiph. nDJJTT) S'Wf 
 to drinJc, ii. 6. 
 
VOCABULAKY OF GENESIS I— VIII. 
 
 71 
 
 405. 
 
 406. 
 
 '" 407. 
 
 408. 
 ^409. 
 
 ^410. 
 
 -411. 
 
 ^ 
 
 412. 
 
 413. 
 
 414. 
 
 415. 
 416. 
 
 417. 
 
 418. 
 
 y^ [14] (Sara9), swarvi, 
 
 be many [y Gutt.), i. 20. 419. 
 
 pjr' [15] (gdreg), m., 
 
 swarm, collective reptiles. 420. 
 
 trty (m. ntJ'JJ') [26] {Ul\ 
 
 f., six, ordinal '{J^Ji^, sixth, 421. 
 
 i.31. 422. 
 
 ri!2' (seth), pr. n. Seih. 
 
 rrW [330] (sadhd), m., 423. 
 
 V T 
 
 field, open country. 
 \y\l^ [4] (si{a)h), m., shrub, 
 bush. 424. 
 
 D't?' S^Bd D1^ [603] (sim), 
 put, set, place, (♦"^), Impf. 
 D'^', apoo. D^', withes. 
 Waw consec. Dt?'*1i ii- 8. 
 b^'^ [76] {sakh.i\)^look at, 
 behold, Hiph. TnaJce wise, ^426. 
 Inf. const. '7''^Wn, iii- 6. 
 niJ<p (const.ni^fp) [26] 
 (ta'^a), f., desire. ' 427. 
 
 ™{<n[37](t"ena),f.,^fl', 
 
 T ■■ : 
 
 fig-tree. [chest. 
 
 n^fl [28] (tebha), f., ark, 428. 
 
 inh [20] (tohu), m., wasie- 
 
 jies«, desolation. 429. 
 
 Dinn [35] (t-h6m), c, 
 
 abyss, deep. 
 
 f!P- '751^1 (tubhal qayin), 
 
 pr. n. Tubal-cain, iv. 22. 
 ^)fj [430] (tawekh), m., 
 midst, const. TllJ^, i. 6. 
 
 ni'?in [39] (t6i'dii6th), f. 
 
 pi., generations, history. 
 i^nS^ (tahath), prep, under. 
 ♦rinjl [20] (tahti), m., low- 
 est part, pi. D*nnri,'^. i6. 
 D'on (const! D^an) [90] 
 
 ■ T • : 
 
 (tamim), m., perfect, com- 
 plete. 
 
 V^'n [1] (tannin), m., water- 
 serpent, monster, pi. DJ*iin, 
 i. 21. 
 
 "Iflfl [4] (taphar), sew to- 
 gether, Impf. pi. with Waw 
 consec. 'l"lflri*1, iii. 7. 
 jj'fir) [54] (taphas), catch, 
 (harp strings), pZat/, Part. 
 act. tJ>flh, iv. 21. 
 
 noTO (const. DD'i.nr)) 
 
 [7] (tardema), f., deep sleep, 
 
 ii. 21. 
 
 Tl'^Wt^ [3] (t'suqa), f., 
 
 desire, longing. 
 
 J^B'fl (const, i^^'fl) (m. 
 
 nP^'ri) [58] (teSa"),' nine, 
 
 ^'i^\^pt, ninety. 
 
EIVGLISH-HEBKEW VOCABTTLAKY 
 
 GENESIS l.-VIII.* 
 
 Abel, 97. 
 abide, 90. 
 above, 228. 
 abyss, 417. 
 acquire, 351. 
 Ada, 275. 
 add, 165. 
 adhere, 85. 
 after, 16, 64. 
 again, 278. 
 age, 88, 281. 
 all, 181. 
 alone, 49. 
 along with, 294. 
 also, 80. 
 altar, 212. 
 among, 48. 
 and, 108. 
 anger, 35. 
 another, 15. 
 appearance, 234. 
 Ararat, 42. 
 ark, 415. 
 army, 326. 
 as, 176. 
 
 ashamed, be, 55. 
 aside, turn, 268. 
 assemble, 340. 
 avenge, 261. 
 
 Bad, 376. 
 bdellium, 51. 
 be, 99. 
 bear, 162. 
 
 * See last paragraph 
 
 bear fruit, 321, 
 beast, 53, 128. 
 before, 150, 240, 337. 
 beget, 162. 
 begin, 132. 
 beginning, 360. 
 begun, be, 132. 
 behind, 64. 
 behold, v., 412. 
 behold ! 101. 
 belly, 78. 
 
 bend the knee, 70. 
 between, 57. 
 bird, 283, 336. 
 blade, glittering, 196. 
 bless, 70. 
 blood, 89. 
 blow, 256. 
 hone, 300. 
 book, 270. 
 born, be, 162. 
 both.. and, 80. 
 bread, 197. 
 breadth, 370. 
 breath, 259, 264, 368. 
 breathe, 256. 
 bring, 64. 
 bring forth, 162. 
 bring out, 167. 
 broken up, be, 65. 
 bronze, 249. 
 brood, 371. 
 brother, 12. 
 bruise, v., 386. 
 on page 54 of Manval. 
 
 bruise, 118. 
 brute, dumb, 53. 
 build, 62. 
 bush, 410. 
 burn, 144. 
 burnt-offering, 279. 
 but even, 36. 
 
 Cain, 346. 
 Cainan, 347. 
 call, 356. 
 cast out, 83. 
 catch, 426. 
 cast, 382. 
 cell, 350. 
 change into, 103. 
 cherub, 190. 
 chest, 415. 
 child, 163. 
 choose, 56. 
 city, 288. 
 clean, 148. 
 clean, be, 339. 
 cleave, adhere, 85. 
 cleave, divide, 65. 
 clothe, 195. 
 coat, 191. 
 cold, 365. 
 collection, 231. 
 come, 64. 
 come to pass, 99. 
 comfort, 247. 
 command, 330. 
 complete, v., 183. 
 
Vocabulary of Genesis I.— VIII. 
 
 complete, 423. 
 conceive, 106. 
 conception, 107. 
 consecrate, 339. 
 corrupt, 387. 
 country, open, 409. 
 covenant, 69. 
 cover, 187. [189. 
 
 cover (with pitch), 
 covering, 220. 
 crafty, 304. 
 create, 67. 
 
 creature, living, 128. 
 creep, 373. 
 creeping thing, 374. 
 crouch, 364. 
 crush, 386. 
 cry out, 335. 
 cubit, 29. 
 curse, 41, 349. 
 cut 67. [146. 
 
 cutting instrument, 
 
 Darkness, 147 
 daughter, 72. 
 dawn, 66. 
 day, 159. 
 deceive, 263. 
 deep, 417. 
 deep sleep, 427. 
 deluge, 207. 
 desire, v., 135. 
 desire, 135, 413, 428. 
 desolation, 416. 
 destroy, 213, 387. 
 devour, 22. 
 die, 77,211. [349. 
 diminished, be, 140. 
 divide, 50, 65. 
 dividing, 50. 
 
 do, 307. 
 
 dominion, 223. 
 
 dominion, have, 366. 
 
 door, 324. 
 
 dove, 160. 
 
 dried up, be, 153. 
 
 drink, give, 404. 
 
 drive, 83. 
 
 dry land, 143, 154. 
 
 dry up, 141. 
 
 dryness, 143. 
 
 dust, 295. 
 
 dwell, 174, 390. 
 
 Ear, give, 11. 
 earth, 5, 40. 
 east, 337. 
 eastward, 338. 
 eat, 22. 
 Eden, 276. 
 eight-y, 397. 
 elder, 76. 
 emptiness, 62. 
 encompass, 266. 
 end, 352, 353. 
 ended, be, 183. 
 enmity, 18. 
 Enoch, 139. 
 Enosh, 32. 
 eternity, 281. 
 Eve, 122. 
 even, but, 34. 
 evening, 302. 
 every, 181. 
 evil, 375. 
 
 existing, being, 170. 
 expanse, 379. 
 expel, 83. 
 expire, 77. 
 eye, 287. 
 
 Faces, 315. 
 fail, 140. 
 fall, 258. 
 family, 236. 
 fat,-ness, 130. 
 father, 1. 
 favor, 138. 
 fear, 171. 
 feed, 377. 
 female, 260. 
 field, 409. 
 fifth, 137. 
 fig,-tree, 414. 
 find, 280. 
 finish, 183. 
 first, 359. 
 first-born, 59. 
 fish, 86. 
 five, 137. 
 flame, 196. 
 flesh, 71. 
 flock, 325. 
 flood, 207. 
 fly, v., 282. 
 food, 23,197, 206, 
 foot, 365. 
 for, 63, 180, 192. 
 forge, v., 198. 
 form, v., 67, 168. 
 form, 169. 
 forsake, 285. 
 fountaiQ, 227. 
 four, 38. 
 fowl, 283. 
 fragrance, 372. 
 free, set, 132. 
 fresh, 151. 
 from, 224. 
 from upon, 291. 
 front, 337. 
 
VoCABUIiARY OF GENESIS I. — VIII. 
 
 75 
 
 fruit, 322. 
 
 hand, 155. 
 
 Irad, 289. 
 
 fruit, bear, 321. 
 
 happen, 99. 
 
 iron, 68. 
 
 fugitive, 242. 
 
 harp, 185. 
 
 
 full, be, 221. 
 
 harvest, 354. 
 
 Jabal, 152. 
 
 
 he, 98. 
 
 Japheth, 156. 
 
 Garden, 81. 
 
 head, 858. 
 
 Jared, 172. 
 
 gather, 34. 
 
 hear, 398. 
 
 Jehovah, 157. 
 
 gather together, 340. 
 
 heart, 194. 
 
 journey, 92. 
 
 gathering, 231. 
 
 heat, 134. 
 
 Jubal, 158. 
 
 generation, 88, 420. 
 
 heavens, 396. 
 
 judge, 87. 
 
 get, 351. 
 
 heel, 301. 
 
 just, 328. 
 
 giants, 257. 
 
 height, 342. 
 
 
 Gihon, 79. 
 
 help, 286. 
 
 Keep, 399. 
 
 girdle, 119. 
 
 herb, green, 306. 
 
 kill, 105. 
 
 give, 265. 
 
 hero, 74. 
 
 kind, 219. 
 
 give rain, 216. 
 
 Hiddekel, 120. 
 
 knee, bend the, 70. 
 
 give rest, 245. 
 
 hide, 117, 271. 
 
 know, 156. 
 
 glittering blade, 196. 
 
 hide oneself , 103. 
 
 
 glow, 144. 
 
 high, 73. 
 
 Labor, 299. 
 
 go, 100. 
 
 high, be, 369. 
 
 Lamech, 201. 
 
 go about, 100. 
 
 history, 420. 
 
 land, dry, 143, 154. 
 
 go in, 54. 
 
 hold, 182. 
 
 lattice, 37. 
 
 go out, 167. 
 
 hole, 131. 
 
 leaf, 293. 
 
 go up, 292. 
 
 holy, be, 339. 
 
 leave, 285. 
 
 God, 26. 
 
 host, 326. 
 
 left, be, 380. 
 
 gold, 110. 
 
 house, 58. 
 
 length, 39. 
 
 good, be, 161. 
 
 household, 58. 
 
 lest, 60, 314. 
 
 good, 149. 
 
 hover over, 371. 
 
 lie down, 364. 
 
 grace, 138. 
 
 hundred, 204. 
 
 life, 126. 
 
 grass, tender, 94. 
 
 
 lift up, 262. 
 
 great, 76. 
 
 1,33. 
 
 light, 8, 205, 329. 
 
 green herb, 306. 
 
 if, 28. 
 
 light (not dark), be, 7 
 
 greenness, 173. 
 
 image, 90, 332. 
 
 light, be, 349. 
 
 grievance, 298. 
 
 imagination, 169. 
 
 light, give, 7. 
 
 grieve oneself, 297. 
 
 in, 48. 
 
 Ughts, 329. 
 
 ground, 6. 
 
 in behalf of, 63. 
 
 like, 176. 
 
 guilt, 280. 
 
 in, go, 54. 
 
 likeness, 90, 332. 
 
 
 in presence of, 240. 
 
 listen, 11. 
 
 Ham, 133. 
 
 increase, 363. 
 
 listen to, 398. 
 
 hammer, v., 198. 
 
 inhale, 367. 
 
 little, 343. 
 
76 
 
 Vocabulary of Genesis I.— VIII. 
 
 live, 127, 129. [170. 
 living creature, 128, 
 loIlOl. 
 longing, 428. 
 look, v., 357, 403. 
 look, 234. 
 look at, 412. 
 loose, 132. 
 lowest part, 422. 
 luminary, 205. 
 lyre, 185. 
 
 Mahalaleel, 209. 
 make, 307. 
 make sprout, 234. 
 male, 113. 
 man, 4, 20. 
 man of valor, 74. 
 many, 361. 
 many, be, 406. 
 Mehujael, 214. 
 Methushael, 237. 
 Methuselah, 238. 
 midst, 419. 
 might, 179. 
 mighty, be, 75. 
 mist, 3. 
 monster, 424. 
 month, 121. 
 moon, new, 121. 
 more, yea, 36. 
 morning, 66. 
 mother, 27. 
 mountain, 104. 
 mouth, 313. 
 much, 361. 
 multiply, 362. 
 
 Naamah, 254. 
 naked, 290, 304. 
 
 name, 394. 
 newly plucked, 151. 
 night, 199. 
 nine, -ty, 429. 
 no, 193. 
 Noah, 246. 
 Nod, 244. 
 nose, 35. 
 not, 60, 193. 
 not, that, 60. 
 not, there is, 19. 
 not yet, 150. 
 nothing, 19. 
 now, 312. 
 
 Ofeering, 226. 
 
 offer up, 292. 
 
 olive-tree, 111. 
 
 on, 48. 
 
 on account of, 184. 
 
 once, 316. 
 
 one, 14. 
 
 one tread or step, 316. 
 
 only, 21, 378. 
 
 onyx, 384. 
 
 open, 317, 319, 323. 
 
 open country, 409. 
 
 opening, 324. 
 
 organ, 277. 
 
 out, bring, 167. 
 
 out, cast, 83. 
 
 out, cry, 335. 
 
 out, go, 167. 
 
 outside, 124. 
 
 over, pass, 273. 
 
 Pain, 298, 299. 
 pain, suffer, 123, 297, 
 palm, 188. 
 park, 81. 
 
 part, lowest, 422. 
 pass, come to, 99. 
 pass over, 273. 
 perfect, 423. 
 pipe, 277. 
 pitch, -wood, 82. 
 pity, 247. 
 place, v., 388, 411. 
 place, 232. 
 plan, 215. 
 plant, v., 250. 
 plant, 306. 
 play, 426. 
 pleasantness, 261. 
 present, 226. 
 prudent, 304. 
 pure, be, 339. 
 purpose, 215. 
 put, 388, 411. 
 put forth, 391. 
 put on, 195. 
 
 Eain, 84. 
 rain, give, 216. 
 raven, 303. 
 reed, 277. 
 regard, 403. 
 remain, 380. 
 remember, 112. 
 rend, 317. 
 repent, 247. 
 reptiles, 406. 
 rest, v., 245, 382. 
 rest, 251. 
 rest, give, 245. 
 resting, a, 225. 
 resting place, 225. 
 restrain, 182. 
 rib, 333. 
 righteous, 328. 
 
Vocabulary of Genesis I.— VIII. 
 
 77 
 
 rise up, 342, 369. 
 
 river, 243. 
 
 rule, v., 87, 235, 366. 
 
 rule, 223. 
 
 rule over, 235. 
 
 Sardonyx, 384. 
 say, 30. 
 sea, 164. 
 season, 210. 
 second, -story, 400. 
 seduce, 263. 
 see, 367. 
 seed, 116. 
 seed, yield, 115. 
 seed-time, 116. 
 send, 391. 
 separate, 60, 320. 
 separation, 49. 
 serpent, 248. 
 serpent, water-, 424. 
 serve, 272. 
 set, 411. 
 set free, 132. 
 set time, 210. 
 Seth, 408. 
 
 seven, -th, -fold, 381 
 sew together, 425. 
 sheep, 325. 
 Shem, 396. 
 shine, 7. 
 show, 239. 
 shower, 84. 
 shrub, 410. 
 shut, 67, 269. 
 side, 327, 333. 
 sign, 9. 
 sin, 125, 280, 
 sister, 13. 
 sit, 174. 
 
 six, -th, 407. 
 skin, 284. 
 slay, 105. 
 sleep, 175. 
 sleep, deep, 427. 
 smell, 367. 
 smite, 241, 252. 
 so, 184. 
 sole, 188. 
 son, 61. 
 song, 31. 
 soul, 259. 
 sound, 341. 
 sow, 116. 
 species, 219. 
 spirit, 264, 368. 
 spring, 227. 
 sprout, 93, 334. 
 sprout, make, 334. 
 star, 178. 
 stature, 343. 
 step, one, 316. 
 stiU, 278. 
 stone, 2. 
 street, 124. 
 strength, 179. 
 strike, 252. 
 strong, be, 75. 
 subdue, 177. 
 subside, 389. 
 substance, 233. 
 suffer pain, 297. 
 summer, 348. 
 surely, 21. 
 swarm, v., 405. 
 swarm, 406. 
 sweat, 114. 
 sword, 142. 
 
 Take, 202. 
 
 taken, be, 202. 
 tell, 239. 
 ten, 309, 310. 
 tend, 377. 
 tender grass, 94. 
 tent, 6. 
 tenth, 308. 
 that, conj., 180. 
 that not, 60. 
 the, 95. 
 then, 10. 
 there, 393. 
 therefore, 184. 
 these, 25. 
 they, 102. 
 third, 392. 
 thirty, 392. 
 this, 109. 
 thistle, 91. 
 thorn, 344. 
 thorny plant, 91. 
 thou, 47. 
 three, 392. 
 thus, 184. 
 Tigris, 120. 
 till, v., 272. 
 till, 274. 
 time, 311. 
 time set, 210. 
 to, 192. 
 tool, 146. 
 totality, 181. 
 touch, 241. 
 tread, one, 316. 
 tread upon, 177. 
 tree, 296. 
 
 true that ? is it, 36. 
 Tubal-Cain, 418. 
 tunic, 191. 
 turn, 102, 266, 386. 
 
78 
 
 Vocabulary of Genesis I. — VIII- 
 
 turn aside, 268. 
 
 walk, 100. 
 
 
 with, 46, 294. 
 
 turning itself, 103. 
 
 wanderer, 253. 
 
 [38S 
 
 1 within, from, 124. 
 
 two, 402. 
 
 wanderings, in 
 
 their. 
 
 , without, from, 124. 
 
 
 wasteness, 416. 
 
 
 woman, 43. 
 
 Under, 421. 
 
 watch, 399. 
 
 
 work, 221, 229. 
 
 until, 274. 
 
 water, 218. 
 
 
 wound, 118. 
 
 unto, 24. 
 
 water-serpent, 424. 
 
 wounding, 318. 
 
 up, go, 292. 
 
 way, 92. 
 
 
 writing, 270. 
 
 upon, 291. 
 
 wealth, 233. 
 
 
 
 upon, tread, 177. 
 
 what V 208. 
 
 
 Yea more, 36. 
 
 upwards, 228. 
 
 where '? 17. 
 
 
 year, 400. 
 
 utterance, 31 . 
 
 which, 44. 
 
 
 yet; 278. 
 
 
 who, 44. 
 
 
 youth, time of, 255. 
 
 Valor, man of, 74. 
 
 who ? 217. 
 
 
 
 vapor, 3. 
 
 why V 200. 
 
 
 Zillah, 331. 
 
 very, 203. 
 
 window, 37, 131 
 
 ,329. 
 
 
 violence, 136. 
 
 wing, 186. 
 
 
 ?, 96. 
 
 voice, 341. 
 
 winter, 145. 
 
 
 
 
 wipe out, 213. 
 
 
 )(, 45. 
 
 Wait, 123. 
 
 wise, make, 412. 
 
 
 
WORD LISTS. 
 
WORD LISTS— HEBREW. 
 
 LIST I. 
 Verbs occnrrlng: 600—6000 times. 
 
 1. 
 
 " T 
 
 8. 
 
 ■" T 
 
 15. 
 
 n5;i^> 22. 
 
 nta 
 
 2. 
 
 - T 
 
 9. 
 
 T T 
 
 16. 
 
 n*^^ J 23. 
 
 d¥ 
 
 3. 
 
 N13 
 
 10. 
 
 " T 
 
 17. 
 
 lij^v 24. 
 
 ait:'' 
 
 4. 
 
 - T 
 
 11. 
 
 np> 
 
 18. 
 
 n'li^i^ 26. 
 
 - T 
 
 5. 
 
 TT 
 
 12. 
 
 mo 
 
 19. 
 
 niy 26. 
 
 T T 
 
 ^D^ 
 
 6. 
 
 121 
 
 13. 
 
 T T 
 
 20. 
 
 Dipv, 
 
 
 7. 
 
 n . 
 
 14. 
 
 m 
 
 21. 
 
 i<T. 
 
 
 
 
 
 LIST II. 
 
 
 
 
 verbs 
 
 occurrlns: 200- 
 
 -500 times. 
 
 
 27. 
 
 nrrK 
 
 - T 
 
 37. 
 
 n?:^' 
 
 47. 
 
 rpD 67. 
 
 ■'PI' 
 
 28. 
 
 f]pKv 
 
 38. 
 
 "T 
 
 48. 
 
 Ni{0 58. 
 
 T T 
 
 nan 
 
 T T 
 
 29. 
 
 n^i 
 
 39. 
 
 TDt ^ 
 
 49. 
 
 ly; 59. 
 
 Dn 
 
 30. 
 31. 
 
 
 40. 
 41. 
 
 
 50. 
 51. 
 
 
 — T 
 
 32. 
 
 ly 
 
 42. 
 
 pi 
 
 52. 
 
 '7fljUl62. 
 
 tDflB'' 
 
 ■" T 
 
 33. 
 
 m 
 
 43. 
 
 T T 
 
 53. 
 
 '^^^\^'- 
 
 nnB'" 
 
 T T 
 
 34. 
 
 mn 
 
 44. 
 
 — T 
 
 54. 
 
 niD^ 
 
 
 35. 
 
 T T 
 
 45. 
 
 2n3 
 
 55. 
 
 ■'5;; 
 
 
 36. 
 
 "^yi 
 
 46. 
 
 abD 
 
 56. 
 
 rrjj; 
 
 
 LIST III. 
 Verba occurring: 100-200 times. 
 
 64. n5K 66. jyia 68. pa 70. bii^y 
 
 66. pK 67. n^a 69. naa ^ 71. ^li 
 
 81 
 
82 
 
 
 
 WOKD LiBTS. 
 
 
 
 
 72. 
 
 niJ^ 
 
 83. 
 
 — T 
 
 94. 
 
 ~ T 
 
 105. 
 
 "V^ 
 
 73. 
 
 n'^^^ 
 
 84. 
 
 in» 
 
 95. 
 
 -)£)p 
 
 106. 
 
 '^m 
 
 74. 
 
 - T 
 
 85. 
 
 " T 
 
 96. 
 
 2fi 
 
 107. 
 
 y^^ 
 
 75. 
 
 ■7^.1 vf 
 
 86. 
 
 nD3 
 
 T T 
 
 97. 
 
 T T 
 
 108. 
 
 -15B'' 
 
 76. 
 
 nil 
 
 87. 
 
 -153 
 
 98. 
 
 *^5P 
 
 109. 
 
 nnsr 
 
 T T 
 
 77. 
 
 nnr i^, 
 
 88. 
 
 tJ''?^ 
 
 99. 
 
 ^'^l? 
 
 110. 
 
 nnc'' 
 
 78. 
 
 - T 
 
 89. 
 
 orb 
 
 - T 
 
 100. 
 
 ^IP 
 
 111. 
 
 m 
 
 79. 
 
 T T 
 
 90. 
 
 - T 
 
 101. 
 
 ^^:i 
 
 112. 
 
 n'^r 
 
 80. 
 
 nti^'fiv/ 
 
 91. 
 
 m 
 
 102. 
 
 pn 
 
 113. 
 
 " T 
 
 81. 
 
 ■■ T 
 
 92. 
 
 - T 
 
 103. 
 
 nj;-j 
 
 114. 
 
 mir' 
 
 — T , 
 
 82. 
 
 TT 
 
 93. 
 
 yo^ 
 
 104. 
 
 ■■ T 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 LIST IV. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Verbs 
 
 occurrlns 50— 
 
 100 times. 
 
 
 115. 
 
 T T 
 
 130. 
 
 — T 
 
 145. 
 
 rrn* ' 
 
 t^l60. 
 
 1 
 
 ■^^ 
 
 116. 
 
 - T 
 
 131. 
 
 ■pin 
 
 146. 
 
 D!}-)V'' 161. 
 
 - T 
 
 ^^l 
 
 117. 
 
 *1PN 
 
 132. 
 
 ribn 
 
 147. 
 
 Dj;3r 
 
 ^162. 
 
 ■13J 
 
 118. 
 
 ">1X 
 
 133. 
 
 P^O 
 
 148. 
 
 ':'5J''3.'' 
 
 163. 
 
 ^VJ-'*" > 
 
 119. 
 
 - T 
 
 134. 
 
 W 
 
 149. 
 
 ]^h 
 
 164. 
 
 mlf'-" 
 
 120. 
 121. 
 
 j;^? 
 i;?? 
 
 135. 
 136. 
 
 n-in 
 
 T T 
 
 150. 
 151. 
 
 -IP"? 
 no 
 
 ~ T 
 
 165. 
 166. 
 
 
 122. 
 123. 
 
 T T 
 
 137. 
 138.. 
 
 — T 
 
 152. 
 153. 
 
 -ino 
 
 167. 
 168. 
 
 -iriDys*^ 
 
 124. 
 
 m3 
 
 — T 
 
 139. 
 
 inn 
 
 ■• T 
 
 154. 
 
 £0^9 
 
 169. 
 
 -iii; 
 
 125. 
 
 P51 
 
 140. 
 
 tJ''?;^ 
 
 155. 
 
 nB^'p 
 
 170. 
 
 -)r^ 
 
 126. 
 
 T]an 
 
 141. 
 
 n3»-' 
 
 - T . 
 
 ri56. 
 
 ■^tJ^'O .171. 
 
 - T f, A 
 
 n^^ 
 
 127. 
 
 n^ir 
 
 142. 
 
 r^:, 
 
 I33J^ 
 
 ~ T 
 
 f 172. 
 
 V^. 
 
 128. 
 
 TT 
 
 143. 
 
 p^': 
 
 158. 
 
 rni''' 
 
 173. 
 
 n-jfl 
 
 129. 
 
 nf 
 
 144. 
 
 -T 
 
 159. 
 
 nij 
 
 174. 
 
 pa 
 
Woud Lists. 
 
 83 
 
 X^ 
 
 175. 
 176. 
 177. 
 178. 
 179. 
 180. 
 181. 
 182. 
 183. 
 
 VbQt ^ 184 
 
 T T 
 
 '?b'|)'^'^185, 
 
 - T 
 
 m 
 
 T T 
 
 186, 
 '187, 
 188 
 189. 
 190 
 191 
 192, 
 
 njp 
 
 193. 
 
 J^lp 
 
 194. 
 
 DH-I 
 
 - T 
 
 195. 
 
 X^ 
 
 196. 
 
 pnn 
 
 197. 
 
 3n 
 
 198. 
 
 - T 
 
 199. 
 
 m 
 
 200. 
 
 vr\ 
 
 
 KS1 201. 
 
 T T 
 
 n^"l 202. 
 
 T T 
 
 j^na^ 203. 
 
 '^^B' 204 
 
 " T 
 
 DDtr' 205. 
 
 - T 
 
 -na^' 206. 
 
 - T 
 
 tSHB' 207. 
 
 ~ T 
 
 *T{y 208. 
 
 DDty 
 
 - T 
 
 - T 
 
 DOty 
 
 ■■ T 
 
 D£3n 
 
 - T 
 ~ T 
 
 LIST V. 
 Konns occurring 600—6000 times. 
 
 T V 
 
 1. 3K 
 
 T 
 
 2. DIN 
 
 T T 
 
 3. 'JIK 
 
 4. nx 
 
 5, 
 
 6. nn{< 
 
 7. ^'■♦K 
 
 8. D'n'7^? 
 
 9. BTlJ^ 
 10. pN 
 
 IL 
 12. 
 13. 
 14. 
 15. 
 16. 
 17. 
 18. 
 19. 
 20. 
 
 n»3 
 
 • J- 
 
 "ID 
 T 
 
 T 
 
 DV 
 
 21. 
 22. 
 23. 
 24 
 25. 
 26. 
 27. 
 28. 
 29. 
 30. 
 
 3^ 
 
 T " 
 
 n 
 "I'j^ 
 
 D'JS 
 
 31. 
 32. 
 33. 
 34. 
 35. 
 36. 
 37. 
 
 ^•ip 
 
 DB'' 
 
84 
 
 Word Lists. 
 
 LIST TI. 
 Iifonns occurring 300—600 times. 
 
 38. 
 
 rm 
 
 48. 
 
 T T 
 
 58. 
 
 DlpO 
 
 68. 
 
 m 
 
 39. 
 
 V J 
 
 49. 
 
 
 59. 
 
 T : 
 
 69. 
 
 T\ 
 
 40. 
 
 n"??? 
 
 50. 
 
 trpn 
 
 60. 
 
 • T 
 
 70. 
 
 trn 
 
 41. 
 
 nvaiN 
 
 51. 
 
 2-)n 
 
 V J'.* 
 
 61. 
 
 ■ T 
 
 71. 
 
 V T 
 
 42. 
 
 T 
 
 52. 
 
 T 
 
 62. 
 
 n>w 
 
 72. 
 
 la* 
 
 43. 
 
 nana 
 
 53. 
 
 *■?? 
 
 63. 
 
 oVir 
 
 73. 
 
 T 
 
 44. 
 
 n5 
 
 54. 
 
 flps 
 
 64. 
 
 r^^ 
 
 74. 
 
 ti'W 
 
 45. 
 
 T 
 
 55. 
 
 V J'.' 
 
 65. 
 
 ijs'j; 
 
 75. 
 
 1y.?l* 
 
 46. 
 
 m 
 
 56. 
 
 n5fP • 
 
 66. 
 
 DH^J;^ 
 
 76. 
 
 V JT 
 
 47. 
 
 DT 
 
 57. HDn^o 
 
 67. 
 
 nj;f 
 
 
 
 77. 
 
 78. rtDia 
 
 'T T -: 
 
 79. "^'X 
 
 LIST VIL 
 Nouns occurring: 200-300 times, 
 
 87. IB'a 97. INO 107. 
 
 80. 
 
 83. 
 84. 
 85. 
 86. 
 
 ba 
 
 81. HDK 
 
 T - 
 
 82. f){< 
 
 
 88. ^"'•7124' 
 
 90. riNcsn 
 91. /^n 
 
 92. 
 93. 
 94. 
 95. 
 96. 
 
 ion 
 
 98. 
 
 99. 
 100. 
 101. 
 102. 
 
 *T]^.iJ3 
 
 niqo 
 
 108. 
 109. 
 
 n^p no. 
 
 TjN'po'^V 111- 
 
 nmD "^112. 
 
 ,vi>^ 
 
 103. HB'j;)? 113. 
 
 r 
 
 104. nnssy'D 
 
 T T : ■ 
 
 105. n'^m 
 
 T -: I- 
 
 106. 1J^4 
 
 114. 
 115. 
 
 bn 
 in. 
 
 T 
 

 
 
 WoBD Lists. 
 
 
 
 86 
 
 
 
 
 LIST Till. 
 
 
 
 
 
 MounE 
 
 1 occnrrlne 100 
 
 -200 times. 
 
 
 116. 
 
 m 
 
 134. 
 
 I.?- 
 
 152. 
 
 }W^ 
 
 169. 
 
 IV 
 
 117. 
 
 D'j^anK 
 
 135. 
 
 m 
 
 153. 
 
 2^ 
 
 170. 
 
 lisTNi 
 
 118. 
 
 niD3 
 
 136. 
 
 ^!. 
 
 154. 
 
 ■^^ 
 
 171. 
 
 n 
 
 119. 
 
 ins 
 
 It t 
 
 137. 
 
 T T 
 
 155. 
 
 -1 : 
 
 172. 
 
 — -1 
 
 120. 
 
 -|13J 
 
 138. 
 
 'J'55. 
 
 156. 
 
 H^'m 
 
 173. 
 
 m 
 
 121. 
 
 in 
 
 139. 
 
 rl3 
 
 157. 
 
 DID 
 
 174. 
 
 ^n 
 
 122. 
 
 rat 
 
 140. 
 
 n;? 
 
 158. 
 
 -IfiD 
 
 V J- 
 
 175. 
 
 T T 
 
 123. 
 
 m 
 
 141. 
 
 ND3 
 
 159. 
 
 rninj; 
 
 176. 
 
 t35t2f' 
 
 124. 
 
 nam 
 
 142. 
 
 D13 
 
 160. 
 
 nii 
 
 177. 
 
 T ~ 
 
 125. 
 
 ^in 
 
 143. 
 
 \\S 
 
 161. 
 
 -ifl;; 
 
 178. 
 
 ♦tJ'''7B' 
 
 126. 
 
 T T 
 
 144. 
 
 T : ■ 
 
 162. 
 
 nii 
 
 179. 
 
 i?r' 
 
 127. 
 
 no?!! 
 
 145. 
 
 n:io 
 
 163. 
 
 r)t 
 
 180. 
 
 T : 
 
 128. 
 
 ri^b 
 
 146. 
 
 n^N^p 
 
 164. 
 
 13 
 
 T 
 
 181. 
 
 ^W 
 
 129. 
 
 a^wm 
 
 147. 
 
 rtp'^ij? 
 
 165. 
 
 n3 
 
 182. 
 
 ^i^ 
 
 130. 
 
 'VD 
 
 148. 
 
 ihpt2 
 
 166. 
 
 nnk 
 
 183. 
 
 ■ip5?^' 
 
 131. 
 
 pn 
 
 149. 
 
 ■^i? 
 
 167. 
 
 Pl^ 
 
 184. 
 
 n2j;in 
 
 132. 
 
 nprt 
 
 150. 
 
 T : 
 
 168. 
 
 np7V 
 
 185. 
 
 • T 
 
 133. 
 
 -fn» 
 
 151. 
 
 HN-IO 
 
 
 
 
 
 LIST ES. 
 Kouns occurring: 50—100 times. 
 
 196. mp>X 201. tT}H 
 
 197. rriio{< 202. n^i 
 
 198. "iQK 203. nnx 
 
 199. Tlbx 204. TjiN 
 
 200. nX 205. nts^'N 
 
 186. JV2K 191. nrrr^ 
 
 187. pK 192. |i-inf< 
 
 188. |';iN 193. nnrJK 
 
 189. lyiS 194. ni% 
 
 190. ni« 195. fii'?N 
 
86 
 
 
 
 WoKD Lists 
 
 1. 
 
 
 
 206. 
 
 m 
 
 234. 
 
 Tion 
 
 262. 
 
 T - 
 
 290. 
 
 rrNfl 
 
 T ■■ 
 
 207. 
 
 no3 
 
 235. 
 
 Dz:n 
 
 T T 
 
 263. 
 
 tiff)!? 
 
 291, 
 
 niif 
 
 208. 
 
 •^i?. 
 
 236 
 
 ir7 
 
 264. 
 
 T^?jpf? 
 
 292. 
 
 T T 
 
 209. 
 
 bm 
 
 237. 
 
 rn 
 
 265. 
 
 Di"ia 
 
 T 
 
 293. 
 
 m.- 
 
 210. 
 
 T T : 
 
 238. 
 
 T : V 
 
 266. 
 
 am 
 
 T - 
 
 294. 
 
 m 
 
 211. 
 
 m 
 
 239. 
 
 m 
 
 267. 
 
 T 
 
 295. 
 
 nibp 
 
 212. 
 
 nniaj 
 
 240. 
 
 lin^ 
 
 268. J 
 
 n"i.o,^p 
 
 296. 
 
 ■-I'P 
 
 213. 
 
 VJ .* 
 
 241. 
 
 NOD 
 
 T 
 
 269. 
 
 '^pj^^ 
 
 297. 
 
 ^>p. 
 
 214. 
 
 T 
 
 242. 
 
 niN» 
 
 270. 
 
 nij 
 
 298. 
 
 y\^ 
 
 215. 
 
 N'J 
 
 243. 
 
 T 
 
 271. 
 
 m 
 
 299. 
 
 ^Wr 
 
 216. 
 
 T T 
 
 244. 
 
 V-r." 
 
 272. 
 
 ni^?- 
 
 300. 
 
 n'ifp 
 
 217. 
 
 I^ 
 
 245. 
 
 '^l^ 
 
 273. 
 
 T-JV 
 
 301. 
 
 m 
 
 218. 
 
 IJ 
 
 246. 
 
 nji^n' 
 
 274. 
 
 ^"^9- 
 
 302. 
 
 nnp 
 
 219. 
 
 -IDT 
 
 247. 
 
 n;!;W» 
 
 275. 
 
 nVo 
 
 V J 
 
 303. 
 
 Dil. 
 
 220. 
 
 ^21 
 
 248. 
 
 ■p'p? 
 
 276. 
 
 w.. 
 
 304. 
 
 ^m 
 
 221. 
 
 r^ 
 
 249. 
 
 nn? 
 
 277. 
 
 nj/ 
 
 305, 
 
 n'B'N"! 
 
 222. 
 
 nj^T 
 
 250. 
 
 TO 
 
 278. 
 
 nn^. 
 
 306. 
 
 pn 
 
 223. 
 
 ■^^'n 
 
 251. 
 
 T ; • 
 
 279. 
 
 iiy 
 
 307. 
 
 2n 
 
 224. 
 
 m 
 
 252. 
 
 I^.^ 
 
 280. 
 
 ^y. 
 
 308, 
 
 nn- 
 
 225. 
 
 T T 
 
 253. 
 
 mo 
 
 T • 
 
 281, 
 
 ii^ 
 
 309, 
 
 m 
 
 226. 
 
 ynr 
 
 254. 
 
 nj'io 
 
 T ' : 
 
 282. 
 
 rvpj; 
 
 310. 
 
 biim 
 
 227. 
 
 V J'.' 
 
 255. 
 
 T 
 
 283. 
 
 "^m 
 
 311, 
 
 rtnm 
 
 228. 
 
 T 
 
 256. 
 
 *11D?P 
 
 284. 
 
 ?m. 
 
 312. 
 
 y^li; 
 
 229. 
 
 T T 
 
 257. 
 
 mro 
 
 t: • 
 
 285. 
 
 n 
 
 313, 
 
 "7^ 
 
 230. 
 
 ncsn 
 
 T * 
 
 258. 
 
 nno 
 
 286. 
 
 m 
 
 314, 
 
 nnxB'" 
 
 231. 
 
 :>^0 
 
 asana^'DQ 
 
 287. 
 
 nyj; 
 
 315, 
 
 T2B'" 
 
 232. 
 
 D'bn 
 
 260. 
 
 niD'?a 
 
 288. 
 
 ^TX 
 
 316, 
 
 D»j;nti^ 
 
 233. 
 
 P^0 
 
 261. 
 
 tsj^p 
 
 289. 
 
 r^m 
 
 317. 
 
 T 
 
WoKD Lists. 
 
 87 
 
 318. nitr 322. naoB' 326. D'trjj' 
 
 T T : • ■ 
 
 319. yp 323. fB/ 327. D'Ori 
 
 320. ]rb^ 324. nniptj' 328. nnNipfi 
 
 321. d'7B' 325. ^^\i} 329. rl'^^ifln 
 
 330. n^sn 
 
 T ■ ; 
 
 331. nonn 
 
 T 
 
 332. nyt'ri 
 
■WORO I^ISXS— TltA-NSiX^A-TION. 
 
 LIST I. 
 Verbs occnrrlnj; 500-5000 timee. 
 
 1. Eat 
 
 10. Sit, dwell 
 
 19. Command 
 
 2. Say 
 
 11. Take 
 
 20. Rise, stand 
 
 3. Go in 
 
 12. Die 
 
 21. Call, meet 
 
 4. Speak 
 
 13. Lift up 
 
 22. See 
 
 5. Be 
 
 14. Give 
 
 23. Put 
 
 6. Go 
 
 15. Pass over 
 
 24. Turn 
 
 7. Know 
 
 16. Go up 
 
 25. Send 
 
 8. Bring forth 
 
 17. Stand 
 
 26. Hear 
 
 9. Go out 
 
 18. Do, make 
 LIST n. 
 
 
 Verba 
 
 occurring 200- 
 
 -500 times. 
 
 27. Love 
 
 40. Possess 
 
 52. Fall 
 
 28. Gather 
 
 41. Deliver 
 
 53. Snatch, deliver 
 
 29. Build 
 
 42. Prepare 
 
 54. Turn aside 
 
 30. Seek 
 
 43. Complete 
 
 65. Serve 
 
 31. Bless 
 
 44. Cut 
 
 56. Answer 
 
 32. Remember 
 
 45. Write 
 
 57. Visit 
 
 33. Be strong 
 
 46. Be full 
 
 58. Multiply 
 
 34. Sin 
 
 47. Be king 
 
 59. Be high 
 
 35. Live 
 
 48. Find 
 
 60. Lie down 
 
 36. Be able 
 
 49. Make known 
 
 61. Keep 
 
 37. Add 
 
 50. Stretch out 
 
 62. Judge 
 
 38. Be afraid 
 
 51. Smite 
 
 63. Drink 
 
 39. Go. down 
 
 LIST III. 
 
 
 Verba occurring 100- 
 
 -goo times. 
 
 64. Perish 
 
 70. Redeem 
 
 76. Kill 
 
 65. Be firm 
 
 71. Be great 
 
 77. Sacrifice 
 
 66. Be ashamed 
 
 72. Sojourn 
 
 78. Pollute, begin 
 
 67. Trust 
 
 73. Reveal 
 
 79. Encamp 
 
 68. Perceive 
 
 74. Tread, seek 
 
 80. Impute, think 
 
 69. Weep 
 
 75. Praise 
 
 81. Be unclean 
 
Word Lists. 
 
 8U 
 
 82. Thank 
 
 83. Be good 
 84 Be left 
 
 85. Be heavy 
 
 86. Conceal 
 
 87. Cover 
 
 88. Put on 
 
 89. Fight 
 
 90. Capture 
 
 91. Touch 
 
 92. Approach 
 
 93. Depart 
 
 94. Surround 
 
 95. Number 
 
 96. Abandon 
 
 97. Turn about 
 
 98. Bury 
 
 99. Be holy 
 
 100. Draw near 
 
 101. Pursue 
 
 102. Run 
 
 103. Feed 
 
 104. Hate 
 
 105. Burn 
 
 106. Ask 
 
 107. Swear 
 
 108. Break in pieces 
 
 109. Do obeisance 
 
 110. Corrupt 
 
 111. Dwell 
 
 112. Cast 
 
 113. Be whole 
 
 114. Minister 
 
 Verbs 
 
 115. Be willing 
 
 116. Seize 
 
 117. Bind 
 
 118. Curse 
 
 119. Choose 
 
 120. Swallow 
 
 121. Consume 
 
 122. Cleave, split 
 
 123. Create 
 
 124. Flee 
 
 125. Cleave, cling 
 
 126. Turn, overthrow 
 
 127. Sojourn [tion 
 
 128. Commit fornica- 
 
 129. Sow 
 
 130. Cease [forth, wait 
 
 131. Be pained, bring 
 
 132. Be sick 
 
 133. Distribute 
 
 134. Be gracious 
 
 135. Delight 
 
 136. Be angry [silent 
 
 137. Plow, engrave, be 
 
 138. Be dismayed 
 
 139. Be clean 
 
 140. Be dry 
 
 LIST IV. 
 occurrlns 50—100 
 
 141. Reprove 
 
 142. Give counsel 
 
 143. Pour out 
 
 144. Form 
 
 145. Cast, instruct . 
 
 146. Wash 
 
 147. Be provoked 
 
 148. Stumble 
 
 149. Lodge 
 
 150. Learn 
 
 151. Measure 
 153. Hasten 
 
 153. Sell 
 
 154. Escape 
 
 155. Anoint 
 
 156. Rule 
 
 157. Look, regard 
 
 158. Drive away 
 
 159. Rest 
 
 160. Inherit 
 
 161. Plant 
 
 162. Know,be ignoran 
 
 163. Se't 
 
 164. Be pre-eminent 
 
 165. Keep, watch 
 
 166. Reach 
 
 times. 
 
 167. Shut 
 
 168. Conceal 
 
 169. Awake 
 
 170. Assist 
 
 171. Be afflicted 
 
 172. Arrange 
 
 173. Redeem. 
 
 174. Scatter y 
 
 175. Separate, be won- 
 
 176. Pray [derful 
 
 177. Do, make 
 
 178. Break, fail 
 
 179. Spread out 
 
 180. Cry out 
 
 181. Watch, cover 
 
 182. Distress 
 
 183. Be light 
 
 184. Get, obtain 
 
 185. Rend . 
 
 186. Have mercy \ 
 
 187. Wash 
 tl88. Be far off 
 
 189. Strive 
 
 190. Ride 
 
 191. Sing, cry aloud 
 
 192. Be evil 
 
90 
 
 WoKD Lists. 
 
 193. Heal 199. Kill 
 
 194. Be pleased 200. Sing 
 
 195. Suffice 201. Put 
 
 196. Act wisely, pros- 202. Kise early 
 
 205. Drink 
 
 206. Finish 
 
 207. Catch, seize 
 
 208. Strike, blow (a 
 
 197. Cease, rest [per 203. Destroy [tonished 
 
 198. Destroy 204. Be desolate, as- 
 
 [trumpet) 
 
 LIST V. 
 Nouns occurrliis: 600—6000 times. 
 
 1. Father 
 
 2. Man, mankind 
 
 3. Lord 
 
 4. Brother 
 
 5. One 
 
 6. After 
 
 7. Man 
 
 8. God 
 
 9. Man, mankind 
 
 10. Earth 
 
 11. House 
 
 12. Son 
 
 13. Word, thing 
 
 14. Way 
 
 15. Mountain 
 
 16. Living, life 
 
 17. Good 
 
 18. Hand 
 
 19. Day 
 
 20. Priest 
 
 21. Heart 
 
 22. Plundred 
 
 23. Water 
 
 24. King 
 
 25. Soul 
 
 26. Servant 
 
 27. Eye, fountain 
 
 28. City 
 
 29. People 
 
 30. Face 
 
 31. Voice 
 
 32. Holiness 
 
 33. Head 
 
 34. Seven 
 
 35. Name 
 
 36. Two 
 
 37. Year 
 
 LIST VI. 
 Nouns occurring: 300—500 times. 
 
 38. Master 
 
 39. Tent 
 
 40. Ox, thousand 
 
 41. Four 
 
 42. Woman 
 
 43. Cattle 
 
 44. Daughter 
 
 45. Great 
 
 46. Nation 
 
 47. Blood 
 
 48. Gold 
 
 49. New, month 
 
 50. Five 
 
 51. Sword 
 
 52. Sea 
 
 53. Article, vessel 
 
 54. Silver 
 
 55. Bread 
 
Word Lists. 
 
 91 
 
 56. Altar 
 
 57. War 
 
 58. PJaee 
 
 59. Judgment 
 
 60. Prophet 
 
 61. Around 
 
 62. Burnt-offeting 
 
 63. Age, eternity 
 
 64. Tree 
 
 65. (Ten)-teen 
 
 66. Twenty 
 
 67. Time 
 
 68. Mouih 
 
 69. Many 
 
 70. Spirit 
 
 71. Field 
 
 72. Prince 
 
 73. Tliree 
 
 74. Heavens 
 
 75. Grate 
 
 76. Midst 
 
 LIST VII. 
 Kouns occurrlns: 200—300 times. 
 
 77. Stone 
 
 78. Ground 
 
 79. Ram 
 
 80. Mighty one, God 
 
 81. Cubit 
 
 82. Nose, anger 
 
 83. Ark 
 
 84. Garment 
 
 85. Morning 
 
 86. Covenant 
 
 87. Flesh 
 
 88. Boundary 
 
 89. Seed 
 
 90. Sin 
 
 91. Strength 
 
 92. Kindness 
 
 93. Honor 
 
 94. Palm of hand 
 
 95. Heart 
 
 96. Night 
 
 97. Exceedingly 
 
 98. Season 
 
 99. Camp 
 
 100. Rod, tribe 
 
 101. Messenger 
 
 102. Offering 
 
 103. Work 
 
 104. Family 
 
 105. Inheritance 
 
 106. Boy, servant 
 
 107. Iniquity 
 
 108. Flock 
 
 109. Midst 
 
 110. Foot 
 
 111. Friend, neigh- 
 
 112. Wicked [bor 
 
 113. Peace 
 
 114. Six 
 
 115. Law 
 
 LIST VIII. 
 Kouns occurring 100—200 times. 
 
 116. Ear 
 
 117. Forty 
 
 118. First-born 
 
 119. Herd, cattle 
 
 120. Hero 
 
 121. Generaition 
 
 122. Sacrifice 
 
 123. Old man, elder 
 
 124. Wall 
 
 125. Abroad 
 
 126. Wise 
 
 127. Wisdom 
 123. Heat, fury 
 129. Fifty 
 
 130. Half 
 
 131. Statute 
 
 132. Statute 
 
 133. Together, alike 
 
 134. Wine 
 
 135. Right hand 
 
 136. There is 
 
 137. Straight, upright 
 
 138. Lamb : 
 
 139. Strength 
 
 140. Wing 
 
 141. Throne 
 
 142. Vineyard 
 
 143. Tongue 
 
 144. Pasture 
 
 145. Death 
 
 146. Work 
 
 147. Kingdom 
 
 148. Number 
 
 149. Above 
 
 150. Commandment 
 
 151. Appearance [nacle 
 
 152. Dwelling, taber- 
 
 153. South country 
 
 154. Valley, brook 
 
 155. Bronze, copper 
 
 156. Prince 
 
 157. Horse 
 
92 
 
 WoKD Lists. 
 
 
 158. Book 
 
 168. Righteousness 
 
 177. Rest, sabbath 
 
 159. Service 
 
 169. Adversary 
 
 178. Third 
 
 160. Congregation 
 
 170. First 
 
 179. Oil, fat 
 
 161. Dust 
 
 171. Abundance 
 
 180. Eight 
 
 162. Bone 
 
 172. Breadth 
 
 181. Sun 
 
 163. Evening 
 
 173. Chariot 
 
 182. Second 
 
 164. Bullock 
 
 174. Famine 
 
 183. Falsehood 
 
 165. Fruit 
 
 175. Lip, shore 
 
 184. Abomination 
 
 166. Door 
 
 176. Rod, tribe 
 
 185. Continuity 
 
 167. Righteousness 
 
 LIST IX. 
 
 
 Kouns occurrlns 50—100 
 
 1 times. 
 
 186. Needy 
 
 213. Mighty one, man 240. Clean 
 
 187. Socket 
 
 214. Lot 
 
 241. Unclean 
 
 188. Iniquity 
 
 215. Valley 
 
 242. River, Nile 
 
 189. Treasury 
 
 216. Camel 
 
 243. Daily 
 
 190. Sign 
 
 217. Vine 
 
 244. Child, youth 
 
 191. Possession 
 
 218. Stranger 
 
 245. Forest 
 
 192. Last 
 
 219. Pestilence 
 
 246. Curtain 
 
 193. Latter end 
 
 220. Honey 
 
 247. Deliverance 
 
 194. God 
 
 221. Door 
 
 248. Fool 
 
 195. Leader, ox 
 
 222. Knowledge 
 
 249. Cherub 
 
 196. Widow 
 
 223. Temple 
 
 250. Shoulder 
 
 197. Faithfulness 
 
 224. Multitude 
 
 251. Tower 
 
 198. Saying 
 
 225. Male 
 
 252. Shield 
 
 199. Ephod 
 
 226. Arm, strength 
 
 253. Measure 
 
 200. Cedar 
 
 227. Line, destruction 254- Province 
 
 201. Way, path 
 
 228. Festival 
 
 255. Chastisement, 
 
 202. Lion 
 
 229. Fresh, new 
 
 256. Psalm [warning 
 
 203. Lion 
 
 230. Wheat 
 
 257. East 
 
 204. Length 
 
 231. Fat 
 
 258. To-morrow 
 
 205. Fire-offering 
 
 232. Dream 
 
 259. Thought 
 
 206. Belly 
 
 233. Portion 
 
 260. Kingdom 
 
 207. High-place 
 
 234. He-ass 
 
 261. A little 
 
 208. Master, Baal 
 
 235. Violence 
 
 262. Unleavened food 
 
 209. Iron 
 
 236. Favor, grace 
 
 263. Sanctuary 
 
 210. Blessing 
 
 237. Arrow, handle 
 
 264. Property 
 
 211. Pride 
 
 238. Reproach 
 
 265. High place 
 
 212. Might 
 
 239. Darkness 
 
 266. Burden, tribute 
 
Word Lists. 
 
 93 
 
 267. Anointed one 
 
 268. Observance 
 
 269. Weight 
 
 270. Vow 
 
 271. Libation 
 
 272. Maiden 
 
 273. Pause 
 
 274. Rock 
 
 275. Fine flour 
 
 276. Over, beyond 
 
 277. Witness 
 
 278. Testimony 
 
 279. Skin, leather 
 
 280. Goat 
 
 281. Strength 
 
 282. High 
 
 283. Labor, misery 
 
 284. Valley 
 
 285. Affliction 
 
 286. Cloud 
 
 287. Counsel 
 
 288. Plain 
 
 289. Nakedness 
 
 290. Side 
 
 291. Rock 
 
 292. Adversity 
 
 293. Before, east 
 
 294. Small 
 
 295. Incense 
 
 296. Wall 
 
 297. Stalk 
 
 298. End 
 
 299. End 
 
 300. Harvest 
 
 301. Offering 
 
 302. Near 
 
 303. Horn 
 
 304. Bow 
 
 305. Beginning 
 
 306. Distant 
 
 307. Strife 
 
 308. Savor 
 .309. Desire 
 310. Left hand 
 
 311. Rejoicing 
 
 312. Hairy, goat 
 
 313. Underworld 
 
 314. Remnant 
 
 315. Seventh 
 
 316. Seventy 
 
 317. Trumpet 
 
 318. Ox 
 
 319. Song 
 
 320. Table 
 
 321. Peace-offering 
 
 322. Desolation,waste 
 
 323. Tooth 
 
 324. Maid-servant 
 
 325. Shekel 
 
 326. Sixty 
 
 327. Perfect 
 
 328. Glory 
 
 329. Glory 
 
 330. Prayer 
 
 331. Heave-offering 
 
 332. Nine 
 
AN INTRODUCTORY 
 
 New Testament Greek Method, 
 
 TOGETHER WITH 
 
 A Manual, containing Text and Vocabulary of 
 Gospel of John and Lists of Words, 
 
 AND 
 
 The Elements of New Testament Greek Grammar. 
 
 BY 
 
 WILLIAM R. HARPER, Ph.D., 
 
 Professor in Yale University^ 
 
 AND 
 
 REVERE F. WEIDNER, D.D., 
 
 Pro/essor in A ugusiana Theological Seminary^ Rock Island^ III, 
 
 Octavo, price, - - $2.50 net. 
 
 ^*^f Correspondence concerning terms for introduction and examination 
 copies is solicited from instructors desiring a Text-book in New Testa- 
 ment Greek. 
 
 CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS, Publishers, 
 153, 155 and 157 Fifth Avenue, New York. 
 
 MANY who have not studied Classical Greek desire to 
 know New Testament Greek. For these as well as 
 for those who, having studied Classical Greek, desire to 
 review more particularly the principles of New Testament 
 Greek, this book is intended. By its use the student, while 
 acquiring and mastering the principles of the Greek 
 Language by a rapid and natural method, will be pursuing 
 a complete and thorough study of New Testament litera- 
 ture ; and thus not only to clergymen of all denominations 
 ■ — to whom it will serve as an important basis for their 
 work — but to Bible students generally the book will be 
 found invaluable. 
 
 For several years the inductive method of teaching 
 languages, as exemplified in Professor Harper's Text-Books, 
 has been employed by many of the leading Professors of 
 Hebrev/ in this country. A book to embody the application 
 of the method in New Testament Greek has long been 
 called for, and it is believed that the present volume will 
 meet the demand. 
 
HEBREW AND SEMETIC TEXT-BOOKS. 
 
 * ■ * 
 
 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW, By WILLIAM R. HARPER, 
 Ph.D. Twelfth edition. Revised and Indexed. 8vo, $2.00 net. 
 
 An Elementary Grammar of the Hebrew Language, by an Inductive Method. 
 Comprising systematic statements of the principles of Hebrew Orthography and Ety- 
 mology, according to the latest and most scientific authorities, deduced from examples 
 quoted in the work ; with, a practically exhaustive discussion and classification of the 
 Hebrew Vowel-sounds. 
 
 INTRODUCTORY HEBREW METHOD AND MANUAL. 
 
 By WILLIAM R. HARPER, Ph.D. Seventh edition. i2mo, 
 
 $2.00 net. 
 
 A Text-Book for Beginners in Hebrew, by an Inductive Method. Containing- the 
 Text of Genesis I.-VIII ; with notes, referring to the author's " Elements of Hebrew," 
 Exercises for Translation, Grammar Lessons covering the Principles of Orthography 
 and Etymology, and Lists of the most frequently occurring Hebrew words, 
 
 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW SYNTAX. By WILLIAM 
 R. HARPER, Ph.D. 8vo, $2.00 net, 
 
 A presentation of the principles of Hebrew Syntax, by an inductive method. 
 
 The method of presentation includes (i) a citation and translation of examples 
 teaching a given pnnciple; (2) a statement of the principle ; (3) the addition of details 
 and exceptions in smaller type ; (4) a list of references (in the order of '^he Hebrew Bible; 
 for further study. 
 
 HEBREW VOCABULARIES. By WILLIAM R. HARPER, 
 Ph.D. i2mo, $1.00 net. 
 
 AN ARAMAIC METHOD. By CHARLES RUFUS BROWN. 
 
 PART I. Text, Notes and Vocabulary. i2mo, $1.75 net. 
 
 PART II. Grammar. i2mo, $i.oo net. 
 
 Including brief statements of the principles of Aramaic Orthography, Etymology 
 and Syntax. The method pursued is comparative and inductive. l*or the convenience 
 of those using Harper's Elements of Hebrew, the arrangement has been adopted as far 
 as possible from that work. 
 
 AN ASSYRIAN MANUAL. By DAVID G. LYON, Ph.D. 8vo, 
 
 $4.00 net. 
 
 The Manual contains a list of syllabic signs in most common use, a selection of some 
 of the most important historical texts transliterated in English letters, some pages of 
 ■Cuneiform Texts, Paradigms, Comments, and Glossary, 
 
 AN ARABIC MANUAL. By JOHN G. LANSING, D.D. 8vo, 
 $2.00 net. 
 
 Containing the Letters ; Vowels ; Signs : Accent ; Pause ; Syllables ; The Articles 
 Pronouns ; different classes of Prepositions, Conjunctions, and Adverbs, with a table of 
 the most common of these ; Numerals ; the Verb, with its Measures, Permutations, As* 
 similations, Forms, Voices, States, Moods, Persons, etc., Triliteral and Quadriliteral, 
 Strong and Weak, Inflections bjr Persons, Voices and Moods, Derived P'orms, The 
 Weak Verbs and Other Verbs, with explanations, and paradigms; The Noun, Kinds, 
 Derivation, Classihcation, Verbal Adjectives, Cases, Declensions, etc., witli examples 
 under all sections' 
 
"I have used Professor Harper's 'Elements' and 'Method' with the Junior 
 Classes of this Seminary during the past year. The practical test has only con- 
 firmed the favorable opinion with which the books were introduced. I have no 
 doubt that, for their purpose, they are the best works now before the public." — 
 Prof. W. G. Ballantinb, Oberlin Theological Seminary, Oberliu, O. 
 
 " I take pleasure in commending the Hebrew text-books of Professor TV. K. 
 Harper. They are in my judgment jiractical, convenient and adequate to in- 
 troduce one to a good working acquaintance with the Hebrew language. We 
 are using them in this Seminary m the Junior Class, and propose to continue 
 to do so." — Prof. Basil Manly, Southern Baptist Theological Seminary, 
 Louisville Ky, 
 
 "* * 1 have found them both to stand the test of the class-room. The 
 'Elements' treats all principles thoroughly and exhaustively. The 'Method' 
 is unique and in all respects sui generis. It seems to me to leave nothing un- 
 done in helping a student to a knowledge of the Hebrew. It is a vast improve- 
 ment on the old methods. The typography of both books cannot be excelled." — 
 Prol Chas. H. Corey, Richmond Theological Seminary, Richmond, Va. 
 
 " I have used Dr. Harper's Hebrew ' Elements' and 'Method' for one year. 
 The results in the class-room have been not only exceedingly gratifying, but 
 more satisfactory both as to amount and thoroughness than in preceding years. 
 I not only expect to continue the use ot the 'Elements' and 'Method,' but hope 
 for them that which they richly deserve— a constantly increasing demand and 
 usefulness." — Prof J. G. Lansing, Theological Seminary, New Brunswick, N.J. 
 
 "* * They are clearly written, so that no one can misunderstand what tho 
 author means to say. They are beautifully printed, so as to be in themselves 
 attractive as mere works of art. The ' Method ' is full, easy and progressive ; 
 and, above all, is liked and enjoyed by the students ; while the matter of tho 
 ' Elements ' is well chosen both as to quantity and quality, and is paragraphed 
 and arranged in such matchless order as to make it most ready of acquisition 
 and convenient for reference." — Prof. E. D. Wilson, Western Theological Semi- 
 nary, Allegheny, Pa. 
 
 " * * Actual trial of these exponents of the inductive method has convinced 
 me that they are the best text-books of elementary Hebrew that have yet ap- 
 peared. The author has not only adopted the surest method ot mastermg the 
 phenomena o£ the language, but he has also done for beginners what Bickell 
 and others had done for more advanced students : he has led them back ot the 
 mere surface facts to the controlling principles, and encouraged that kind of 
 analytical study which makes Hebrew a permanent acquisition. These two 
 books are simply indispensable in my class room."— Prof. W. W. Moobb, Union 
 Theological Seminary, Hampden Sidney, Va. 
 
 " It affords me pleasure to say, after a year's trial of Dr. Harper's Hebrew 
 text-books in the class-room, that they have given entire satisfaction. Of the 
 fifteen years during which I have taught Hebrew, this has been in all respects 
 the most pleasant and satisfactory, and I cannot but attribute the fact to the 
 use of Harper's method of teaching the language. As a consequence of its 
 introduction, the students have exhibited unwonted enthusiasm, and found 
 great delight in the pursuit of what is commonly regarded as a very di-eary 
 study."— Prof. P. A. Gast, Theot Sem'y of the Beformed Church, Lancaster, Pa. 
 
 "I have used Professor Harper's books with my classes for the past three 
 yeai's, and am convinced that, for thoroughness and perspicuity of statement, 
 for simplicity of analysis, aud for economy ot time, both in and out of the 
 class-room, they afford just the aid which a teacher desires from the use of 
 text-books. By systematic arrangement and appropriate reiteration chey facil- 
 itate an accurate and rapid acquaintance with the Hebrew language, while, in 
 the hands of an independent teacher, they may be so used as constantly to 
 stimulate the pupil's curiosity and power of discovery, and thus greatly to 
 promote his interest, intheintroductory stages of his study. "—Prof, Chas, Rotus 
 Brown, Newton Theol, Institution, Newton Centre, Mass. 
 
AUTHORITATIVE ENDORSEMENTS. 
 
 The testimony of teachers and pupils who have made practical use of these text-books 
 is uniformly and enthusiastically in praise of both the books themselves and of the 
 system embodied in them, ^i'" In the acquisition of the Hebrew langua^., more rapid 
 and satisfactory progress can be f7tade by means 0/ these books than by the use of any 
 ethers in existence. ,^,^^ The publishers invite attention to the following testimony : 
 
 KROI»t FROFKSSORS OF KIKBRKlV. 
 
 " I like them very much. No better books, introductory to Hebrew, exist." — Prof. T. 
 K. Cheyne, Oxford University, Oxford, England. 
 
 "Success is the best argiiment. What the Hebrew Summer Schools under Dr. Harper 
 have succeeded in doing, in giving the average minister and student a real grasp of 
 Hebrew, that exactly the * Method ' and * Elements ' effect in the class-room. 1 hey 
 are invaluable. It is Davidson and Bickell and Gesenius combined. The debt instruc- 
 tors owe the Principal of the Institute of Hebrew has not yet been fully recognized." — 
 Prof. W. W. LovEjOY, Refd Episcopal Divinity School, Philadelphia, Pa. 
 
 " * * Remarkably full and precise, and appears well designed to train the learner 
 m a sound philological method, and to lead him on gradually until he requires a firm 
 grasp of the principles of the language." — Prof. S. R. Driver, in Contejnporary Review. 
 
 List of Institutions using Harper's Hebrew Text-'Books. 
 
 ~~ tTnlv, of Michigan Ann Arbor, Mich. 
 
 Alfred University Alfred Centre, >J . Y. 
 
 •"Amherst College Amherst, Mass. 
 
 — Itondolph Macon Coll.. Ashland, Va. 
 
 U. P. Theol. Sem Allegheny, Pa. 
 
 Western Theol. Bem... Allegheny, Pa. 
 
 Adrian College Adrian, Mich. 
 
 Albion College Albion, Mich. 
 
 ( ^raat University Athena, Tenn. 
 
 Gammon School of 
 Theology Atlanta. Ga. 
 
 Bangor Theol. Sem Bangor, Me. 
 
 Bethany College Bethany, W, Va. 
 
 Tufts College Boston. Mass. 
 
 MoCormlck rheol.Sem.Chlcago, III. 
 
 Chicago Theol. Sem . . . .Chicago, lU. 
 
 Hamilton College Clinton, N.Y. 
 
 Lane Theol. Seminary.. Cincinnati, O. 
 
 Pauline Holiness Coll. .College Mound, Mo. 
 
 Carthage College Carthage, 111. 
 
 Harvard University.. .Cambridge, Mass. 
 
 Pros, EpIs.DIvlQ.rtcbool.Cambrldge, Mass. 
 
 BIddle University". Charlotte, N. C. 
 
 Drake University Des Moines, Iowa. 
 
 United Brethren Coll.. Dayton, O. 
 
 Garrett Biblical Inst. . .Evanston, 111. 
 
 Seabury Divln. School. Faribault, Minn. 
 
 Theological Sem Gettysburg. Pa. 
 
 De Pauw University. . . Greencastle, Ind. 
 
 Southern University... Greensboro, Ala. 
 
 Union Theol. Sem Hamden Sidney, Va. 
 
 Hamilton Theol. Sem.. Hamilton, N. T. 
 
 Hillsdale College Hillsdale, Mich. 
 
 Lake Forest Uiilv Lake Forefit, 111. 
 
 So. Bipt. Theol. Sem... Louisville, Ky. 
 
 Cumberland Unlv Lebanon, Tenn. 
 
 "William Jewell Coll. ...Liberty, Mo. 
 
 Theol. Sem. Ref. Ch.... Lancaster, Pa. 
 
 Bishop's College LennoxvIlle.Quebec. 
 
 Allegheny College Meadviile. Pa 
 
 Monmouth College Monmouth, III. 
 
 McGIU College Montreal, Can. 
 
 University of Wis Madison. Wis, 
 
 Bapt. Theol. Sem Morgan Park, 111. 
 
 Central Turkey Coll. . . . Marash, Asia. 
 
 Tale University New Haven, Conn. 
 
 Newton Theol. Inst NcwtonCentre,Ma38 
 
 Newberry College Newberry, S. C. 
 
 Theol. Sem. Ref. Ch....NewBrun8wIck,N.J. 
 Muskingum College... New t'oncord, Ohio, 
 
 Columbia College New Y ork City 
 
 Vandcrbilt. University. Nashville, Tenn. 
 Nashotah Theol. Sem..Nashotah, Wis. 
 
 Emory College Oxford. Ga. 
 
 Theological Seminary.. Oberiln, Ohio. 
 
 Oberlln College Oberiln, Ohio. 
 
 Paciac Theol. Sem.... Oakland, Cal. 
 
 Olivet College Olivet, Mich. 
 
 Prot. Epl3. Ulv.School. Philadelphia, Fa. 
 Rev. Epls. Dlv. School. Philadelphia, Pa. 
 
 University of Penna Philadelphia, Pa. 
 
 Baptist College Pontypool, Eng. 
 
 Rochester Theol. Sem.. Rochester, N. Y, 
 Richmond Theol. Sem.. Richmond, Va. 
 Augustana Theol. Bern. Rock Island, 111. 
 
 Earlham College Richmond, Ind. 
 
 Central University Richmond, K,y, 
 
 Willamette University Salem, Ore. 
 Concordia Seminary.. . . Springfield, 111. 
 
 Baptist College Toronto, Ontario. 
 
 Crozer Theol. Sem Upland, Pa. 
 
 ShurtlefE College Upper Alton, UL 
 
 Colby University water ville. Me. 
 
 Wellesley College Wellesley, Mass. 
 
 Wllberforce Unlv Wllberforce, Ohio. 
 
 Williams College WllUamstown, Muss. 
 
 *s[.* These books are for sale by all booksellers, or sent, post<- 
 paid, on receipt of price ^ by 
 
 CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS, Publishers, 
 
 153-157 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK.